XX
LOS ANGELES
STATE NORMAL SCHOOL
COMMUNITY
ARITHMETIC
BY
BRENELLE HUNT
PRINCIPAL OF THE TRAINING SCHOOL DEPARTMENT
STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, BRIDGEWATER, MASS.
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY
NEW YORK CINCINNATI CHICAGO
COPYKIGHT, 1916, BY
BRENELLE HUNT
All t'iyhfx rtifi-i-ftl
CoMMr.MTY AKITIIMKTIC
E. P. 2
PREFACE
MOST modern textbooks in arithmetic contain a logical develop-
ment of processes as well as excellent drills. The author's long
experience, however, has impressed on him the fact that the greatest
difficulty encountered by teachers consists in providing suitable
applications for the processes taught applications which give the
pupils a clear understanding of industrial and business activities
that have an arithmetical basis.
This is a book of applications to be placed in the hands of pupils
in the upper grades of the Elementary School or in the Junior High
School. Neither teachers nor pupils require a first-hand knowledge
of the lines of business or industry studied, as the lessons furnish
the necessary information and explain how the processes apply.
The lessons show the community needs and develop the processes as
the needs arise.
Many lines of work common to the average large town and based
on arithmetical processes are represented in these lessons. Enough
pages have been devoted to each subject to secure an intelligent
understanding of the business or industry as well as to show how
the processes apply.
The lessons in the first part of the book require a knowledge of
fundamental operations only. Later lessons involve common and
decimal fractions, the most commonly used facts of the denominate
number tables, and percentage and interest.
The author has constantly kept in mind the facts that most pupils
are to become wage earners, that all should become producers, that
industry is founded on economy of material, and that the success
of the individual depends largely on economy in his expenditures
and wise investment of his savings.
iii
CONTENTS
LESSON SUB.IKCT
. PROCESS, TABLE, OR FACT INVOLVED
PA<;E
Making Change
General Method
Selling Groceries
Selling Groceries Two Purchases
Selling Railroad Tickets . . . .
Grocery Problems
Using Grocers' Scales
Selling Butter, Cheese. Eggs, etc. .
Clerks' Helps
Market Clerks' Work
Making Out Sale Slips
Salesmen's Cards
Selling on Commission
Bills
Construction Problems
Review of Fractions
The School Desk . .
Use of Cleats . . . ,
Making a Bread Board ,
Dry-goods Problems
Selling Dry Goods . . .
A Record of Efficiency . .
Economy in Buying . .
Meat Market Problems
Selling Pork
Weighing Meat
Billing Meat
Abbreviated Billing ....
Drivers' Cards
Poultry Problems
Poultry Statistics
Farm Account
Profits in Poultry Keeping . . .
A Comparison of Poultry Accounts
Addition with coins . . .
Making Change
Addition. Making Change.
Addition. Making Change .
Pounds and ounces ....
Fractional parts of a pound . .
Fractional parts of a pound . .
Pounds and ounces ....
Money columns. Addition . .
Addition and subtraction
Addition. Simple per cents
Multiplication. Simple fractions
Addition and subtraction of frac-
tions
Inches. Adding simple fractions .
Inches and feet. Division . . .
Inches and feet. Addition and
subtraction of common fractions
Fractional parts of a yard . .
Horizontal and vertical addition .
Fundamental operations ....
Pounds and ounces. Change .
Pounds and ounces
Pounds and ounces
Multiplication
Addition and subtraction
Dozens. Fundamental operations
Fundamental operations ....
Fundamental operations . . : .
Fundamental operations ....
45
4<>
48
54
CONTENTS
LESSON SUBJECT
Industrial Problems
Glass and Glass Cutting .
Making Picture Frames
Making Screws and Pins .
Making Wire Nails . .
Printers' Problems .
PKOCESS, TABLE, OR FACT INVOLVED
Simple Business Operations
Business Use of 100, 1000, and 2000
Weighing by the Hundredweight .
Beef Problems
Buying Beef at Wholesale . . .
Buying Beef at Retail
Wholesale and Retail Prices of Beet'
Railroad Freight Problems
Bill of Lading
Computing Freight Charges . . .
Local and Distant Freight Hated
Computing Freight on Mail Orders
Transportation of Grain ....
Monthly Statements of Grain
Review Division by Fractions
Carpentry Problems
The Machine Saw
Ripping Boards Lengthwise . . .
The Saw Kerf
Wooden Boxes
Buying and Selling
Selling Fire Wood by the Cord
Weighing Problems
Gross, Tare, and Net . . .
The Public Weigher
Drill on Short Ton ....
The Coal Business
Standard Scales
Coal Tables
Cost of Freight
The Wholesale Coal Trade .
The Hardware Business
Selling Goods by Weight . .
Selling Goods by Square Foot
Selling Poultry Wire . . .
Selling Mosquito Netting .
Inches. Areas of rectangles .
Changing feet to inches. Fractions
Fundamental operations ....
Measuring. Division by a fraction
Multiplying and dividing mixed
numbers
Moving the decimal point
Moving the decimal point . . .
Percentage
Multiplication . . . .
Multiplication. Percentage
Cwt. Multiplying decimals
Cwt. Multiplying decimals
Cwt. Multiplying decimals
Cwt. Multiplying decimals
Division. Percentage
Billing
Division of fractions .
Inches and feet ....
Division by mixed numbers .
Division by mixed numbers .
Common fractions .
Wood measure. Cubic contents
Subtraction
Subtraction
Fundamental operations .
Pounds and tons. Decimals
Table of weight. Decimals
Long ton. Decimals . . .
Fractional parts of long ton
Pounds and ounces . . . .
Areas
Multiplying mixed numbers . .
Multiplying by mixed numbers
VI
CONTENTS
I.KSSON Srii.lK.c:!
SI-KCIAL PKOCBSS, TAHLK, OR FACT INVULVKD I*A<;K
Areas of Common Figures
Parallelograms and Triangles
Trapezoids
A Granolithic Walk . .
Estimating Areas
A Practical Study of Lumber
The Board Foot
Carpenters' Method
Tables for Computing Lumber .
Buying Lumber
Delivering Lumber .
Building Problems
Cellars and Cellar Walls . . .
Framing Floors
Estimating Cost of Labor . . .
Estimating on Small Buildings .
Framing Root's
Boarding and Shingling Root's .
Shingling Gable Hoofs . . . .
Prepared Roofing Fabrics . .
Shingling Irregular Roofs . . .
Shingling and Painting
Heating Problems
Radiators
Floor Space in Schoolrooms .
Applications of Percentage
Wholesale and Retail Prices .
Mat king Prices of Goods . .
Marking down Goods . . . .
Discounts on Goods . .
More than One Discount . . .
Retail Price of Hardware .
Profits and Reductions .
Town Building Laws ....
Household Expenses
Town Water Systems ....
Buying Water by Meter .
Buying Gas for Light and Fuel .
Buying Electricity for Lighting .
Making Out Electric Light Bills
Areas
Areas
Areas
Areas
Board measure
Cancellation
Use of tables
Use of 1000 (M). Decimals
Use of 1000 Sale slips . . .
Cubic and square measure
Board measure ....
Fundamental operations .
Fundamental operations .
Fractions ......
Areas
Cancellation . .
Cancellation .
Areas.
Areas.
Areas
Areas
Areas. Volumes . .
Areas. Cubic contents
Per cents of profit ......
Per cents of profit . . ....
Deducting given per cents . . .
Discount
Discount
Adding given per cents ....
Adding or subtracting given per
cents
Finding per cents of numbers . .
Fundamental operations .
Decimals. The" 1000''
Decimals. The "1000".
Multiplication ....
Multiplication. Discount
CONTENTS
Vll
LKSSON SUBJECT
SPECIAL PBOOESS, TABLE, OR FAIT INVOLVED
I'AUi.
Taxes
Property Tax
Finding per cents of numbers .
178
The Tax Rate
Finding what per cent one number
is of a number
179
Assessing Taxable Property . . .
Addition, subtraction, and per-
centage
180
Computing Real Estate Owners'
Taxes
Decimals
183
Computing the Tax Rate from Lists
of Town Appropriations
Addition, subtraction, and per-
centage
184
Duties on Imported Goods
Percentage
186
Percentage
188
Insurance
Fire Insurance
Decimals and percentage
190
Village Fire Risks
Decimals . ...
193
Simple Household Accounts
Yearly Cash Account
Fundamental operations ....
194
Increased Cost of Living ....
Percentage
197
How Efficiency affects Incomes .
Earning a Living
The Time Clock
Percentage
Common fractions
198
199
Weekly Time Records
Paymaster's Wor,k ..'...
Common fractions. Mixed numbers
Horizontal and vertical addition .
200
201
Buying and Sellin <r Shoes
Commission .
208
Postal Problems
Money Orders
Addition. Making change .
213
Stamps and Stamped Envelopes
Parcel Post
Addition. Making change . . .
Weighin^ Multiplying ....
214
216
Saving and Investing Money
National Banks
Addition. Special forms
218
The Postal Savings System
Simple interest
224
Review of Interest .
Simple interest
220
Savings Banks
Compound Interest
227
Cooperative Banks ; Building and
Loan Associations
Interest for Short Periods
Simple interest. Addition . . .
Simple interest
236
241
Lending Money on Notes ....
Investin^ in Mort^a^es
Interest for months and days . .
Simple interest
243
248
Bonds
Simple interest
248
Real Estate Investments
Miscellaneous .
253
Stocks
263
Percentage in Miscellaneous
Percentage . .
259
Index
2(
viii
MAKING CHANGE
GENERAL METHOD
Buying and selling constitute an important part of business.
As such transactions often necessitate the making of change,
boys and girls should learn to make change quickly as well as
accurately.
The above diagram shows a common arrangement of a cash
drawer, with coins in the front row and bills in the back.
If you purchase something worth 38 cents and present a
$2.00 bill, the clerk will probably count out the change as
follows : He will name the cost " 38 cents " and, handing you
2 cents, will say " 40 " ; then handing you a dime, he will say
" 50" ; then handing you two quarters, he will say "$1.00";
and finally, handing you $51.00, he will say "$2.00", thus
naming the amount of the bill presented.
In making change, always add to the price of the purchase,
beginning with the smallest coin.
1
MAKING CHANGE
SELLING GROCERIES
3
What coins should be taken from the cash drawer, and in
'what order, if $1.00 is paid for each of the following?
1. 1 Large Package Quaker Oats. 6. 1 Package C. & S. Coffee.
2. 2 Small Packages Quaker Oats. 7. 3 Packages Raisins.
3. 1 Package Corn Flakes. 8. 1 Package Salada Tea.
4. 1 Package Malt Breakfast Food. 9. 1 Package Currants.
5. 2 Packages Postum. 10. 1 Can of Cocoa.
i.50 was paid
Specify the coins selected, and the order, if
for each article as follows:
1 Bottle of Olive Oil.
1 Bottle of Olives.
1 Can of Corn.
1 Can of Beans.
1 Can of Tomatoes.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16. 1 Can of Salmon.
17. 1 Can of Sardines.
18. 1 Ib. of 38^ Butter.
19. f Ib. of 40^ Butter.
20.
j Ib. of 32^ Cheese. .
Select the proper coins for change in the following :
21. 1 Large Bottle of Olives. Customer gives -12.00.
22. 1 Ib. of Prunes. Customer gives $ 1.00.
o
23. 11 Ib. of 40-cent Butter. Customer gives $ 2.00.
MAKTXC CHANCE
45 U 6 U10U60U36.U35
SELLING GROCERIES
SELLING GROCERIES TWO PURCHASES
Rule a sheet of paper as follows and write in the second
column the cost of each purchase described in the first column.
Also write in the change columns the number of coins of each
value which you would select in making change.
Do all this mentally.
Fill in each line in the same manner as the first line.
PURCHASE
COST
MONEY
PRESENTED
CUSTOMER
COINS AND BILLS GIVEN IN CHANGE
10
100
250
500
$1.00
$2.00
$5.00
1 Small Q. Oats and
1 Corn Flakes
$.10
.12
$ 1.00
3
1
1
1 Postum and 1 C. &
/v.
S. Coffee
(71
$2.00
1 Malt B. Food and
iv*
J- 1 *!
1 Grape Nuts
Raisins and Currants
p
$1.00
$ .60
1 Olive Oil and 1 Can
Corn
?
$1.00
l|lb. of 380 Butter
2 Cans Sardines and
P
$2.00
1 Ib. Lard
p
$2.00
1 Ib. Lard and | Ib.
Cheese
?
$ .50
1 Can Salmon and 1
Ib. Lard
?
$1.00
1 Can Tomatoes and
1 Can Beans
?
$2.00
1 Can Beans and 1
gal. Kerosene
10 Ib. Sugar and: 1 , Ib.
?
$ .50
Corn Meal
?
$2.00
1 Ib. Prunes and \
doz. Eggs
?
$5.00
6
MAKING CHANGE
SELLING RAILROAD TICKETS
The above sketch shows part of the rack, or case, in which
tickets are kept in the ticket office of a country railroad station.
Reading across each row from left to right, we find the tickets
arranged alphabetically, to save time in finding them. A little
marker shows the price per ticket. The table on page 7 gives
the number of tickets called for by different people and the
destination of each. It shows also the money given in pay-
ment.
Oral and Written Exercise
Select the proper coins for making change and write them
out in order on a blank ruled like the one on page 7. (See
number 1.)
This exercise may be used as written work if the class has not
become skilled in making change, or as oral work if the class is
proficient.
If the exercise is taken as written work at first, it ought
later to be used- again as a sight drill. As a written exercise,
only the change columns need be copied by the pupils.
SELLING RAILROAD TICKETS
Nr.MiiEU
OF
TICKETS
DKSTINATION
MONEY
PRE-
SENTED
CIIAN<;K
If 1
5(i
10*
25f 50* $1.00 $2.00
$5
2
Ames
$5.00
2
1
2
2
Achar
2.00
1
Harver
1.00
:}
J unction
1.00
1
Keene
5.00
2
N orris
1.00
2
Reedville
5.00
2
Sal ton
.50
:i
Tonison
.50
1
Greendale
2.00
2
Carver
2.00
o
Elbar
2.00
1
Fannton
.75
2
Medway
1.50
1
2
Orange
Portal
.75
2.00
3
Ames
1.00
1
Boone
1.50
1 II arver
5.00
1
4
Medway
Norris
.75
1.00
2
Dover
10.00
1
Reedville
1.50
2
Junction
.50
2
Keene
5.00
2
Greendale
2.50
1
Portal
1.00
2
Elbar
.75
5
Salton
2.00
2
2
Orange
Harver
2.00
2.00
4
Junction
1.00
GROCERY PROBLEMS
GROCERY PROBLEMS
USING GROCERS' SCALES
2468101214Z468 10 12 li
iwi'i'i'i'i'i'i'i'i
.2468101214224618 101214/f 2466 10 12 14
b c a e
h i j A / m h
Study carefully these counter scales. The substance to be
weighed is placed on the plate PPPP, and the sliding weight A
is moved along the beam until it catches in the notch marked 5 Ib.
If the scales are evenly balanced, the substance weighs 5 Ib.
If the substance does not weigh as much as 5 Ib., place the
weight A at Ib. and move the weight B along the front
beam until the scales are balanced. If it stops at e^ the sub-
stance weighs 2 Ib. ; at #, 2 Ib. 10 oz.
Find the weight when :
1. A is at Ib. and B is at h. 4.
2. A is at 5 Ib. and B is at b. 5.
3. A is at 5 Ib. and B is at I. 6.
7. Compute the cost of a piece of 82^ butter if A is at
Ib. and B at c; if A is at 5 Ib. and B at c.
; atZ,41b.; at/, 2 Ib. 8 oz.
A is at 10 Ib. and B is at a.
A is at 10 Ib. and B is at g.
A is at 15 Ib. and B is at m.
SELLING BUTTER, CHEESE, EGGS
SELLING BUTTER, CHEESE, EGGS. ETC.
CREAMERY PRICK LIST
Cheeses
Edam . . . ,
Mild Cream . .
Young America
Rich Old . . .
Roquefort . . .
Swiss
Compound
Fat Pork
Lard
Per 3 Ib f .40
Per 5 Ib. .65
D , PRICK
Butter PER p,,, rs ,,
Best Tub ,|.:J6
Best Print 38
Peanut Butter 16
Pan-American Coffee . . . .24
Dried Beans and Peas PKI . QUART
N.Y. Pea Beans .... $.09
Yellow Eyes 12
Lima 09
Cranberry Beans ... .14
Dried Whole Peas ... .12
Split Peas 10
Canada Peas . .09
Oral Exercise
Find the cost of :
1. | Ib. Mild cream cheese.
2. l^lb.YoungAmericacheese
3. -| Ib. Sage cheese.
4. 1^ Ib. Swiss cheese.
5. ^ Ib. Compound.
6. \\ Ib. Compound.
7. 2^ Ib. Fat pork.
8. % Ib. Best tub butter.
9. 1^ Ib. Best print butter.
10. \ Ib. Best tub butter.
11. 1^ Ib. Best tub butter.
12. | Ib. Best tub butter.
13. 1 Ib. Peanut butter.
HUNT'S COMMUN. AR. 2
14. i Ib. P. A. coffee.
. 15. 8 oz. Young America cheese.
16. 4 oz. Swiss cheese.
17. 8 oz. Mild cream cheese.
18. 8 oz. Roquefort cheese.
19. 4 oz. Rich old cheese.
20. 12 oz. Swiss cheese.
21. 12 oz. Sage cheese.
22. 20 oz. Fat pork.
23. 24 oz. Lard.
24. 12 oz. Best tub butter.
25. 8 oz. Best print butter.
26. 1 Ib. 4 oz. Best tub butter.
10
GROCERY PROBLEMS
CLERKS' HELPS
It is practically impossible to cut butter and cheese in even
pounds. To avoid errors and to save time, a clerk often makes
out a table showing the prices of each number of ounces to the
nearest cent. The left-hand column in the following card gives
a few common prices. The first line shows the charge for each
number of ounces at $ .14 a pound. Verify each amount in this
line.
CLERKS' TABLE OF PRICES FOR REFERENCE
I'UK K
PKR
POUND
PiiirK FOR GIVEN NUMBER OF OUNCES
loz.
2 oz.
3oz.
4 oz.
OZ.
6 oz.
7oz.
8oz.
9 oz.
lOoz.
11 oz.
12oz.
13 oz.
14 oz.
9 .14
.01
.02
.03
.04
.04*
.05
.06
.07
.OS
.09
.10
.11
.11
.1-2
.22
.26
.30
.36
.38
.40
1. Compute the charge for each number of ounces for the
22 ^ line. ^ of 22? = '{I? = If?, or 1 ?, cost of 1 oz.
All fractions of a cent less than one half cent are not counted.
One half cent and all fractions above that are counted as one cent.
6 oz. = *L, or -, of 16 oz. ; - of
It) o
2. Compute the charge for 6 oz. at 26^ a pound.
i }
^Q
= f = 9| f, or 10 ?.
4
4
3. Compute the other charges for the 26 ^ line and the
charges on the remaining lines.
* The charges for 4 oz. and 5 oz. are the same, 4 /, as the cost of 4 oz. amounts
to 3|) ; and of 5 oz., to 4| f (less than 4 f),
CLERKS' HELPS
CLEKKS' TABLK OF PRICKS
11
I'llICE TER
POCND
PRICE FOR GIVEN NUMUEU OF Oi;w:i:s
1 oz.
i oz.
3 oz.
4 oz.
5 oz.
6oz.
7 oz.
9 oz.
lOoz.
lloz.
.08
12 oz.
.09
13 oz.
14oz
$.12
.01
.02
.02
.03
.04
.05
.05
.07
.08
.10
.11
.20
.24
.28
.35
.01
02
.03
03
.04
05
.05
06
.06
08
.08
09
.09
11
.11
14
.13
15
.14
17
.15
18
.16-
.18
21
04
05
07
09
11
18
19
28
.25
.02
.04
.07
.09
.11
.13
.15
.20
.22
.24
.2(5
.28
.31
Such a table as the above is used only in computing the
charge for ounces, that is, for fractional parts of a pound. If
the purchase weighed 1 Ib. 7 oz. @* 20^, the clerk would look
in the above table to find the charge on 7 oz., and would add
it to the price of 1 pound. (20^ + 9^ = 29^.)
If the purchase weighed 2 Ib. 5 oz. @ 24^, the clerk would
look in the table for the charge on 5 oz. and would add it to the
charge for 2 Ib., which he could easily compute mentally.
Oral Exercise
Using the above table as directed, compute the charge on
each of the following purchases:
1. 1 Ib. 3 oz. @ 12 ^.
2. 1 Ib. 3 oz. @ 20^.
3. 2 Ib. 5 oz. @ 24^.
4. 1 Ib. 7 oz. @ 28^.
5. 2 Ib. 5 oz. @ 35 $.
6. 1 Ib. 6 oz. @ 12 y.
7. 2 Ib. 7 oz. @ 20 $.
8. 1 Ib. 9 oz. (a.. 24 f.
9. 2 Ib. 10 oz. @
10. 2 Ib. 11 oz. @ 12 f
11. 3 Ib. 10 oz. @ 20 /.
12. 1 Ib. 12 oz. @ 24 $.
13. 1 Ib. 13 oz. @ 28^.
14. 2 Ib. 3 oz. @ 35 f.
15. f> Ib. 4 oz. @ 12^f.
16. 1 lb. 13 oz. 20.
* The sign @ means " at per puund."
12
MARKET CLERKS' WORK
MARKET CLERKS' WORK
Round
Oral Exercise
Find mentally the cost of the following cuts of meat at the
prices shown above :
1. Find the cost of 1 Ib. 4 oz. of steak @ 40 $.
1 Ib. 4 oz. = 1J Hi. ; i of 40? = 10 ? ; 40? + 10? = 50 ?.
2. Find the cost of 1 Ib. 5 oz. of steak @ 32 /.
Cost of 1 oz. = 2 ? ; of 5 oz. = 10 f ; ; 32 ^ + 10 ? = 42 ?.
3. 4 Ib. 8 oz. of 20 ^ Lamb. 9. 1 Ib. 1 oz. of Round Steak.
4. 1 Ib. 4 oz. of 16 ^ Lamb. 10. 2 Ib. 5 oz. of Round Steak.
5. 1 Ib. 12 oz. of Ham. 11. 1 Ib. 7 oz. of Round Steak.
6. 1 Ib. 4 oz. of Sirloin Steak. 12. 1 Ib. 8 oz. of Bacon.
7. 2 Ib. 8 oz. of Sirloin Steak. 13. 2 Ib. 4 oz. of Hacon.
8. 1 Ib. 1 oz. of Sirloin Steak. 14. 1 Ib. 12 oz. of Bacon.
MARKET CLERKS' WORK
13
TARI.K OF PRICKS IN A MARKET
When computing scales are not used in weighing meats, it is
advisable for a clerk to have a table of prices containing the
accurate charge for the different number of ounces as shown on
pages 10 and 11.
Using the following table, compute the charge on the pur-
chases indicated below. These purchases are all from the meat
chart on the preceding page.
PRICE
PRK K FOR GIVEN NUMBER OF OUNCES
POUND
1 o/..
2 o/..
:l m.
4 <>/,.
5 oz.
07..
T </..
1) oz.
lOoz.
11 07..
12oz
18 oz.
14 oz.
15 oz.
$.20
.01
.03
.04
.05
.06
.08
.09
.11
.13
.14
.15
.16
.18
.19
.26
.02
.03
.05
.07
.08
.10
.11
.15
.16
.18
.20
.21
.23
.24
.28
.02
.04
.05
.07
.09
.11
.12
.16
.18
.19
.21
.23
.25
.26
.32
.02
.04
.OH
.08
.10
.12
.14
.18
.20
.22
.24
.26
.28
.30
.38
.02
.05
.07
.10
.12
.14
.17
.21
.24
.26
.29
.31
.88
.36
Oral Exercise
1. 2 Ib. 2 oz. Fore Quarter
Lamb.*
2. 4 Ib. 3 oz. Hind Quarter
Lamb.
3. 1 Ib. 1 oz. Bacon.
4. 1 Ib. 7 oz. Ham.
5. 2 Ib. 3 oz. Ham.
6. 3 Ib. 3 oz. Fore Quarter
Lamb.
7. 1 Ib. 2 oz. Round. Steak.
8. 1 Ib. 7 oz. Bacon.
9. 6 Ib. 6 oz. Hind Quarter
Lamb.
10. 1 Ib. 3 oz. Sirloin Steak.
11. 1 Ib. 1 oz. Round Steak.
12. 3 Ib. 12 oz. Fore Quarter
Lamb.
13. 1 Ib. 13 oz. Bacon.
14. 2 Ib. 2 oz. Sirloin.
15. 1 Ib. 7 oz. Round.
16. 4 Ib. 5 oz. Fore Quarter
Lamb.
* No table is needed at 16 $.
14
GROCERY PROBLEMS
MAKING OUT SALE SLIPS
During one week Mr. II. 11. White made the purchases indi-
cated on the following sale slips. He left the orders on his way
to work in the morning, and when
the goods were delivered, a sale
slip was. inclosed, showing the cost
of the several items ordered. Ex-
amine the items in No. 1 and see
if the clerk has made it out cor-
rectly. Copy and finish No. 2.
When the clerk wrote out these slips, he also wrote (by means
of a sheet of carbon paper) a duplicate of each. The original
was kept at the store, while the duplicate was sent with the
goods.
A SIMPLK FORM OF SALE SLIP
1. SALE SLIP No. 1
2.
SALK SLIP No. '2
CURTIS & COOK, GROCERS
CURTIS & COOK, GROCERS
BRIDGEWATKK, MASS.
BRIDGEWATEK, MASS.
MR. H. H. WHITE JAN. 10, liic
MR. H. H. WHITE JAN. n, iiie
No. 46 MAIN ST.- CLERK No. 5
No. 46 MAIN ST. CLERK NO. (i
2 bottles Olives
.25
50
1 Ib. 4 oz.* Lard
.16
6 Ib. Meal
.04
24
1 Ib. 14 oz. Butter
.40
doz. Eggs
10 Ib. Sugar
.45
.05
1
23
50
47
15 oz. Cheese
2 pkg. Quaker Oats
.32
.10
* Fractional parts of a pound appear on most of the following sale slips, as it
is impossible to cut meat, butter, etc. in even pounds.
MAKING OUT SALE SLIPS
15
CURTIS & COOK, GROCERS
BRIDGE WATER, MASS.
MR. H. II. WHITE
No. 46 MAIN- ST.
I) ATI:.
.IAN. IS, HIM;
CLERK No. 7
3 cans Sardines
.15
2 cans Peas
.18
1 pkg. Grape Nuts
1 doz. Eggs
.45
\ 11). Salada Tea
.60
Written Exercise SALE SLIP No. 3
1. Copy Sale Slip No. 3
and complete it.
Rule and make out sale
slips for each of the following
purchases:
2. Mrs. E. T. Howard
ordered by telephone Feb. 3,
1915, 2 cakes of Fairy
soap (a) $.05, \ Ib. cheese
(V $.25, 2 Ib. best butter @
$.38, and 2 bottles stuffed
olives @ $.25 each.
3. The following order was
put up for John Harwood on
Feb. 3: 1 can roast beef @ $.40, 2 cans wax beans @ $.10,
2 pkg. Pyle's pearline () $.09, 1 pkg. flake tapioca @ $.08,
and a 3-pound pail of lard for $ .40.
4. The clerk sent the following to Andrew Dunham on the
same date: 2 Ib. peanut butter @ $.15, \ Ib. coffee @ $.32, 2|
Ib. fat pork @ $.14, and 3 cans grated pineapple @ $.28 each.
5. Robert White ordered on the same date 1 bag flour @ $ .70,
\ Ib. butter @ $.38, 1 bottle lemon extract @ $.35, and 2
gal. kerosene @ $ .12.
6. The following articles were put up Jan. 19 for R. S. Smythe
of 51 Oak Street: 1 Ib. 8 oz. lard @ $.13, * doz. eggs @ f .62,
2 cans corn @ $.14, and 2 gal. kerosene (a) $.15.
7. Edward R. Hanscom of 150 Howard Place left an order
Jan. 20 which the clerk filled out as follows : 3 cans sardines
@ $ .18, 1 bottle olives (a) $ .25, 1 can cocoa (a), $ .38, 12 oz. cheese
( .32, and 1 Ib. 4 oz. butter (m $.38.
16
GROCERY PROBLEMS
CHARGING GROCERIES ON SALE SLIPS
It is a common practice in most large towns and cities to order
the day's supply of groceries and meat by telephone. The
goods, when delivered, are accompanied by a sale slip like the
following. This may be paid on the arrival of the goods, or at
the end of the month, according to the agreement existing be-
tween the store and the customer. The slip printed below con-
tains the amount ($5.40) which the customer owes on previous
purchases. The amount of the day's purchase ($ .67) is added
to it, and the total is written in the upper right-hand corner.
This avoids the necessity of making a separate weekly or monthly
bill.
MR. EVERETT O. KEITH
MlDDLEBORO, MASS.
BILI, TO DATE, $6.07
DATE, MAY 13, 1916
BOUGHT OF GARDNER AND COMPANY
GROCERS
SALESMAN
No. 3
Owed on former purchases
15
40
2 Ib. P. Sugar
l\ Ib. Butter
.05
.38
10
57
67
(j
07
1. Explain how each of the above amounts was obtained :
$.10, $.57, $.67, $6.07.
Make out blank sale slips for Gardner & Company. Fill in
each from the following memoranda, dating them for to-day.
Prices should be as in the picture on page 2.
MAKING OUT SALE SLIPS 17
2. Mrs. William H. White, who owed $8.64, ordered 1 bbl.
of flour, 10 Ib. of meal, and 3 doz. eggs. What is her bill to
date ?
3. Edward II. Haskell, who owed $17.53, ordered by tele-
phone 1 pkg. of corn flakes, 2 pkg. of malt breakfast food, 1 can
of Chase & Sanborn coffee, 1\ Ib. of 38-cent butter. What is
his bill to date ? '
4. Mrs. Henry Pierce, who owed -113.26, ordered \ Ib. of
cheese, 2 Ib. of lard, 1| Ib. of 40-cent butter, 2 doz. eggs, and
3 Ib. of prunes. What is her bill to date ?
5. Charles J. Moore, who owed $1.17, ordered 1 gal. of
kerosene, 2 bottles of olives, 3 cans of corn, and 2 cans of beans.
What is his bill to date ?
6. Mrs. F. P. Grant, who owed $3.75, received 1 pkg. of
currants, 1 can of cocoa, 1|- Ib. of cheese, 3^ Ib. of 38-cent
butter, and 3 Ib. of corn meal. What is her bill to date ?
7. Austin Thomas, who owed $1.69, received 8 Ib. of corn
meal, 10 Ib. of sugar, 1 Ib. 4 oz. of 32-cent cheese, and 2 bottles
of olive oil. What is his bill to date ?
8. Miss L. Hapgood, who owed $4.19, received 2 bottles of
olives, I Ib. of coffee, 3 cans of corn, and 1 Ib. 4 oz. of 40-cent
butter. What is her bill to date?
9. Arthur Shores, who owed $ 5.07, received 1 pkg. of
toasted corn flakes, 2 pkg. of malt breakfast food, and 1 Ib. of
38-cent butter. What is his bill to .date ?
10. Miss Mary Willis, who owed $ 18.64, received \\ doz.
eggs, 5 Ib. of corn meal, 1 gal. of kerosene, 2 Ib. 4 oz. of 40-cent
butter. What is her bill to date ?
11. W. H. Scott, who owed $14.02, received 3 pkg. of malt
breakfast food, 1 can of C. & S. coffee, 6 cans of sardines, 2
cans of corn, and 3 cans of beans. What is his bill to date ?
18
GROCERY PROBLEMS
SALESMEN'S CARDS
The following forms show the front and the back of the card which the
driver of a grocery delivery wagon carries in his book of sale slips. Some
of the customers who run weekly or monthly accounts live far from the
store, and instead of paying the bookkeeper, they pay the delivery clerk
every week or month and receive a credit slip.' He notes any such payments
with the name of the customer under the head " Received on Acct."
Other customers pay when the goods are delivered, and the clerk notes
such amounts under "Received Cash." If he buys eggs or vegetables from
the farmers on his route, he notes the amount paid for them under " Paid Out."
1. Find the amount of each column as shown on the front
of Mr. Kane's daily cash card following :
[FRONT]
Salesman If. Kane Date May IS, 191 6
SAME
Received
On Ao-t.
Received Cash
1'iiiil Out
0. B. White
10
00
1
70
34
2
15
11. O. Joslyn
5
50
L
61
1
14
S5
T. II. Smith
15
00
47
56
1
02
1
54
2
16
1
50
75
2
14
1
90
1
25
50
1
43
39
1
gg
63
*
87
94
I
05
2
01
1
17
1
10
95
1
14
.' 06
1 15
Carried Forward
? ?
>
?
?
5>
SALESMEN'S CARDS
19
Tf the driver has a long route, he may fill both sides of his card (or even
two cards). When he has filled any of the columns on the front of the,
card, he adds each column, placing the sums at the bottom. Each sum is
then written at the top of the corresponding column on the back. This is
called " carrying the amount forward."
2. Fill in the amounts "brought forward" and add each
column on the back of the card as shown below.
3. Add ',' aa " and " bb " to get all that the salesman took in.
Then subtract "cc,". which he paid out. How much does it
leave ?
4. When the driver started out in the morning, his change
bag contained $2.17 in small change. How much should
there be in it at night when he hands it to the bookkeeper ?
[HACK]
Salesman W. Kane Date May 13, 191 6
SAME
Received
On lirnllllt
Received Cash
Paid Out
Brought forward
?
?
?
?
H
?
0. B. Jones
5
20
1
23
25
1
17
E. L. Howes
4
G5
94
28
73
15
1
13
1
80
14
1
60
57
g
80
75
1
OS
2
16
1
15
Total
a
a
b
b
c
c
20
GROCERY PROBLEMS
5. Complete both sides of the following total card :
[FROST]
Salesman ir. Kane Date May 15, 191 6
UIE
Received
on Account
Received
Cash
Paid Out
1
14
45
If. .4. Jones
15
50
93
1
06
1
12
2
'41
T. H. Hood
3
75
46
83
1
16
1
21
47
90
1
05
2
06
94
A. B. Stone
2
90
17
1
08
g
46
Carried forward
?
<>
?
?
?
p
[BACK]
Salesman ir. Kane Date May 15, 191 6
SAME
Received
on Account
Received
Cash
Paid Out
Brought forward
f
a
?
?
?
f
1
42
II. H. Poole
12
35
2
14
2
40
3
08
97
B. 8. Bowles
5
80
1
26
1
60
45
14
1
07
2
SO
II. R. Thompson
10
00
96
1
IS
07
1
09
^4
Total
f
p
? ! ?
p
f
SELLING ON COMMISSION
21
SELLING ON COMMISSION
Alvan II. Keen takes orders for a cash market in the city.
He drives through a certain suburban section each day, and the
orders which he brings in at night are put up and delivered
the next day. The Company furnishes him with a horse and
buggy and pays him 3 % on the amount of the day's orders.
The amount of each order taken through the day is credited
to him by the cashier after the goods have been weighed and
the sale slips are completed.
Each of the following cards shows his work for the dates
indicated. Find the amount of each day's sales and compute
each day's pay or commission :
l.
SUBURBAN
Order Clerk A. B. Keen
Date June 7, 1916
Route .Vo. 2
AMOUNT OF SALES AS PER SALE SLIPS
1
60
*
*
*
*
2
85
4
,.'0
2
90
97
1
87
1
75
1
23
i
19
1
46
1
67
85
1
13
48
3
10
2
84
1
14
1
86
1
70
92
1
42
2
18
1
25
93
i
46
2
<9 /
J4
1
18
i
29
5
18
2
64
$
80
1
U
1
52
3
26
2
90
1
58
2
40
Total
*The total of the preceding column should be written here.
22
GROCERY PROBLEMS
SUBURBAN
Order ( lerk A. R. Keen
Date June 8, 1916
Route .Vo. 3
AMOUNT OF SALES AS PER SALE SLIPS
1
34
*
*
#
*
*
1
48
1
29
1
85
1
OS
2
48
1
47
1
86
1
58
3
97
2
63
1
64
2
49
2
64
4
82
48
2
43
1
04
1
29
$
87
1
38
1
00
2
48
3
74 ]
1
47
1
38
1
04
1
07
1
62
1
86
2
95
1
48
1
04
1
78
2
69
1
57
1
04
. 2
49
1
63
2
69
2
59
Total
SUBURBAN
Order Clerk A. R. Kten
Date June 9, 1916
Route No. 2
AMOUNT OF SALES AS PER SALE SLIPS
2
50
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1
35
1
27
1
59
2
98
2
38
1
32
1
97
>
45
1
4&
94
96
2
86
.; tut
1
64
3
28
1
64
I
04
2
56
1
06
g
75
2
68
1
38
1
09
2
58
1
04
84,
1
47
2
68
3
24
1
00
1
05
3
24
1
04
2
79
1
64
2
69
2
69
1
53
I
24
1
06
2
05
1
06
1 08
56
2
59
1
28
1
02
1
52
1
37
3
W
Total
* Bring forward the amount of the preceding column.
BILLS
23
BILLS
The sale slip is usually made out in pencil, without much
care as to appearance. It accompanies small purchases in retail
stores, being inserted in the bundle and given to the customer.
When the purchase is of considerable value, as in the case
of an automobile, a bill is sent, which is usually made out
carefully by the bookkeeper. Bills are also made out for pur-
chases that contain many items, as in the case of a retail dealer
who buys of a wholesale house and defers payment until the
goods are delivered or until the end of the month.
l. Copy the following bill, paying careful attention to the
ruling, the money columns, the capitals, and the punctuation.
Fill out all amounts where dashes are found:
NEW YORK, N.Y., JAN. 5, 1910
MESSRS. CURTIS & COOK
GLENIMLE, N.Y.
BOUGHT OF CONSOLIDATED GROCERY SUPPLY COMPANY
1 90-lb. chest
1 90-lb. chest
60 Ib.
50 pkg.
3 cases
2 cases
Formosa .tea .75 *
English breakfast tea .55
Arabian Mocha coffee .29
Old Grist Mill .16
Canned lima beans 1.75
Canned peaches 3.25
Received payment,
Jan. 10, 1916,.
CONSOLIDATED GROCERY SUPPLY COMPANY
('. S. D.
* The amount indicated in this column in all bills in this book is the cost of
the denomination in which the item is billed, in this case the cost of 1 Ib.
24
GROCERY PROBLEMS
When the bill on page 23 was paid, the bookkeeper receipted
it, signing his own initials, and mailed it to Curtis & Cook.
2. Rule and make out bills, like the one on page 23, for
the following purchases, dating to-day and receipting it 10 days
later: Howard & Sanborn, Fair Oaks, N.Y., buy of the above
wholesale -dealers 3 bbl. of entire wheat flour @ $7.50, \\
bbl. of oatmeal @ $7.00, 40 Ib. of cream of tartar @ $.281,
and 3 cases of canned tomatoes @ $1.75.
3. Kelley and O'Brien, Oakdale, N.Y., buy 3 cases of Ivory
soap @ $3.00, 4 cases of Gold Dust @ $4.50, | bbl. rolled
oats @ $6.40, and 2 cases of Grape Nuts @ 14.06,
MESSRS. CALKINS & KANE
GRANITEVU,I,E, MASS.
BOSTON, MASS., FEB. 3, 1910
BOUGHT OF COBB, BATES, & YERXA
5 doz.
6 doz.
15 doz.
8 doz.
Royal canned corn
Kornlet canned corn
Oneida telephone peas
" Sifted Sweet " peas
1.40
2.00
1.50
1.35
4. Fill out on paper the money column for the above bill.
5. Make out the bill sent by Cobb, Bates, & Yerxa to the
following buyers of goods. Use present date, receipting at
the end of the month.
Howe & Green, Marshport, Mass., bought 3 doz. cans wax
string beans @ $1.15, 5 doz. cans grated pineapple at $1.35,
and 4 doz. cans green gage plums @ $3.25.
6. Dunham & Brown, Orange, Mass., bought doz. cans ox
tongues @ $10.50, 2 doz. jars Beechnut dried beef @ $4,
and 3 doz. cans Spanish canned olives (ct) $3.25.
BILLS
25
7. Drake & Carver, Glendale, Mass., bought 2 cases of Ivory
soap @ .14.25, 3 cases of Pyle's Pearline @ 12.95, 2| doz.
bottles lemon extract @ $2, and 2 pk. dried green peas (a) $.90.
Fill in only the money columns in the following abbreviated
bills. Compute the total amount of each:
MONEY COLUMN
2 doz.
.48
4 Ib.
.32
1J doz.'
.60
doz.
1.64
2| Ib.
.28
4^ doz.
.54
| doz.
.72
15 Ib.
.08
1J doz.
.48
11.
MONKY COLUMN
1 Ib. .64
2$lb.
.44
8Jlb.
.46
Ijtlb.
.32
26 Ib.
.04
25 Ib.
.03
\ doz.
.96
4| do'z.
.84
fib.
.32
if Ib.
.48
*lb.
.40
13 Ib.
.05
12 Ib.
.07
Iflb.
.48
17 Ib.
.03
12.
| doz.
.24
li doz.
.36
21
.04
| doz.
.30
14-
.05
15-
.03
H lh -
.48
J Ib.
.48
Hlb.
.32
1 T V Ib.
.32
Iflb.
.24
2|lb.
.16
13.
4 doz.
1.30
9 doz.
2.10
5^ doz.
.70
16 doz.
1.55
13 doz.
1.72
HUNT'S COMMITN. AK. 3
20 CONSTRUCTION PROBLEMS
CONSTRUCTION PROBLEMS
REVIEW OF FRACTIONS
1. If two boards, 5 in. wide and 7| in. wide, respectively,
are placed side by side, what is the combined width ?
?i\ in. = 5| in.
7J in. = 7$ in.
_Yin. = l}in.
1|
12
18f in.
Boards used in box mills, furniture factories, etc., come in
very uneven widths. Find the combined width of each of the
following pairs :
2. 3^ in. and 5| in. 8. 4-fy in. and 7 in.
3. 6l| in. and 8| in. 9. 7| in. and 4| in.
4. 3| in. and 11| in. 10. 9^ in. and 5| in.
5. 10 T 6 B in. and Q^ in. 11. 2| in. and 10| in.
6. 8| in. and 9| in. 12. 4^ in. and 7| in.
7. 5-^g- in. and 6| in. 13. 5| in. and 12| in.
14. How wide a board will remain after sawing a strip 5| in.
wide from a board 11 in. wide ?
Ll| in. = lOf in.
5 in. = 5i in.
5f in., or 5} in.
How wide a board will remain :
15. After sawing a If -in. strip from a 10^-in. board?
16. After sawing a 2|-in. strip from a 9-in. board?
17. After sawing a 1^-in. strip from a 10^-in. board?
18. After sawing a 3|-in. strip from a 9^-in. board?
19. After sawing a 1-^-in. strip from a 9|-in. board?
27
THE SCHOOL DESK
To the Teacher. The following lesson gives an opportunity for the
pupils to make first-hand measurements without leaving their seats. All the
children can be at work at the same time. No two desk tops will be made of
boards of exactly the same width, so that there is an excellent opportunity for
independent observation of a simple piece of construction before using the
dimensions furnished in the following problems. This provides a natural
lesson, requiring addition and subtraction of fractions ranging from halves to
sixteenths.
If you will examine the top of your desk very carefully, you
will find that two or three boards have been used to make what
seems at first glance to be one very wide board, the width of
the desk top or lid. These boards have been fitted together
with great care, so that you may find it difficult to discover
their edges.
A study of the grain of the wood in the accompanying
sketch or on your own desk will show where the two boards
come together. These boards were glued and clamped until
dry and then given a smooth, hard finish.
28 CONSTRUCTION PROBLEMS
1. Measure the length and the width of your desk, taking
into consideration the curved edges. In like manner, find the
width of some of the single boards used. Use your pencil and
ruler, as shown by A and B in the diagram on page 27.
2. An open-box desk, like that in the sketch, has a top 24
in. long (measuring from left to right), and 16 in. wide (meas-
uring from front to back). How long must all boards be cut?
Give some reasons why the width of boards varies so much.*
3. The cabinet maker at work on 16-inch desks may have
selected a board 12| in. wide throughout. How wide a board
must be put with it to give the proper width ?
4. Select boards to combine with each of the following to
make a width of 16 in.: 2| in., 9^ in., 6| in., 9[| in.
5. Give the width of boards which would combine with each
of the following to make a 13-inch desk top : 9^ in., 5j 3 g in.,
7 in., 3- in., 8- in., 11 in.
NOTE. Boards rarely come of just the right width to make the required
top; strips have to be sawed off or planed off. How can the workman
economize stock ?
6. If the two boards selected for a 16-inch top are 12| in.
and 5| in., how much will have to be sawed or planed from
one of the boards to give the proper width ?
121 i n - + 5J in. = 18j in.; 18| in. 16 in. = 2| in., amount to be sawed
off.
7. The two boards selected for an 18-inch desk top were 11|
in. and 9| in. wide. How much must be removed from one of
them to leave the right width ?
* Desk tops must be made from perfect lumber. Much care is exercised in
cutting up to avoid knots, decayed spots, open grain, etc. At the same time, as
little stock must be wasted as possible.
THE SCHOOL DESK 20
8. In making desks with wider tops, or with lifting lids,
three boards are occasionally used. Give reasons why this is
undesirable and not the usual custom.
How wide a board will have to be combined with the two in
each of the following groups to make a lid 20 inches wide ?
() 5| in. and 10^ in. (d) 7| in. and 6f in.
(b) 7 in. and 9| in. (e~) 6f in. and 7^ in.
(c) 5-^ in. and 3| in. (/) 4| in. and 5^ in.
9. The following widths of boards are at hand: 3^ in., 5| in.,
6| in., 7| in., 7|| in., 8^ in., 8| in., 8| in., 8| in., 9 T *g in.
Select the most economical board from the above widths to
combine with each of the following in makvng 16-inch desk tops:
(a) 12| in., (6) 9lf in., < 8& in., (d) 11| in., < 13& in.
10. Decide how much will have to be removed from each of
the following combinations to give exactly 16-inch tops :
(a) 9 * in. and 7 in. O) 8 in. and lOf in.
(b) 8f in. and 11J in. (c?) 12| in. and 4| in.
(e) 11| in. and 5| in.
(/) 8 in. and 6|- in. and 3 in.
11. How much must be removed from each of the following
for 13-inch tops? (a) 7^ in. and 8| in., (5) 9| in. and 5| in.,
(c) 4| in., 8^ in., and 2^ in., (d} 8| in. and 5| in.
12. If the workman has chosen a 6|-inch board and a 101-
inch board for the top of a 16-inch desk, how much must be re-
moved?
13. How wide a strip must be removed from one of the
boards in each of the following combinations if they are in-
tended for 13-inch desk tops ?
() 4^ in. and 9| in. (d) 5J in. and 7 in.
(b) 7| in. and 6| in. O) 10J. in. and 4 in.
0) 8* in. and 4| in. (/) 9| in. and 3f in.
30
CONSTRUCTION PROBLEMS
USE OF CLEATS
Fig. 3
- j"
Figure 1 represents the end of a board which has warped.
The drying of the sap, when the green wood was exposed to the
atmosphere, caused the board to shrink. Boards are sawed frqm
logs, and the side of the board nearer the outside of the log
contains more sap than the side toward the center or heart of
the log. The warping is therefore away from the center.
Figure 2 shows one way of preventing warping. Two cross
cleats are screwed firmly to the boards across the grain. This
is a cheap and easy method which can be used in making box
covers, storm doors, etc.
Figure 3 shows a neater and better way of preventing warp-
ing by means of end cleats. The ends of the center boards
(J5.5) are cut so as to leave a projecting tongue, which fits
into a groove, cut in the inner edge of the end cleats (xx).
They are glued firmly together, and the inner boards are thus
kept from warping. This method is used in making bread
boards, desk lids, paneled doors, etc.
USE OP CLEATS 31
Study the diagram and answer the following questions:
1. A box cover like Figure 2 is made from 4-inch stock,
which means boards 4 in. wide. It is to be 3 ft. long (the way
the boards run) and 2 ft. wide. How many 3-foot lengths can
be sawed from a 12-foot board?
2. How many of these 4-inch boards will have to be placed
side by side to make the cover 2 ft. wide ?
3. How many 12-foot boards must be cut up to furnish this
number of 3-foot lengths? How many feet of the last board
will not be used ?
4. How long will the cleats have to be sawed ? (If they
are 2 in. wide, both can be cut from one piece of 4-inch stock.)
NOTE. A running foot is 1 ft. long without regard to width.
5. How many running feet of board will it take for the cover
when complete ? How many 12-foot boards will be needed for
the job ?
6. Using the same kind of stock, construct a cover 28 in.
long and 18 in. wide. Make a drawing similar to Figure 2
but use the new dimensions. Decide the number of strips
needed to give the required width.
7. How much will have to be removed with a rip saw from
the last strip to keep the cover exactly 18 in. wide ?
8. How many running feet of board will be needed for
Ex. 6, not including the cleats ?
9. How many running feet will be needed to make the
two cleats if sawed as in Ex. 4 ?
10. How many running feet will be needed in all ? (Count
any fraction as an extra foot.)
11. How many running feet will be required to make a
similar cover 32 in. long by 20 in. wide, using 4-inch boards
and 2-inch cleats ?
32 CONSTRUCTION PROBLEMS
MAKING A BREAD BOARD
1. The two middle boards used in making a bread board
like that shown in Figure 3, page 30, are so wide that they
would soon warp unless held flat by end cleats. If the upper
face of the boards were 21^ in. long and the cleats were each
If in. wide, how long would the completed board be ?
2. Compute the lengths of the following bread boards :
(a) Boards 19| in. long on top ; cleats 2-| in. wide.
(5) Boards 22| in. long on top ; cleats 2| in. wide.
3. Examine Figure 4 on page 30 and see what effect cutting
the tongue has on the length of the top and bottom surfaces.
If a 21^-inch board is run through a machine which cuts a
^-inch tongue on each end, how long will it leave the face of
the board ?
4. Find the length of the face of each of the following
boards after the -inch tongues have been cut :
(a) Original length 21| in. ; tongues \ in. deep.
(5) Original length 18| in. ; tongues f in. deep.
5. A workman is making bread boards all of which are to be
18 in. wide (measured across the grain). The first board
which he picks up is 11 in. wide. How wide a board must
be put with it to get the required 18 inches ?
6. A workman is making bread boards 20 in. wide. What
width of board must he place with each of the following?
(a) 14| in. (6) 9| in. (c) 10 T g in. (d) llf in.
7. It is not always possible to find two or three boards
that will give the exact width required. How much would
have to be sawed or planed from one of the boards in each of
the following combinations to make bread boards 18 in. wide?
(a) 8| in., 7^ in., 5 in. (6) 7| in., 1\ in., 3| in.
(<?) 5|- in., 6| in., 9 in.
DRY-GOODS PROBLEMS 33
DRY-GOODS PROBLEMS
1 2 3 4 5 fe 7 6 9 10 II lg 13 14 15 Ib 17 1JS 19 20 ?1 ?'? ?3 rt ^5 ?fe 27 ?6 ?9 30 31 X 33 34 35 [
teAQ' Stick -^ I /-Back of Yard
V 8 YD 14 YD 3 /8 YD. Vfe YD. 5/ 6 YD>. 3/ 4 YD. 7 /s YD
Oral Exercise
Study this" sketch of the yard stick until you can express the
following distances as called for :
Remember that 36 in. = 1 yd.
1. Express 1 yd., ^ yd., | yd., 1^- yd., ^ yd. as inches.
2. Express 18 in., 9 in., 4 in., and 27 in. as parts of a yard.
3. Express 13| in., 22| in., and 31| in. as parts of a yard.
Compute the cost of the following :
4. 5 yd. @ if .15 11. 2 yd. @ $ .37| 18. f yd. @ $ .40
5. 3 yd. @ .17 12. 7 yd. @ .12 19. \ yd. @ .48
6. 2yd. @ .12| 13. 5 yd. @ .13 20. f yd. @ .40
7. 6 yd. @ y .09 14. 7 yd. @ .18 21. 1J yd. @ .70
8. 7yd. @ .12 is. 2yd. @ .27 22. | yd. @ .90
9. 4yd. @ .081 16. 12yd. @ .32 23. | yd. @ .48
10. 6yd. @ .33 17. 9yd. @ .24 24. | yd. @ .64
25. 1 yd. 18 in. @ f .50 29. 3 yd. 18 in. @ $.36
26. 1 yd. 27 in. @- .72 so. 2 yd. 27 in. @ .24
27. 1 yd. 9 in. @ .80 31. 2 yd. 9 in. @ .64
28. 2 yd. 18 in. (5j .18 32. 4 yd. 18 in. @ .08
NOTK. The sign @ means at so much a unit. Thus, 5 yd. @ $.15
means 5 yd. at f .15 a yard.
34
DRY-GOODS PROBLEMS
Oral or Written Exercise *
The following table, like those on pages 5 and 7, gives the
amount purchased and the money offered by the customer in
payment. Compute the charge and select the coins and bills
in the proper order for making change. Examine the record
for the first purchase and see if it is correct.
Copy all except the " purchase " column and fill in the items
needed.
PURCHASE
COST
CUS-
TOMER
GIVES
COINS AND BILLS
AMT. OF
I'llANHK
If
5*
10 ff
25 <
50^
$1.00 $2.00
$5.00
2iyd. @ $.12
tt O*7
*P *^ '
$.50
3
2
$.2.-{
1| yd. (w $ .40
1.00
?
V ?
?
?
?
!
?
?
3i yd. @ $ .32
2.00
i
| yd. @ $ .16
.50
i
2f yd. @ $ .28
1.00
f >
5} yd. @ 9 -36
5.00
.
?
2 1 yd. @ 9. 20
1.00
? -
liyd. (19.24
2.00
2
2J yd. @ 9 -28
1.00
?
3f yd. @ $ .32
5.00
?
IT'S yd- @ $ 16
20.00
?
1A yd. @ 932
50.00
V
If yd. @ 98
15.00
Q
' 2| yd. @ 9 16
50.00
*
If yd. @ 9 24
50.00
?
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
* This should be taken as an oral exercise if the class is fairly proficient.
DRY-GOODS PROBLEMS 35_
16. Complete the sale slip for Mrs. Howe's purchases.
THE CENTRAL DRY GOODS CO.
KocKLANi), ILL., JULY 5, 1916
NAME Mrs. F. P. Howe
ADDRESS 5 Main St.
SOLD HV No. 9 AMOUNT RECEIVED $2.00
4yd.
Scrim
.17
2yd.
Percale
.12\
in*
Satin
1.40
17. Salesman A made only 23 sales July 15, as shown on
his total card below. Compute the value of the goods sold
(both cash and charge sales). How much cash did he turn in ?
DEPARTMENT Dress Goods
SALESMAN A DATE July 15, 1916
CASH SALES
CIIAK<;E
SALES
CASH SALES
CHARGE
SALES
FORWARD
FORWARD
1
1
14
? ?
? ?
2
38
13
2
12
3
72
14
45
4
1
08
15
S8
5
56
16
g
70
6
94
17
1
13
7
1
50
18
2
26
8
2
66
19
1
53
9
Z
JO
20
1
02
10
45
21
96
11
08
22
79
12
19
23
2
15
FORWARD V 9 ? ? TOTALS 9 ?
DUY-C.OODS PROBLEMS
A RECORD OF EFFICIENCY
The daily cash cards turned in to the bookkeeper each night
show the amount of each clerk's daily sales. If any particular
clerk regularly turns in a larger record than the others, it
indicates his popularity with the customers, or a greater effort
on his part, or both. Consequently, large daily sales are taken
to indicate greater efficiency and are often rewarded with a
larger salary.
1. In the following tables, compute each clerk's weekly sales.
2. Add horizontally and find the store's total daily sales.
WEEKLY SALES IN STORE OF BROWX & UOBEL
Miss
DAILY
MR. AMES
Miss COOK
MlSS DtINN
SALES FOB
TUB STOKE
Monday
$15.65
$14.90
$12.30
$16.84
'>
Tuesday
18.35
18.24
15.62
14.12
')
Wednesday
17.60
19.16
14.91
12.97
9
Thursday
25.40
13.12
20.05
15.46
9
Friday
21.62
20.04
19.64
18.21
9
Saturday
23.18
18.74
18.02
19.46
9
Total
9
j
9
9
9
WEEKLY SALES IN STORE OF HANSON & STONE
DAILY
Miss STOXE
Miss POOI.E
Miss HOWE
Miss WHITE
SALES FOR
THE STORE
Monday
$21.60
$19.70
120.57
$27.60
9
Tuesday
24.85
26.30
21.72
21.46
9
Wednesday
23.72
18.46
18.96
18.88
9
Thursday
28.64
17.95
24.17
14.72
9
Friday
21.50
18.04
28.43
19.85
?
Saturday
25.35
22.78
23.89
27.99
9
Total
?
?
?
9
>
ECONOMY IN BUYING
37
ECONOMY IN BUYING
At certain times of the year large department stores usually
declare a reduced price for remnants of various lengths. If
the amounts advertised are sufficient to meet the needs of a
purchaser, a substantial amount can be saved by buying at this
time. Find how much each customer saved on each of the
following purchases.
CUS-
TOMER
NlTMBER
GOODS PURCHASED
YARDS
PUR-
CHASED
FORM KB
PRICE
PER YD.
HEDUCED
PRICE
PER YD.
AMOUNT
SAVED
PER YD.
TOTAL
AMOUNT
SAVED
1.
White voile
15
9 i.oo
I .50
?
?
2.
Brocade French satin
12}
2.00
1.65
9
?
3.
40-inch brocade velvet
15}
4.00
2.50
?
?
4.
54-inch brown voile
5
3.50
1.25
<5
)
5.
40-inch cashmere
5J
1.50
.75
V
?
6.
White liberty satin
4|
2.00
1.10
?
?
7.
White cashmere de soie
3f
2.00
1.25
?
9
8.
Crepe de chine
4|
2.50
1.00
?
?
9.
French foulard
11
2.00
.90
?
?
10.
Taffeta silk
27
2.00
1.25
?
?
11.
Black broadcloth
Hi
2.50
1.50
f)
?
12.
Black poplin
IS
1.00
.75
<f
?
13.
Imported broadcloth
74
4.00
2.65
?
?
14.
Black serge
84
2.00
1.50
? '
?
15.
Storm serge
13
2.00.
1.20
?
V
16.
All-worsted serge
5
2.50
1.40
?
9
17.
Scotch suiting
17
2.00
1.15
?
?
18.
Silk and wool crepe
5
1.50
1.00
1
1
19.
Silk and wool poplin
64
2.50
1.65
?
<l
20.
All-wool bengaline
8
2.50
1.40
?
?
21.
56-inch covert cloth
12
3.00
2.35
?
?
22.
Diagonal suiting
4
.2.30
1.00
?
?
23.
Irish crochet lace, 2-inch
*4
1.25
.85
?
?
24.
Lace flouncing
m
1.75
.75
?
?
25.
Lace insertion
8
1.50
.75
?
V
38
MEAT MARKET PROBLEMS
MEAT MARKET PROBLEMS
SELLING PORK
Ham Shoulder bacon Jout/
Study the cuts of pork as indicated on the " side " repre-
sented below. The corresponding numbers, in the picture
above, show how four of the cuts look when ready to retail.
Oral Exercise
Compute the charges on the following pur-
chases and make change, giving coins in the
order of selection from the cash drawer.
Remember that:
16 ounces (16 oz.) equal 1 pound (1 Ib.)
1.
2.
PlTKGHAU
PKICK PKH
I'ol Nil
MONKY
PKKSENTED
1 Ib. 4 oz. Pork Chops
6 Ib. 8 oz. Hani
$.24
.20
11.00
2.00
3.
5 Ib. 4 oz. Ribroast
.20
2.00
4.
4 Ib. 12 oz. Shoulder
.16
1.00
5.
1 Ib. 4 oz. Ham Steak
.28
.50
6.
12 oz. Sliced Bacon
.32
.50
7.
8.
1 strip Bacon, 5 Ib.
1 Ib. 12 oz. Sliced Ham
.30
.28
2.00
.50
9.
10.
11.
14 oz. Eng. Bacon
2 Ib. 4 oz. Loin Chops
1 Ib. 7 oz. Salt Fat Pork
.32
.28
.Ifi
.50
1.00
1.00
12.
5 Ib. 4 oz. Hani
.24
2.00
13.
3 Ib. looz. Shoulder
.K! 1.00
14.
2 Ib. 4 oz. Ham
.28 2.00
15.
1 Ib. 12 oz. Bacon
.28 l.Od
WEIGHING MEAT
39
GH I J KL MNP RS T V
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Arm.
WEIGHING MEAT
The arm of these
scales is enlarged to
show the figures more plainly. Two
sliding weights are used. One indicates
the number of pounds, and the other
the exact number of ounces. This type
of scales is used for weighing large cuts
for hotels, etc.
Oral Exercise
How much would each cut weigh
if the sliding weights were placed as
follows :
Written Exercise
Compute the cost of the following
cuts, at prices mentioned, with sliding
weights placed as follows :
l.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
CUT
ON LONG
ARM AT
ON SHORT
ARM AT
Rump @ 44 /
K
A
Round @38?
V
E
Sirloin @ 42 ^
N
B
Ribs @ 20 ?
R
D
Chuck @H?
T
B
Flank @ 12^
M
A
Brisket @14^
J
E
Neck @ 12?
L
C
Shoulder @ 18j*
P
B
Shin (2) 8?
I
E
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
ON LONG
ARM
ON SHOUT
A KM
G
A
H
B
I
C
J
D
K
E
L
F
M
E
N
A
P
C
R
B
S
D
T
E
V
F
40
MEAT MARKET PROBLEMS
BILLING MEAT
The market clerk notes the weight of the meat in pounds
and ounces. When he bills it on the sale slip, he may write it
as pounds and fractions of a pound, in order to compute the
price more easily. Copy the " Bill " section of the following
and carry out each item as the first two have been carried out,
taking the weight from the first table entitled " What the
Scales Show."
1.
WHAT THE SCALES
Snow
51b.
8 oz.
2.
2lb.
3 oz.
3.
1 Ib.
12 oz.
4.
31b.
6 oz.
5.
21b.
2oz. '
6.
71b.
6oz.
7.
41b.
14 oz.
8.
31b.
15 oz.
9.
51b.
4 oz.
10.
15 oz.
11.
61b.
7 oz.
12.
lib.
5 oz.
13.
1 Ib.
7 oz.
14.
1 Ib.
13 oz.
15.
51b.
6 oz.
16.
41b.
12 oz.
17.
21b.
1 oz.
18.
51b.
2 oz.
19.
71b.
3 oz.
20.
31b.
5 oz.
21.
81b.
2 oz.
22.
15 oz.
23.
lib.
12 oz.
24.
21b.
2oz.
How IT is BII.I.EU
5i
Ib. Ham
$.28
1
54
2 T 3 l <
Ib. Sirloin
Ib. Round
.42
.28
92
Ib. Lamb Shoulder
.18
Ib. Rump Steak
Ib. Ham
.38
.30
Ib. Corned Beef
.18
Ib. Shin
.08
Ib. Corned Flank
.10
Ib. Dried Beef
.16
Ib. Fowl
.35
Ib. Salt Pork
.14
Ib. Lamb Chops
Ib. Pork Chops
Ib. Spare Rib
Ib. Back of Lamb
.40
.24
.20
.18
Ib. Sirloin
.40
]b. Roast Beef
.28
Ib. Roast Pork
.22
Ib. Ham
.28
Ib. Hind Quarter Lamb
Ib. Sirloin Steak
.24
.36
-
Ib. Lamb Chops
Ib. Bacon
.36
.28
ABBRFA 7 IATED BILLING
41
ABBREVIATED BILLING
The columns at the left of this page show the number of
pounds and ounces. The " Bill Form " at the right is for prac-
tice in rapid and accurate billing. To save time, the names of
the cuts of meat are omitted. Note carefully how the first
item in Bill No. 1 is written and complete the others in a simi-
lar manner.
Wn
; FIT
2 lb.
4 oz.
1 lb.
8 oz.
2 lb.
1 oz.
3 lb.
2oz.
2 lb.
3 oz.
1 lb.
4 oz.
41b.
5 oz.
31b.
(3 oz.
2 lb.
7 oz.
6 lb.
8 oz.
BILL FORM
2J lb.
.24
54
.40
1
.32
-
.24
.32
.28
.32
.24
.16
.12
Total
WEICIIT
lib.
21b.
41b.
31b.
1 lb.
41b.
olb.
2 lb.
61b.
31b.
9 oz.
10 oz.
11 oz.
12 oz.
13 oz.
14 oz.
15 oz.
8 oz.
12 oz.
4 oz.
BILL FORM
lb. .32
40
.16
.36
.32
.24
.32
.10
.12
.16
Total
HUNT'S COMMUN. AR. 4
42
MEAT MARKET PROBLEMS
DRIVERS' CARDS
Read the explanatory note on page 18.
The following card was made out by the driver of meat cart
No. 5 sent out by the Galesburg Central Market. Each driver
supplies the people on a certain route outside the regular deliv-
ery limits.
[FRONT]
QALESBURQ CENTRAL MARKET
Salesman 5 Date ./
3, 1 9 16
NAME
Received
on Account
Received
Cash
Paid Out
1
80
i)
16
1
94
E. 0. Slack
5
00
56
32
74
1
07
If. H. Lane
4
75
2
14
1
18
36
1
49
86
75
/ &
1
18
1
JfS
21
1
16
2
48
1
27
1
19
Carried Forward
? ?
<t
?
?
?
1. How much did the driver collect on outstanding accounts ?
2. How much did he take in from cash sales ?
3. How much did he pay out for eggs, etc. ?
XOTE. These amounts are carried forward to the top of the same col-
umns on the back of the total card as shown on the next page.
DRIVERS' CARDS
43
4. What amount should be recorded at the top of the "Re-
ceived on Account" column? Find the whole sum of such
receipts. Where should they be written?
5. Bring forward the sum of the cash sales from the front
and add the tk Received Cash " column. ,
[BACK]
Salesman $ Date /< 3, 19 ie
NAME
Received
on Account
Received
Cash
Paid Out
Brought Forward
?
?
?
9
?
?.
3
02
1
U
A. 13. Brown
4
70
2
07
45
1
95
4
80
1
60
H. S. Shores
12
50
1
24
I
02
96
1
57
1
40
27
95
74
1
30
75
14
1
08
Total
a
a
b
b
c
c
6. Find the total amount paid out through the day.
7. Add the total " Received on Account " and " Received
Cash " and subtract the " Paid Out."
8. The driver took $4.85 in change when he started out.
How much should he turn over to the bookkeeper at night ?
44
MEAT MARKET PROBLEMS
9. Copy and complete the following total card, both front
and back, as follows :
(a) Add each column on the front.
(i) Carry each total forward to the top of the corresponding
column on the back and then add the columns on the back.
(<?) Add the first two columns and subtract the total of the
third column.
(c?) How much cash should be turned in at night if the driver
took $5.00 in change when he started out in the morning?
[FRONT]
SALESMAN 5 June 4, 19jf5
UKCF.IVRD
ON Ac<'OUNT
RECEIVED
CASH
PAID OUT
96
/>
4
00
1
f
05
48
47
1
02
87
i
60
1
96
43
00
30
oo
09
12
50
1
11
14
1
01
1
25
15
1
08
19
26
Carried forward
P ? ? ? ? ?
[BACK]
KKCEIVKD
ON ACCOUNT
KECKIVKII
CASH
PAID Ot-T
14
1 15
3
80
gs
1 80
2
50
1 00
40
64
5
00
27
1 02
1 70
84
1 36
10
00
1 on
64
2 !>0
1 05
96
? ? ? ? ? ?
POULTRY PROBLEMS
45
POULTRY PROBLEMS
A well-known poultry expert has published facts, from which
the following table was taken, showing the profit from a small
flock of pullets properly fed and cared for.
YEARLY INCOMK FROM A FLOCK OF 20 PCLLETS
MONTH
K<;;s
LAII>
NUMBKK
OK
Do/.KX
AVERAGE
PRICE PER
DOZEN
VALUK OP
Ko<;s
Oct.
147
9
1.44
?
Nov.
282
?
.52
9
Dec.
308
9
.43
9
Jan.
313
?
.40
V
Feb.
336
9
.36
9
Mar.
384
?
.25
9
Apr.
321
9
.22
9
May
257
9
.24
9
June
263
?
.28
9
July
267
9
.32
9
Aug.
249
?
.35
9
Sept.
199
9
.40
9
1. Take each month at a time and find the number of dozen
eggs laid and their value. Compute the number of dozen
mentally, but use paper in finding the value.
' 147 eggs = 12} doz. ; 12} x 1 .44 = 15.39.
2. Add the column headed " Eggs Laid," to find the total
number of eggs laid during the year.
3. Find the average per hen by dividing this number by 20.
4. Find the value of all eggs laid by adding the amounts
obtained in the first example and recorded in the last column.
5. The cost of food averaged $1.79 per bird. What was
the total food bill ? Subtract this from the total value of the
eggs to get the net profit for the flock.
6. Find the average profit per fowl.
46 POULTRY PROBLEMS
FARM ACCOUNT
Mr. Mason, being tired of factory life, wished to get into
some more congenial out-door work. He bought a small farm
and started to raise poultry. After two or three years of
experimenting, he was able to make a very successful showing.
His entire year's record is shown on the following page :
Directions for Using the Following Table
1. January. Read the first line of items and tell how the
facts in column J5, Z>, and F were obtained.
2. February.
(a) How many dozen eggs were laid in February ?
(i) How many dozen were left to sell @ 45 ^ ?
(<?) What was the total income received from selling eggs in
February ?
(c?) What would constitute the expenses in this business ?
Subtract the February expense from the income to rind the
gain for the month.
3. In a similar manner, fill out the account for each of the
other months.
4. To find the complete egg yield for the year, add column A.
5. Add column B, and check it by dividing the total for
column A by 12. The two results should agree.
6. Obtain the total income by adding column D. Is this
actual profit ?
7. The net gain is the actual profit after all expenses have
been paid. Obtain this by adding column F.
8. Check column F by subtracting the total of column E
from the total of D. Why should they agree ?
FARM ACCOUNT
47
YKARI.Y EGG RECORD KOR ONK FLOCK
(Kept by Mr. Mason for the year 1914)
MONTH
A
EGGS
YIELDED
B
NUMBER
OF
DOZEN
c
SOLD AS FOLLOWS
HECEIVED
K
EXPENSES
FOR
MONTH
F
GAIN
Jan.
2004 .
167
100 doz. @ $ .50
$50.00
$30.50
150.32
Feb.
2208
9
The rest @ .46
80 doz. @ .48
30.82
r,
35.80
?
38 doz. @ .46
?
The rest @ .45
?
Mar.
3684
9
95 doz. @ .45
?
26.20
?
104 doz. @ .42
?
The rest @ .40
9
Apr.
3252
9
150 doz. @ .40
9
35.10
?
75 doz. @ .38
?
The rest @ 36
9
May
3144
9
180 doz. @ .35
9
30.90
9
60 doz. @ .34
9
The rest @ .32
9
June
2724
9
100 doz. @ .30
9
31.40
?
The rest @ .25
9
July
2124
?
90 doz. @ .25
9
40.20
9
The rest @ .23
?
Aug.
3:572
?
200 doz. @ .24
9
30.90
9
The rest @ .26
9
Sept.
1848
9
120 doz. @ .28
?
32.50
?
The rest @ .30
?
Oct.
1572
9
90 doz. @ .30
?
32.40
9
The rest @ .32
9
Nov.
1344
9
75 doz. @ .34
31.80
?
The rest @ .35
?
Dec.
1740
9
80 doz. @ .40
9
25.20
?
The rest @ .45
?
Totals
? eggs
V doz.
9
9
9
48
POULTRY PROBLEMS
PROFITS IN POULTRY KEEPING
A business man having some unused land in the rear of his
house decided to keep some poultry to furnish his table with
fresh eggs and, if possible, to add something to his income.
He was uncertain as to the best breed of fowl to buy, so he
decided to build three small houses just alike, to put a differ-
ent breed in each, to treat them exactly alike, and to see which
paid the best. He housed them as follows:
Pen No. 1.
Pen No. 2.
Pen No. 3.
Plymouth Rocks.
Rhode Island Reds.
White Wyandottes.
Being a business man, he knew that he could not tell whether
his experiment succeeded without keeping accounts. This
he did, therefore, in order to be able to answer the follow-
ing questions:
Does poultry keeping pay ?
Which breed pays the best?
What per cent is made on the investment ?
The following table is a standard egg record. At the end of
each day the eggs laid by each pen were carefully recorded.
The value of the eggs used was reckoned at the price nearest
the middle of each month. Rule off on paper spaces similiar
to the blank spaces at the foot of page 49 and fill them in.
PROFITS IN POULTRY KEEPING
49
DAILY EGG RECORD
NOVEMBER
DECEMBER
JANUARY
6
o
CO
*-
6
TO
O
1-1
CO
6
~ H
53
to
to
M
1
53
ft
w ' ^
to
55
> 'f.
J;
tE
R
O
^
to
fe
M
z
5
H
H
^
fi
c
. P.
_
1
40 ^
1
2
2
48^
2
1
1
48^ ' 4
5
1
o
1
2
3
4
2
5
2
9
3
1
1
2
8
3
3
4
5
4
1
3
2
1
3
6
6
4
5
2
1
4
2
3
4
3
8
6
1
1
2
1
4
2
8
5
2
7
2
1
2
2
3
4
5
8
1
8
1
2
4
2
3
1
4
7
7
9
3
1
5
6
1
9
2
10
10
1
1
3
1
1
2
4
10
5
11
2
2
1
1
4
2
6
9
8
12
3
1
1
4
5
3
4
2
4
13
1
1
2
1
2
4
5
8
9
14
45 f
1
3
2
50 ?
3
1
2
48 /
2
6
7
15
2
3
5
6
3
10
7
6
16
1
4
2
1
1
1
3
5
8
17
3
1
4
1
2
1
9
8
5
18
1
1
2
4
o
2
8
2
11
19
1
2
1
2
6
5
4
9
2
20
2
3
1
1
2
4
8
9
8
21
1
2
3
3
7
1
5
11
7
22
3
2
1
5
1
3
7
2
5
23
- 2
1
2
3
2
6
5
4
24
1
2
2
1
6
2
6
7
4
25
4
3
1
1
4
6
3
6
9
26
2
1
3
2
4
2
9
3
4
27
3
1
2
4
1
5
10
8
6
28
50^
3
4
1
55?
3
2
4
50^
1
4
3
29
1
2
1
6
2
1
1
2
8
30
2
1
2
2
5
1
9
7
4
31
-
-
-
7
4
5
10
9
7
Total
Total
Total
No.
?
y
y
No.
?
y
y
No.
y
9
y
Laid
Laid
LaFd^
No. of
y
No. of
y
No. of 1 9
9
9
Doz.
Doz.
'
'
Doz.
i
Value
9
y
Value
?
9
y
Value
y
9
?
@ 4f> p
@ 50 i
@ 43 ^
50
POULTRY PROBLEMS
YEARLY INCOME
The daily egg record begun on page 49 is kept through the
year. When the total for each month is found, it is recorded as
in the table below, which, when completed, will give the income
for the year.
Pupils shoufd make a copy of this table, fill in the totals
for Nov., Dec., and Jan. as found on page 49 and then copy those
given below for the remaining months of the year. In finding
the value of each month's eggs, count 5 mills or over as one
cent and disregard less than 5 mills. Complete the table.
TOTAL RECORD FOR YEAR
No. of Eggs per Pen
Total No.
Month
Plymouth
Rocks
Rhode
Island
Reds
White
Wyandottes
of Eggs
from
3 Pens
No. of
Doz.
Average
Price
Total
Value
Nov.
*
*
*
*
*
1.45
*
Dec.
*
*
*
*
*
.50
*
Jan.
*
*
*
*
*
.48
*
Feb.
180
185
190
555
?
.40
?
Mar.
192
181
190
569
9
.36
9
Apr.
240
2:32
248
720
?
.28
9
May
210
205
220
641
9
.25
9
June
190
184
192
566
f
.25
9
July
191
17=5
165
529
?
.30
9
Aug.
198
162
160
520
9
.32
9
Sept.
170
145
134
449
?
.35
9
Oct.
158
131
126
410
?
.40
9
9
9
9
V
9
Total pei-
breed
Bock*
Reds
Wyandottes
Total of
all breeds
Total yearly
income
* Obtain these numbers from work on page 49.
PROFITS 'IN POULTRY KEEPING 51
YEARLY BALANCE SHKKT
Some poultry experts maintain, that from Nov. 1 to Nov. 1
is the proper time for which to keep poultry accounts. Why ?
Following this plan, the year-old fowls were sold to a poultry
dealer on Nov. 1, the weights running as follows:
WRIGHT OF FOWL WHEN SOLO TO POULTRY DKALKR ix NOVEMBER
Total
Rocks 71, 7,
61, 5$
, 8,
H, 7f, 7
h 6
1,
7| Ib.
9
Ib.
Reds 51, 5,
31, 6, f
>1, '">
*, 6f, 7,
6f,
71
, 7, 6j
Ib.
9
Ib.
AVyandottes
61, of,
6 fl
I, (y'i, 6,
61,
7,
6|,
5f , 61 Ib.
9
Ib.
1. Find the total weight of fowl sold.
2. Find the value of the fowl sold at 1.14 a pound.
NOTE. The original expenditure for houses, etc., is usually counted as
permanent improvement and does not appear in the yearly account; there-
fore it is not given here.
SUMMARY
Income
Value of eggs used and sold (see page 50) ?
Value of meat sold ?
Total income ?
Jtxpense
Cost of 36 pullets in beginning @' $1.25 . . . ?
Cost of feed :
20 bags mixed grain @ 1.95 . . . ?
12 bags dry mash @ 2.15 . . . ?
1 bag cut alfalfa @ 2.00 . . . ?
200 Ib. shells for . . .ft. 60
, Total expense ?
Net income ?
3. Find the total income ; the total expense ; the net income.
52 POULTRY PROBLEMS
MONTHLY ACCOUNTS
The value of the annual poultry crop in this country is esti-
mated at $700,000,000. As- it is largely a back-yard crop,
more people are directly involved in its production than in any
other single crop. Until recent years, little science or mathe-
matics has entered into, the process of poultry raising. To-day,
owing to the work of the government agricultural stations,
people are becoming much more interested in poultry raising as
a means of supplementing the regular income.
In all accounts, it is desirable to find how the income com-
pares with the outgo or expenses. If a business is successful
for any given period, the income should exceed the expenses.
1. The next page contains the entire monthly account for a
flock of fowl. At the left is the daily egg record for the flock.
Find the total number of eggs laid.
2. In the center, " Income Account," is a careful record of
all eggs or fowl sold. Copy this,* complete each item show-
ing a sale of eggs, and put the amount in the egg column.
Find the total income from the sale of eggs.
3. Add the amounts received from the sale of fowl. Why
are these amounts placed in a separate column ?
4. How much was received from both eggs and fowl ?
5. The right-hand section, " Expense Account," contains a
record of all money paid for food or equipment during the
month. Complete the two items which are incomplete.
6. Find the sum of all payments.
7. Deduct the total expenses from the total income. The
remainder is the net gain.
* If the teacher cannot afford time to copy this account, she may have the
class rule the money columns only and record the results in proper order.
. MONTHLY ACCOUNTS
53
MONTHLY POULTRY RKCOKD
K<;c; UKCOKII
INCOME ACCOUNT
Kxi'KssK ACCOUNT
Oct.
KSV
Laid
Income from Sales
Eggs
Fowl
Expenses
1 50
2
47
4 hens
4
00
100 Ib. mash
2
10
3
48
100 Ib. scratch
1
90
4
52
1 cockerel
00
25 Ib. charcoal
25
5
53
120 sq. ft. wire
6
50
@2|J*
?
7
51
29 do/. @ 40 *
' ?
8
62
200 Ib. mash
4 00
9
58
100 Ib. shells
75
10
51
14 doz. @ 42?
9
11
47
12
43
100 Ib. scratch
1 90
18
43
lOdoz. @ 420
o
14
46
15
50
6 hens
9 00
100 Ib. grit
60
10
43
17
43
17 doz. @ 2?
9
18
42
100 Ib. mash
2 10
19
43
1 cockerel
5
00
1 doz. hoppers
20 50
@ 66|J*
<>
21
47
22
42
100 Ib. scratch
2
00
23
48
100 Ib. mash
2
20
24
41
24 doz. @ 44^
25
38
,
26
41
4 hens
6 00
27
43
11 doz. @ 44^
28
37
>
29
39
100 Ib. mash
2 15
30
43
31
48
14 doz. @ 44?
<f
?
?
Rec'd for eggs
?
Total payments
V
Rec'd for fowl
?
Total receipts
?
Deduct exp's
?
Net gain
?
54
POULTRY PROBLEMS
A COMPARISON OF POULTRY ACCOUNTS
The following is an actual year's record of poultry income
and expenses.
CASH ACCOUNT FOR FLOCK OF 53 FOWLS
1914
EG(i8
LAII>
VALUE OF
EGGS
MARKETED
VALUE OK
SETT ix (is *
VAI.VE OK
I'OULTKY
S(ii.l>
MONTHLY
CASH
IXCO.MK
EXPENSES
A
K
c
D
/;
f
Jan.
Feb.
617
672
8Q-)
f 19.81
18.72
20 as
$1.20
0.92
7 17
$ 1.25
2.00
9
<f 3.85
0.85
o on
Apr.
728
fi"iO
15.17
1 - 1 . ^ I
5.95
Q V>
2.00
I
6.42
fi '5S
iu<ty
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
612
575
459
349
14.88
14.40
12.32
10.18
7 00
2.07
0.70
1.18
0.40
2.00
1.15
1.25
1.98
1 fifi
9
9
9
9
15.80
5.15
6.44
27.71
17 ^K
143
5 37
43 47
14 35
Dec
oqn
10 80
Q">
9
44 33
Total
9
9
9
?
9
9
* Eggs sold for hatching bring higher prices than eggs sold to the markets,
and a separate record is often kept of receipts from this source.
COMPARISON OF POULTRY ACCOUNTS 55
The best Avay to tell how you are succeeding is to compare
your results with those secured by a successful poultryrnan.
The table on page 54 is the record of a very successful year.
Guide Questions and Problems
1. How many eggs were laid during the year by the 53
fowls? how many dozen?
2. How many eggs per hen were laid on the average?
3. Find the cash income for each month by adding columns
B, C, and D horizontally.
4. Find the total cash income for the year by adding the
column of monthly incomes (column E).
5. To check or verify this at the end, add vertically columns
B, C, and D separately, and then add the three together. The
sum should agree with the sum of column E.
6. Find the total expenses for the year by adding column F,
7. The increased expenses for the summer and fall months
were due to raising the young stock. The value of the pullets
raised over the original flock was $40.50, and the poultryman
used $23.02 worth of fowls on his own table. Both of these
amounts should be added to the income. What is the total ?
8. Find the net profit on the flock by subtracting the total
expenses from the total income as found in problem 7.
9. What is the average profit per fowl ? *
* This is one of the highest records for a utility flock.
INDUSTRIAL PROBLEMS
Q
K
A
PANE OF GLASS REDUCED
BY ONE CUTTING
REDUCED BY TWO CUTS
01. 2815G7891011 12 SCALE y e IN. = 1 IN.
INDUSTRIAL PROBLEMS
GLASS AND GLASS CUTTING
1. The rectangles A to Gr represent stock sizes of glass drawn
to a scale of ^ inch to 1 inch. Measure the rectangles and decide
the dimensions of the pane of glass that each represents.
Compute the area of each pane in square inches :
GLASS AND GLASS CUTTING
57
Pane A
Pane B
Pane C
STOCK SIZES OF GLASS
AND RETAIL PRICES
6" x 7" @ $.03
10" x 14"
@ *.oo
15" x 30" @
1.30
6" x 8" @ .03
11" x 14"
@ -11
16" x 30" @
.:54
6" x 0" @ .03
11" x 15"
@ .12
16" x 34" @
.38
7" X 9" @ .04
11" x 17"
@ .13
16" x 36" @
.40
8" x 10" @ .05
12" x 18"
@ .15
18" x 34" @
.40
8" x 12" @ .06
12" x 20"
@ -17
18" x 36" @
.45
9" x 12" @ .06
12". x 24"
@ .19
18" x 38" @
.50
9" x 13" @ .07
1:5-1" x 26"
@ -24
24" x26" @
.40
10" x 12" @ .07
18J" x 28"
@ .28
26" x 27" @
.50
2. Give orally the area of each pane in the first column.
3. If it were necessary to have a piece of glass 16| in. x 32|
in., from which stock size would it be cut ? Draw a diagram of
the pane and indicate by dotted lines where cuts would be
made. How many square inches would be wasted ? What
price would have to be charged for the resulting pane ?
4. I have broken the glass front of a picture frame. It was
just 15^ in. x 28J in. From which of the above stock sizes
would a new front be cut? Illustrate by a diagram. How
many square inches would be wasted ?
5. Select the stock size from which the following can be cut
most economically. Illustrate each by a diagram. Compute
the amount of waste. Decide the cost :
(a) 10|- in. x 15f in. (d) 24 in. x 11| in.
(6) 6| in. x 9| in. 0) 25 in. x 13"in.
( 9 in. x 13| in. (/) 16| in. X 10 in.
HUNT'S CCMMIIN. AR. 5
58
INDUSTRIAL PROBLEMS
Q)
ts.
\
\
s
^>
/'
! ^
1
i
\
\
-
$
/ *
/
f ">
s
\
.<b
o:
U
x
X
(V
1
F/g.3. Cros-s Sect/on of /Jo/d/ntf
P/'cttsre Space
MAKING PICTURE FRAMES 59
MAKING PICTURE FRAMES
Figure 1 represents strips of molding which are to be made
up into a picture frame. The broken lines show where the mold-
ing is to be cut, and the pieces marked " waste " are wasted.
Find out what you can about the use of a miter box and the
making of picture frames.
1. Hold your paper with the long edges at top and bottom,
and draw near the top a strip of molding from which the frame
shown in Fig. 2 is to be cut. Mark it to show the method of
cutting. Mark the dimensions along the upper edge and find
how many inches are used.
2. How many feet is this ? How much does it cost at $ .13
per foot ?
NOTE. Although molding is sold by the foot, it is safer to make your
measurements in inches and change them to feet.
3. Find how much molding is required for a picture frame
whose outside measurements are 17|- in. by 13 in.
17i in. 2 x 17| i- = 35 in.
17| in. 2 x 13 in. = 26 in.
13 in. Total 61 in. 61 in. = 5 ft. 1 in.
13 in.
61 in.
Sketch the frames, put on the dimensions, find the length
in inches, and then express as feet and inches :
4. 14 in. x 9 in. 6. 15| in. x 12 in.
5. 21 in. x 16 in. 7. 11| in. x 9| in.
Find the length of molding required for picture frames
whose outside dimensions are given below :
8. 12 in. x 15 in. 11. 13 in. x Vi\ in.
9. 9 in. x 141 in. 12. 8 in. x 15| in.
t ^
10. 13 in. X 1C in. 13. 15 in. x 18 in.
60 INDUSTRIAL PROBLEMS
Sketch the frames indicated by the following dimensions,
mark the dimensions on the sketch, including the width of
molding used. (See Fig. 2, page 58.) Find the exact size of
the picture space and express it as follows : 12" x 16".
14. 8 in. by 13 in., using 1^-inch molding.
15. 12 in. by 15 in., using 2^-inch molding.
16. 12| in. by 16^ in., using 2-inch molding.
17. Examine any fragments of picture molding which you
can get, or the back of some frame in the schoolroom. Measure
the depth of the rabbet, or bevel into which the glass front is set.
If the rabbet is f in. deep and the other dimensions are as in
Fig. 2, how long must the glass be to fit exactly ? how wide ?
14 in. + | in. + f in. = length of glass front.
8 in. + f in. + f in. = width of glass front.
18. Turn to the table on page 57 showing the stock sizes of
glass and select the size from which this glass could be cut
most economically.
19. If the picture space in a given frame is 10| in. X 15 in.,
and the rabbet is ^ in. deep, find the size of glass front needed.
What stock size should be bought ? Make a sketch showing
how it would be cut.
20. A picture frame whose outside dimensions are 21^ in. x 15
in. is made from molding 2|- in. wide.
(a) How many feet and inches of molding are used ?
(6) How many feet and inches remain after cutting it from
a 10-foot strip ?
(c) How large is the picture space ?
(rf) How large must the glass be if the rabbet is in. deep ?
0) Select from page 57 the stock size from which this can be
most economically obtained.
(/) Show by a diagram how to cut it. How many square
inches are wasted ?
MAKING SCREWS AND PINS
MAKING SCREWS AND PINS
w
Screws and pins are all made from metal wire of appropriate
sizes, cut off the right length, headed, and pointed by machinery.
The machines do this work automatically ; the man in charge
merely feeds and oils them. One man can look after from ten
to fifteen machines.
In Fig. 1, A is a fixed block of tempered steel ; B is a movable block.
The wire feeds in through the hole CC, extending a short distance beyond
the face of the block B, which moves upward, as shown in Fig. 2, cutting the
wire off the length required. At the same time a hammer D strikes the ex-
posed end of the wire, forcing it into the depression in B, which gives shape
to the head of the screw. As the block B shoots quickly down, the blank
screw is pushed out, and more wire feeds in, ready to be cut and headed.
1. If one machine cuts and heads 90 small screws in a min-
ute, how many does it make in 1 hour ? in an 8-hour day ?
2. If one man looks, after 11 such machines, how many blank
screws constitute his day's work ?
3. Screws are sold by the gross. How many gross are
turned out by this man in a day ?
4. How many gross are turned out by a man who looks after
12 machines, each averaging 105 per minute ?
5. Compute the output of each man as follows :
Nl'MHER OF
MA< IIINB8
AVERAGE
NUMBER PER
MINUTE
TOTAL
PER HOUR
TOTAL PEI:
KlGHT-IIOUB
DAY
Xl'MUER OK
GKII-.S
Mr. Jones
9
!).-)
9
9
9
Mr. Sampson
12
110
?
?
v
Mr. Moore
11
90
9
9
?
02
INDUSTRIAL PROBLEMS
MAKING WIRE NAILS
In the following diagram, the three steps in heading, cutting,
and pointing a nail are shown.
The wire feeds through a block, DD, projecting a little beyond the face
as shown in Fig. 1. The hammer, //, descends, spreading out this project-
ing end and forming the head as shown in Fig. 2. As the hammer is with,
drawn, two blades, PP, come together as shown in Fig. 3, cutting the wire
and pointing the nail at one stroke.
/Vail
B B -1 W6
N-d
Measure the length of each nail shown in the preceding cut, and
express the results to the nearest quarter or eighth of an inch.
No. 1, a barrel nail, ? inches
No. 2, a 5d. (five-penny) shingle nail, ? inches
No. 3, a 7d. clinch nail, ? inches
No. 4, a 3d. fine nail, ? inches
No. 5, an 8d. common nail, ? inches
No. 6, a lining nail, ? inches
No. 7, a 9d. flooring nail, ? inches
No. 8, a 12d. finishing nail, ? inches
MAKING WIRE NAILS 63
Preliminary Drill
1. Divide 1| ft. by 2 in.
H ft. = 18 in. ; 18 + 2t - 18 - V = 18 x T 8 7 = J# = rV
2. Divide 2|- ft. by If in.
3. Divide 3^ ft. by 2| in.
4. Divide 5 ft. 6 in. by 2 in.
5. Divide 10 ft. 3 in. by If in.
6. Divide 4 ft. 8 in. by 1 ft. 4 in.
7. Divide 2 ft. 4 in. by 1 ft. 6 in.
8. Divide 5 ft. 6 in. by 11 in.
Written Exercise
1. Notice the distance which the wire projects beyond the
.face of the dies, _Z)D, in Fig. 1. This wire is flattened to make
the head of the nail. How does the length of the wire of which
one nail is made compare with the length of the resulting nail ?
If j^g- in. of stock (wire) is flattened into the head of the nail,
what is the approximate length of wire used in making No. 6 ?
1 in. + ^5 in. = lyV in. wire.
2. Allow T X g- in. for head stock in nails numbered 1 and 4.
Find how much wire each requires.
3. Allow |- in. for head stock in Nos. 2, 3, and 5. How
much wire does each require ?
4. Allow -j 3 g in. in Nos. 7 and 8. How much wire does each
require ?
5. Allowing l^g- in. of wire for each nail, how many nails
will 1 ft. of wire make ? (In determining the number of nails,
express fractional remainders as decimals to the nearest tenth.)
6. Allowing Jg in. for head stock in No. 4, what is the
total length of wire required for each nail ? How many such
nails will 1 ft. of wire make ?
64 INDUSTRIAL PROBLEMS
7. Nails the size of No. 2 require about | in. of wire for the
head. Compute the length of wire per nail and the number
of nails per foot.
8. It takes 44 ft. of the wire of which No. 1 is made to
weigh 1 Ib. How much does a mile of sucli wire weigh ?
9. One pound of wire for making No. 6 contains 129 feet.
How much does a mile of this weigh ?
10. If 1 pound of wire for No. 4 contains 78 feet, and 10.1
nails are made from every foot of it, how many nails does a
pound of wire make ?
11. Allowing | in. for head, stock in No. 2, how many nails
can be made from 1 Ib. of wire if it averages 34 ft. to the
pound ?
12. Allow Y 3 g in. for head stock in No. 3 and compute the
length of wire per nail and the number of nails per foot of
wire.
13. If 26 ft. of No. 3 wire weigh one pound, compute the
weight of a mile of such stock wound on a reel ready for
cutting.
14. How many No. 3 nails will the mile of wire produce ?
(Use last answer of .problem 12.)
NOTK. When the nail is pointed as shown in Fig. 3, some of the
metal is wasted. Consider this to be about 3% of the entire weight of the
wire used for each nail.
15. A mile of a certain wire weighs 203 Ib. before it is cut.
How many pounds are lost in cutting?
16. How much do the finished nails weigh ?
17. If a reel carries 125 Ib. of wire, how many pounds of it
are wasted ? How many pounds of nails will there be ?
18. If a reel carries 150 Ib. of wire, how many pounds and
ounces of it are wasted ?
PRINTERS' PROBLEMS 65
PRINTERS' PROBLEMS
CHARGKS FOR STOCK PER POUND
Manila, if?
Common book, 3f 6
Plated book, 1\ ?
Water marked, \'1\^
Fine linen, 13J ^
Superfine linen, 18 $
Pure linen, 21 \t
Cheap grade No. 1, 5|-^
Cheap grade No. 2, 6|^
Cheap grade No. 3, 8| t
What is the cost of the paper used on the following jobs :
1. Job No. 200 16 Ib. of common book paper.
2. Job No. 201 5| Ib. of Manila paper.
3. Job No. 202 7 Ib. of fine linen paper.
4. Job No. 210 12| Ib. cheaper grade No. 1.
, NOTE. When paper of any kind i.s printed, the labor of cutting,
together with waste, bring the actual cost up to a higher price than quoted
above. The printer is also entitled to some profit for handling the paper.
He adds 50% to the original cost of all paper used in printing, to cover the
cost of handling.
5. How much does the printer charge for 7 Ib. of Manila
[taper if he adds 50 per cent to the wholesale cost ?
Compute charges on the following :
6. 5-^ Ib. of common book. 11. 3- Ib. of pure linen.
7. 25 Ib. of plated book. 12. 8 Ib. of superfine linen.
8. 64 Ib. of water marked. 13. 120 Ib. of plated book.
9. 20 Ib. of cheap grade No. 2. 14. 75 Ib. of common book.
10. 5| Ib. of cheap grade No. 3. 15. 32 Ib. of water marked.
66
INDUSTRIAL PROBLEMS
ECONOMICAL CUTTING UP OF STOCK
A printer receives an order for business cards of a specified
size. The stock from which such cards are cut comes
22 in. x 28 in. The printer takes enough sheets to make the
required number of cards, places them under the powerful
blade of his paper cutter, and cuts as indicated by the dotted
lines in the following diagram. Each section thus made, a, 6,
f
CARDS CUT FROM STOCK SIZE OF CARDBOARI>
<?, e?, e, and/, is taken in turn and cut as indicated by the dash
lines, giving the cards exactly as ordered. Try this, if possible,
with a paper cutter.
1. If the cards ordered are to be 3^ in. long, into how
many sections (a, 5, <?, etc.), will each sheet be cut ?
2. If the cards are to be 2|^ in. wide, into how many cards
will each section be cut? How many cards will one sheet 22
in. x 28 in. make ?
CAUTION. In finding the number of cards which can be obtained from
one sheet, do not divide the area of the sheet by that of the cards. Some-
times the 28 in. length or 22 in. width cannot be divided equally by the
dimensions of the card ordered. In such cases, narrow strips are wasted.
PRINTERS' PROBLEMS
67
3. How many cards 4| in. x 3 in. can be cut from a
2$ in. x 22 in. sheet ?
(See following diagram.)
28 -*- 4* = 28 x | = -V = 6g.
The " 6 " is the number of card lengths, and the " |" is waste.
22 -*- 3 = 7-J-. The " 7 " is the number of card widths, and the " -J- " is
waste.
7x6 = 42, number of cards.
4. How many cards 2| in. x 3^ in. can be cut from a sheet
22 in. x 28 in. ?
5. How many cards 2| in. x 4 in. can be cut from a sheet
22 in. x 28 in. ?
6. How many cards 2| in. x 4| in. can be cut from a sheet
22 in. x 28 in. ?
7. How many cards 3|- in. by 5^ in. can be cut from a sheet
22 in. x 28 in. ?
8. Refer to the answer in problem 4 and find how many
sheets are needed to supply an order for 500 such cards.
9. How many sheets of cardboard would be needed for 1000
cards like those in problem 5 ?
68
INDUSTRIAL PROBLEMS
The following table contains the trade names and sizes of dif-
ferent grades of paper from which letter paper, billheads, etc.,
are cut. In order to economize stock and labor, printers select
sheets which can be cut into the desired sizes without waste.
TRADB NAMK
SlZB
AREA IN
S<j. IN.
TKAHE NAMK
SIZE
AREA ix
SQ. IN.
Flat letter
10" x 16"
V
Packet folio
19" x 24"
V
Flat packet
Demy
Folio
12" x 19"
16" x 21"
17" x 22"
'{
?
?
Double cap
Double royal
Medium
17" x 28"
42" x 38"
18" x 23"
?
?
?
Double folio
22" x 34"
?
10. Fill in the missing parts of the table.
11. Commercial noteheads are 5^ in. x 8^ in. Draw a
diagram showing how they are cut from a double folio sheet.
How many can be cut from one sheet ?
12. How many sheets must be cut up to make 100 note-
heads ?
13. Royal packet noteheads are 6 in. x 9 in. From which of
the above sizes can they be cut without waste ? Diagram each.
14. How many large sheets of flat packet must be cut up to
make 1000 of these noteheads ?
15. From which paper in the preceding table can 8| in. x 7
in. billheads be cut ?
16. Find the paper from which to cut regular statements,
5 in. x 8 in., without waste.
17. I have an order for 1000 letterheads, 8 in. x 11 in.
PVom which paper shall I cut it ? How many sheets are
needed to fill the order?
18. Answer the same questions for letterheads 8 in. x 10|
in. ; for noteheads 5| in. x 9 in.
BUSINESS USE OF 100, 1000, AND 2000 69
BUSINESS USE OF 100, 1000, AND 2000
Weights are often expressed as hundredweight (cwt.), or 100
lb., especially in freight dealings.
Carpenters express flooring, roofing, etc., as squares.
A square is 100 sq. ft. (C = 100 units.)
To divide by 100, move the decimal point 2 places to the left.
560 lb. = 5.60 cwt. 1850 sq. ft = 18.50 squares.
Oral Exercise
How many hundredweight are there in the following ?
1. 750 lb. 4. 1562 lb. 7. 4000 lb.
2. 921 lb. 5. 980 lb. 8. 5260 lb.
3. 179 lb. 6. 865 lb. 9. 9187 lb.
How many squares are there in the following areas ?
10. 5260 sq. ft. 13. 6400 sq. ft. 16. 750 sq. ft,
11. 1480 sq. ft. 14. 8570 sq. ft. 17. 1100 sq. ft.
12. 990 sq. ft. 15. 1060 sq. ft. ' 18. 590 sq. ft.
M = 1000 in billing goods. T. = 2000 lb.
To divide by 1000, move the decimal point 3 places to the left.
To divide by 2000, move the decimal point 8 places to the left,
and divide the' quotient by 2.
How many M (1000) are there in the following ?
19. 5000 ft. lumber. 22. 1760 ft. lumber. 25. 3780 feet.
20. 7600 ft. lumber. 23. 2140 ft. lumber. 26. 2850 bands.
21. 1450 ft. lumber. 24. 4500 bolts. 27. 1289 posts.
How many T. (tons) are there in the following ?
28. 4000 lb. 31. 5000 lb. 34. 6060 lb.
29. 18,000 lb. 32. 2840 lb. 35. 7000 lb.
so. 8400 lb. 33. 6400 lb. 36. 2400 lb.
70
BUSINESS USE OF 100, 1000, AND 2000
WEIGHING BY THE HUNDREDWEIGHT
A BCD F 6
The long arm records pounds in even hundreds up to 19 cwt. and the
short arm records pounds in even tens and fives up to 1 cwt. The above
reading is 515 lb., or 5.15 cwt.
l. Give the weight indicated by each letter in the diagram if
the sliding weights are each at the same letter on their respec-
tive arms, that is, at A, a, or B, 5, etc.
Fill in the " scales record " below. Bill this amount on
paper as shown in the "bill form " at the right.
SCALES RECORD BILL FORM
LARGE
ARM
SMALL
A KM
2.
A
e
3.
B
C
4.
C
d
5.
D
f
6.
E
a
7.
G
e
BILLING AT
$ PEE CWT.
2.00
1.80
.90
1.20
.70
.75
cwt. @
cwt. @
cwt. @
Total
BUYING BEEF AT WHOLESALE 71
BEEF PROBLEMS
BUYING BEEF AT WHOLESALE
The live weight of a steer is from 1000 Ib. to 1200 lb., and a
higher price is paid for the heavier animal. Three steers sold
on the same date as follows :
Number 1, 1000 lb., sold for 17.40 per hundredweight.
Number 2, 1150 lb., sold for $8.25 per hundredweight.
Number 3, 1200 lb., sold for $8.35 per hundredweight.
1. How much was received for each ?
2. The 1000-pound steer when dressed weighed 55 % of its
live weight. What was the value of its dressed weight at $18
per hundredweight ?
3. What was the difference between its value on the hoof
and dressed ?
4. The 1150-pound steer lost 48% in dressing. What was
the value of its dressed weight at $18.25 per hundredweight?
5. Compute the difference in value on the hoof and dressed.
6. The 1200-pound steer shrank 43% in dressing and sold
for $ 18.40 per hundredweight. How much did it bring ?
7. How much per pound does the farmer receive for a steer
which he sells at $7.50 per hundredweight? at $8.00? at
$8.20? at $8.40? at $8. 50?
USES OF DIFFERENT CUTS OF BEEF (See page 72)
Rump Excellent steaks.
Round, top Cheaper steaks.
Round, bottom Stews or pot
roasts.
Sirloin Best steaks.
Rib Good roasts.
Flank To boil or corn.
Brisket Stews or to corn.
Chuck Pot roasts.
Neck Stews or to corn .
Shoulder Soups.
Shin Soups and stews.
72
BEEF PIN >R I, K MS
BUYING BEEF AT RETAIL
Study the above cut and the table on page 71 and learn to
what uses the different parts are put.
NOTE. The pieces indicated in the picture are based on Boston cuts of
beef. Teachers may substitute prevailing prices in their own localities.
Compute mentally the cost of the following sales :
1. 1 Ib. 12 oz. Rump steak. 9. 2 Ib. 6 oz. Neck
2. 1 Ib. 4 oz. Chuck.
3. 3 Ib. 8 oz. Bottom of the
round (@$.26).
4. 1 Ib. 15 oz. Sirloin steak.
5. 6 Ib. 4 oz. Rib roast.
6. 5 Ib. 10 oz. Top of the
Round (@$.36).
7. 6 Ib. 14 oz. Corned flank.
8. 5 Ib. 8 oz. Corned brisket.
10. 2 Ib. 3 oz. Rump.
11. 1 Ib. 12 oz. Chuck.
12. 2 Ib. 2 oz. Sirloin.
13. 4 Ib. 2 oz. Sirloin.
14. 5 Ib. 6 oz. Corned flank.
15. H Ib. 2 oz. Corned brisket.
16. 5 Ib. 8 oz. Shin bone.
17. 4 Ib. 3 oz. Brisket.
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL PRICES OF BEEF 73
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL PRICES OF BEEF
1. A farmer sold an 1120-pound steer for $ 6.50 per hundred-
weight. How much did he receive for it?
2. The packer's price on the steer after it was dressed was
as follows :
72 Ib. Rib @$.17| ?
130 Ib. Sirloin .22" . . . . . . . ?
1 80 Ib. Round @ .08|- ?
186 Ib. Chuck @ .08" ?
95 Ib. Flank @ .07 . ?__
Total ?
3. The retail butcher sold the cuts so that the average for
the entire section was about as follows :
72 Ib. Rib @f .22 ?
130 Ib. Sirloin @ .26 ?
180 Ib. Round @ .15 ?
186 Ib. Chuck @ .13 .....,..?
95 Ib. Flank @ .10 . ?
Total
4. How much more did the packer receive on one steer than
the farmer ?
5. How much more did the butcher receive than the packer?
6. Select cuts properly trimmed cost the consumer the prices
shown in the picture. This is what per cent more for each cut
than the average given in problem 3 ?
7. If the 130 Ib. of loin loses 15% in trimming, how many
pounds are actually retailed? If they are sold for 38^ per
pound, how much do they bring?
IIKNT'S COMMUN. AR. 6
74
RAILROAD FREIGHT PROBLEMS
RAILROAD FREIGHT PROBLEMS
Millions of dollars' worth of goods of all kinds are being
moved by railroad and steamship lines every day. Every city
or town that is on a railroad or a steamboat line has one or
more freight stations, and thousands of clerks are engaged in
keeping the records and doing the figuring necessitated by this
immense traffic.
BILL OF LADING
MM
UNIFORM BILL. .OF LADING SuwUrd lorm ol Order BUI of Ldir pprored by (he InteflUte Commerce Comnmi^n by Order No. 787 ol June 27. |VM.
THE NEW YORK, NEW HAVEN AND HARTFORD RAILROAD COMPANY
ORDER BILL OF LADING ORIGINAL
Consigned to ORD^R^OF Cf,.(^.
Destination
Notify
At
0,
PACKAGES
DESCRIPTION OF ARTICLES AND SPECIAL MARKS
WEIGHT
(SiMeo ' Cerrtam)
CUSS OR
*T{
CHECK
COLUMN
If charges are to be pre-
paid, write or stamp here.
To be Prepaid."
.57?
..J.6&& **c*fa.ji&
/^ ^2 '
O^^^^ \^&LJ <^
<J^OOO^
V> M-
7
fe^s
to apply in prepayment
of the charges on the prop-
erty described hereon.
Agent or Cashier.
(The !(oiarc here KkMwIcdft* M!;
Ike MH prepaid.}
Charges Advanced;
..Agent
(This Bill of Lading to be signed by the Shipper and Agent of the carrier issuing same. I
FREIGHT BILL
75
The Eastern Grain Co. has received an order from A. B. Stone
and Co. for 50 100-pound sacks of poultry feed to be shipped
via the N. Y., N. H. & H. R. R. The Eastern Grain Co. is the
consignor or sender of the goods and A. B. Stone & Co. the
consignee or the company to whom the goods are sent. The
bookkeeper makes out a bill of lading, as on page 74, which is
signed by both the consignor and the freight agent.
Two copies are made of the original bill of lading. The original (see pre-
vious page) is mailed to A. B. Stone and Co., to let them know what goods
have been shipped ; one copy is filed in the office of the Eastern Grain Co.
as a record that the railroad has taken the goods for shipment; the other
copy is kept on file in the freight office as the railroad's record of shipment.
When A. B. Stone and Co. receive the bill of lading, they send it over to
the freight house at Pocasset, and they obtain from the freight agent at
Pocasset the goods which the bill of lading describes.
The following receipt is given by the freight agent at Pocas-.
set to A. B. Stone and Co. on payment of the freight charges :
utt b* nd> en delivery.
Original paid frolghl bill to
76
RAILROAD FREIGHT PROBLEMS
COMPUTING FREIGHT CHARGES
From the preceding explanation you will see that:
Freight is billed by the hundredweight (cwt.) or 100 Ib.
In order to compute the freight charges, we must express
the weight of goods shipped as hundredweight, and then multi-
ply the charge for 1 cwt. by the resulting number.
1. Find the freight charge on 470 Ib. of fresh fish at 13^
per hundredweight.
' 470 Ib. = 4.70 cwt.
4.7 x 9-1-3 = 9.611, or 9 .61* freight charge.
With slight variation, all shipments are expressed on bills
of lading, way bills, and other freight blanks in the order shown
in the following table. Compute the freight charges :
Boston to Taunton. Mass.
Description
Weight
Freight
per Cwt.
Charges
2.
Steam heater, pipes, etc.
865 Ib.
$ .09
9 -78
3.
Fresh fish in barrel
420 Ib.
,16
?
4.
I bbl. mackerel
340 Ib.
.15
l
5.
Chairs
595 Ib.
.15
;
6.
Canned goods
472 Ib.
.13
)
7.
15 rolls roofing material
624 Ib.
.01!
i
8.
12 rolls tarred felt at 46 Ib. per roll
?
.06
9.
Iron fittings
1260 Ib.
.12
10.
Calfskins and sole leather
2845 Ib.
.09
11.
14 tubs butter, 28 Ib. per tub
V
.18
12.
9 bbl. P. cement at 400 Ib. per barrel
'>
.09
13.
26 bbl. flour at 200 Ib. per barrel
9
.07
14.
Oranges in boxes
265 Ib.
.22J
15.
Lime in barrel
930 Ib.
.09
16.
Shoe findings in boxes
725 Ib.
.15
* Consider 5 mills or over as 1 cent, and discard less than "> mills.
LOCAL FREIGHT RATES
77
LOCAL FREIGHT RATES
Boston to Middleboro, Mass.
1st class 2d class
3d class
4th class
5th class
6th class
8.21
per cwt.
1.14
per cwt.
$.12
per cwt.
$.09
per cwt.
$.08
per cwt.
$.07
per cwt.
Compute freight charges on the following goods shipped
from Boston to Middleboro, the class to which each belongs
being given :
Description
Weight
Class
Charges
35 100-pound sacks grain
9
4th
9
Specified canned goods
-546 Ib.
3d
9
Sugar in barrels
1070 Ib.
2d
9
Iron pipe
2140 Ib.
4th
9
Stuffed furniture
975 Ib.
1st
?
Foundry supplies iron fittings
5640 Ib.
3d
9
Lime and cement in barrels
4185 Ib.
4th
'>
Baled hair for plaster
3820 Ib.
2d
9
DISTANT FREIGHT RATES
Boston via Pennsylvania Lines to Fair Oaks, Pa.
1st class
2d class
3d class
4th class
5th class
6th class
$.50
per cwt.
$.43
per cwt.
$.33
per cwt.
$ .24
per cwt.
$.20^
per cwt.
$.17
per cwt.
Compute the charges on the following :
Description
Weight
Class
Charges
Building stone
12,480 Ib.
6th
?
Electrical machinery
30,000 Ib.
5th
9
Rolls of paper
14,800 Ib.
6th
9
Cases of shoes
4,960 Ib.
2d
9
Furniture
16,250 Ib.
1st
?
Gunny bags
7,280 Ib.
4th
9
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
7S
RAILROAD FREIGHT PROBLEMS
When any commodity is shipped in whole carloads (0. L. ),
the cost for each hundredweight is less than when shipped in
less than whole carloads (L. C. L.). Compute the freight
charges on the following carloads between the points specified :
Commodities Received in Bridgewater, Mass.. by Carload
Commodity
From
Weight
Rate
per cwt.
Freight
charge
1.
Grain
Philadelphia, Pa.
72,000 Ib.
$.12
2.
Grain
Chicago, 111.
48,000 Ib.
.18
?
3.
Grain
Chicago, HI.
51,000 Ib.
.18
?
4.
Oats
Terre Haute, Ind.
40,000 Ib.
.217
?
5.
Bran (in bags)
Chicago, 111.
40,000 Ib.
.127
?
6.
Oats
Milwaukee, Wis.
48,000 Ib.
.17
9
7.
Mill feed (bags)
Independence, Nev.
40,000 Ib.
.271
a
8.
Cattle
Chicago, 111.
20,000 Ib.
.85
?
9.
Oats
Chicago, lake and rail
40,000 Ib.
.14
?
10.
Cotton seed meal
Memphis, Tenn.
40,000 Ib.
.31
9
(in bags)
11.
Ice
Boston, Mass.
60,000 Ib.
.70 per
?
2000 Ib.
The difference in the cost per hundredweight of shipping
L. C. L. and C. L. is illustrated as follows :
Freight on wire, cables, etc., from Worcester, Mass., to Rochester, N. Y., in
carloads costs <f .16 per hundredweight, but L. C. L. costs $ .20 ; freight to Cov-
ington, Ohio, in carloads costs $ .20 per hundredweight, but L. C. L. costs $ .24.
12. If a carload weighs 40,000 Ib., how much is saved by
shipping to Rochester in one load instead of in smaller lots ?
13. How much is saved on two carloads shipped to Coving-
ton, Ohio, instead of shipping the same amount L. C. L. ?
14. Grain can be shipped from Duluth, Minn., to Buffalo, N. Y.,
via whaleback steamers on Great Lakes at $ .01| per bushel. By
railroad it would cost 11^. How much would the United Mill-
ing Co. save on a cargo of 240,000 bu. by shipping by water ?
79
COMPUTING FREIGHT ON MAIL ORDERS
A large business is done by mail order houses that furnish
elaborate catalogues to prospective buyers and ship furniture,
interior woodwork, hardware, etc., direct to the customer from
long distances. A plant situated in the hard-wood section,
where labor conditions are favorable, may make a specialty
of furniture and interior house finish such as doors, mold-
ings, etc.
In buying at a distance the customer must be sure to con-
sider the cost of freight.
Compute the freight on the following supplies shipped from
Davenport, Iowa, to Springfield, Mass., at the following rates:
1st class
2d class
3d class
4th class
$1.04
f .91
$.71
$.51
per cwt.
per cwt.
per cwt.
per cwt.
Description
Weight
Class
Charges
1.
20 pr. blinds at 25 Ib. per pair
y
1st
?
2.
40 rolls building paper at 46 Ib. each
y
3d
?
3.
500 ft. molding at 36 Ib. per 100 ft.
?
3d
y
4.
15 doors at 32 Ib. each
?
3d
y
5.
1400 ft. flooring at 2 Ib. per foot
?
4th
y
6.
48 window frames at 35 Ib. each
y
3d
V
7.
21 window sashes at 25 Ib. each
y
1st
y
8.
10,000 laths, weight 500 lb.,per 1000
?
4th
?
9.
8000 shingles, weight 160 Ib. per 1000
y
2d
y
10.
16 rolls building paper at 53 Ib. each
?
3d
?
11.
12 doors at 35 Ib. each
?
3d
y
12.
21 window frames at 31 Ib. each
y
3d
y
80
RAILROAD FREIGHT PROBLEMS
TRANSPORTATION OF GRAIN
As you have seen in the previous lesson, freight charges are
made on the basis of hundredweight (cwt.).
Oral and Written Exercise
1. State the number of hundredweight in each carload re-
corded in the following table :
TABLK OK (iuAix SHIPMKXTS
(a)
Kind of Grain
Weight of
Carioad
Legal Weight
of 1 Bushel
Barlev
40.HIM) Ib.
48 11).
(b)
Shelled corn
42,000 Ib.
50 11).
(c)
Corn on col>
H ,0001b.
70 Ib.
(0
Bran
35,000 Ib.
20 Ib.
CO
Buckwheat
45.000 Ib.
48 Ib.
(/)
Oats
40,000 Ib.
32 Ib.
(.9)
Potatoes
38,000 Ib.
00 Ib.
CO .
Wheat
30.000 11). 00 11).
TRANSPORTATION OF GRAIN 81
2. Find how many bushels, of the weight indicated in the
table, would be contained in each carload.
3. If the freight charge for a certain distance is 16 ^ per
hundredweight, how much is the freight on one bushel in each of
these carloads ?
Carload (a) is barley weighing 48 Ib. to the bushel.
The freight on 100 Ib. is 16 ?.
4.
The freight on 1 bn., of W f = f
~
NOTK. The lesson on freight gave some facts about the cost of shipping
grain in carloads by water and by rail. It is interesting to learn some of the
factors in determining the price of grain which the user (consumer) has to
pay.
Suppose that wheat is selling at $.83 per bushel on the farms
of Wisconsin and the freight charges on a carload of 48,000 Ib.
from Milwaukee, Wis., to Boston are $ .17 per hundredweight.
4. How many bushels are there in the carload if 1 bu. weighs
60 Ib. ? (Drop any fractional remainder.)
5. What is the freight charge for the entire carload ? How
much is that per bushel, expressed to the nearest cent ?
6. How much will each bushel cost the merchant after he
has paid the freight ?
7. If wheat is retailing for $1 per bushel, what is the
merchant's profit per bushel ? How much will he clear on an
800 bu. carload ?
8. If the cost of unloading, sacking, and delivering is 30 %
of this amount, what is the net profit on the carload ?
9. Wheat purchased in Illinois, in a certain year, cost $1.01
per bushel, delivered at the railroad. The freight to Boston was
$.18 per hundredweight on a 42,000-pound carload. How much
freight did the Boston merchant pay on the entire carload ?
82 RAILROAD FREIGHT PROBLEMS
10. How much freight, to the nearest cent, did the merchant
pay per bushel ? How much did each bushel cost the merchant,
including the cost of freight ?
11. In a certain year an Illinois farmer receives $.55 per
bushel for shelled corn. The freight from Chicago to Boston
is $.16 per hundredweight. As corn weighs 56 Ib. per bushel,
what is the cost of freight on each bushel ?
12. How much does each bushel of corn cost the eastern
wholesale dealer, including the above freight charge ?
13. The merchant sells to retail dealers at a profit of $.03
per bushel. How much does each bushel cost them ? How
much does the wholesale dealer make on a 700-bushel carload ?
14. Two bushels of shelled corn are usually sold in a bag.
How much does the bag weigh, allowing 1 Ib. for the sack ?
15. Allowing $.05 for the sack, and the retail dealer's profit
of $.04 a bushel, find how much per bushel the consumer pays.
16. A teamster carting grain from the elevator carries about
1 T. at a load. How many bags of corn does he pile on ?
NOTK. Allow an extra bag for a fraction of a hag, equal to or greater
than \.
17. If a bag of oats contains 2 bu. and the sack weighs about
1 Ib., how many bags of oats does a teamster carry at a load ?
18. How much does a 42,000-pound carload of wheat cost
at $ .78 per bushel ?
19. A commission merchant bought a 42,000-pound carload
of wheat at $.76 per bushel and stored it in his elevator in
Chicago. It was later shipped east and $.02 per bushel was
charged for handling and storing. The railroad charged $ .17^
per hundredweight for freight. How much did the carload
cost the purchaser on its arrival in the east?
TRANSPORTATION OF GRAIN
83
20. The Northern Elevator Co. of Lanesville, Maine, made
the following deliveries and sent with each a sale slip to be
delivered by the driver. If the consumer pays, the teamster
receipts as in the following slip. Copy the body of this sale
slip, tilling in all spaces in which question marks occur.
NORTHERN ' ELEVATOR CO.
GRAIN, FEKD, HAY, STRAW, SALT, AND POULTRY
SUPPLIES
LANESVILLE, ME., March 14, 1916
ROBERT HUNTER,
75 MAIN ST., CITY
bags corn f 1.55
bu. wheat 1.08
Paid,
Northern Elevator Co.
R.
Make out the body (omitting the heading) of the sale slip
which would accompany each of the following orders :
21. To Edwin O. Bosworth, 41 Park Terrace, 2 bu. wheat
@ 1.98 ; 3 bags corn @ $1.61 ; 1 bag meal @ $1.48.
22. To Ray Thompson, 115 Main St., 50 Ib. beef scraps @
$.03-; 2 bags dry mash @ $2.21, and 1 bale of hay weigh-
ing 250 Ib. at $30 per ton.
23. To Frank R. Johnston, 76 Maple Ave., 2 bales straw
weighing 260 Ib. and 315 Ib. at $25 per ton; 2 bu. rye (co,
$1.18; 1 bu. barley @ $.88.
24. To Geo. H. Beals, 561 Oak St., 5 bags seed oats'@
$1.13; 2 bags feed oats @ $1.09, and 2 bags cracked corn
@ $1.61.
84
RAILROAD FREIGHT PROBLEMS
MONTHLY STATEMENTS OF GRAIN
It often happens that a customer who buys large quantities of
grain, prefers to pay at the end of the month', and requests the
grain company to send him a monthly statement like the
following.
Pupils may copy the entire statement and fill in all amounts,
receipting the statement over their own initials as book-
keepers.
A MONTHLY STATEMENT
BREMKX, X. Y., SEPT. 1, lUlo
ZO-Liii^i-yns &'ume> u,nci c/tw
To RURAL GRAIN ELEVATOR CO., Dr.
Aug.
3
5 bags dry inasli 2.10
?
9
5
2 bags cracked corn 1.61
9
;
100 lb. grit
60
7
3 bags scratch feed 2.20
?
V
50 lb. beef scrap .03
9
9
V2.
30 lb. charcoal .01
?
y
3 bags seed oats 1.13
J
9
18
2 bags barley .88
9
9
2 bags rye 1.20
V
9
22
4 bags meal 1.48
?
9
2 bags alfalfa 1.98
9
9
26
2 bu. wheat 1.03
9
?
2 bags corn 1.63
?
9
V
9
Received payment
RUUAL GRAIN- Co.
X. Y. Z.
DIVISION BY FRACTIONS 85
REVIEW DIVISION BY FRACTIONS
Division by fractions is a process occurring most frequently
in industries dealing with wood and metal.
To divide by a fraction :
Invert the divisor and procf.ed as in multiplication.
1. How many ^-inch strips can be cat from a 9-inch piece
of sheet brass ?
3 3 4
9 +- - = X = 12. A n.s-. I'J strips.
4 ^
2. How many l|-inch strips can be cut from a 10-inch piece
of the same material ?
'2
10 -H H = 1 -*- - = JP x - = 8. ,1 //."'. S strips.
4 ' ^
3. How many 3f-ineh strips can be cut from a 13^-inch
strip of tin ?
4
i3i- .: a* = -s-^- = x -? =4. ,1 //.-. 4 strips.
28^2/7
4. Divide 18 by L 15. Divide 4 by 14.
</ o jp v V
5. Divide 21 by -||. 16. Divide 8| by If
6. Divide 7 by ^ e . 17. Divide 10| by 1|.
7. Divide 13 by J s . 18. Divide 12| by 2f
8. Divide 16 by y. 19. Divide 15^ by 2|.
9. Divide 14 by If. 20. Divide 12.] by l]j.
10. Divide 7 by 1|. 21. Divide 9| by 2|.
11. Divide 12 by If. 22. Divide 13| by 2|>
12. Divide 6 by Ij 3 g. 23. Divide 22 by 1^ 6 .
13. Divide 9 bv 1^. 24. Divide 18.| by 2|.
14. Divide 13 by If. 25. Divide 10| by 1^.
86
CARPENTRY PROBLEMS
Circu/ar 5 aw - Ripn/ntf
C/rcu/Qr Sdu> - Cross-cutting
THE MACHINE SAW 87
CARPENTRY PROBLEMS
THE MACHINE SAW
The sketches on page 8<J illustrate the work of circular saws operated by
machinery. The blade revolves through a slot in the bench and the boards to be
sawed are pushed against it. Both cross-cut saws and rip saws are made in this
style, although a great variety of sizes and styles are made.
Figure 1 shows a circular cross-cut or cutting-off saw making the first cut
through a board. The dotted lines show where other cuts will be made.
Oral Exercise
1. If a 10-foot board were cut up into 2-foot lengths, as in
Figs. 1 and 3, how many lengths would there be ? How many
times would the board have to be sawed ?
2. How many 6-inch pieces could be obtained by sawing a
12-foot board in the same way ? How many cuts would have
to be made ?
3. If you want to get 3-foot pieces and have the following
length boards at hand, which should you select ? Why ?
8-foot, 9-foot, 10-foot, 12-foot, 14-foot.
Written Exercise
1. If a 10-foot board were cut up into 27-inch lengths, how
many would be obtained ? How much waste would there be ?
10 x 12 in. = 120 in., length of the board.
120 in. -^ 27 in. = 4 (number of lengths) with 12 in. waste.
2. All waste is to be avoided as far as possible. Find how
much waste there would be if a 9-foot board were cut up into
27-inch lengths.
3. Find the number of lengths and the amount of waste in
sawing up an 11-foot board into 27-inch lengths.
4. Decide which of the following boards could be sawed
into 32-inch lengths with the smallest amount of waste : 12-foot,
13-foot, 14-foot boards.
88 CARPENTRY PROBLEMS
RIPPING BOARDS LENGTHWISE
Examine the wood finish on your schoolroom about the doors,
windows, and blackboards. You will probably find several
widths of molding. These come in long strips made by sawing
boards lengthwise as shown in Figs. 2 and 4 in the sketches
on page 86. Ripping boards by hand is very hard work, but
ripping can be done rapidly and accurately by machinery.
1. How many strips approximately * 2| in. wide can be cut
from a 12-inch board ?
12 -i- 2$ = 12 - f = 12 x I = * = 4|.
Express the answer "4 strips and waste," as the f of a strip is thrown
away.
2. How many 3^-inch strips can be cut from an 11 -inch
board ? Express the answer as above.
3. How many l|-inch strips can be cut from a 10-inch board ?
from a 12-inch board ?
4. Into how many 2J-inch strips can a 9-inch board be sawed ?
a 12-inch board ?
5. A workman has boards at hand 8 in., 9 in., 10 in., and
12 in. wide. He has an order for 1^-inch strips. He chooses
the board which can be sawed up with the least waste. Which
does he choose ?
6. The following day he needs If -inch strips. Which width
does he choose ? Why ?
7. How many strips approximately 2| in. wide can be cut
from an 11-inch board ? How many boards must be cut up to
give 72 strips ?
8. How many 10-inch boards are required to fill an order for
50 strips 1$ in. wide ?
* The word approximately is used because the problems on this page do not
take the saw kerf'mto consideration.
THE SAW KERF 89
THE SAW KERF
(See Fig. 5 on page 86.)
When the saw cuts through a board, it destroys the wood in
its path, grinding it into sawdust. If the saw is approximately
^ in. thick, it will cut a kerf of the same width. Hence, in
order to get a strip 1 in. wide, we use 2 in. of board.
1. How wide a strip must we allow for every l|-inch strip
sawed with a saw which cuts a ^g inch kerf.
2. Tell how much to allow for each strip of the following
widths with a ^-inch kerf :
If in., 2J in., 2^ in., 3$ in., 2^ in.
3. Allow for a ^-inch kerf and decide how many 2|-inch
moldings can be obtained from a 10-inch board.
2| in. + \ in. = 2^ in. (each strip) ; 10 in. -=- 2 in. = 4 (number of strips).
4. Iii each of the following allow for a ^-irich kerf and decide
how many strips can be obtained from one board.
(a) l|-inch molding from a 10-inch board.
(5) 2|-inch molding from an 8-inch board.
5. In order to do good work, the teeth of a saw should
travel nearly 9000 ft. per minute. How many miles would
this be? (Express remainder as a decimal to nearest tenth.)
6. How many feet does a saw tooth travel per second if this
speed is maintained ?
7. In order to secure a speed of 9000 ft. per minute, would
a small saw make more or fewer revolutions than a saw whose
diameter is larger ?
8. If the rim of a saw is 25 in. around, how far would a
tooth travel in one revolution ? How many revolutions must
it make to go 9000 ft. ?
HUNT'S COMMUN. AH. 7
90
CARPENTRY PROBLEMS
WOODEN BOXES
There is no trade in which the common fractional
parts of an inch are in such constant use as in box
making, nor are there any simple industrial prob-
lems better adapted to show the importance of the
economical cutting up and combining of material, so
as to secure the greatest possible strength.
In the accompanying sketch, note whether the sides
are nailed to the ends or the ends to the sides.
Which should be made of thicker boards ?
Why is a cleated box stronger than one without
cleats ?
If a box is cleated on the inside, the sides do not
have to be as long as on a box with outside cleats,
but square packages would not pack readily in it.
Such boxes can be used only for round cans or soft
substances.
Rough boards, just as they were sawed from logs,
are brought in and cut into uniform lengths for the
sides or ends of the boxes which have been ordered.
(See Fig. 4.)
1. How many 15^-inch sides can be cut from a
12-foot board.*
* Any remainder must be considered as waste. The answer
may be expressed in this form "9 lengths + waste."
WOODEN BOXES 91
2. How many 13-inch box ends can be cut from a 12-foot
board ? _J^
"/ ^1
3. How many 23^-inch sides can be cut from a 14-foot
board ?
4. How many 22|-inch sides can be cut from a 15-foot
board ? Would there be much or little waste ?
5. How many 14^-inch sides can be cut from a board 13 ft.
6 in. long ?
6. How many 17|-inch ends can be cut from a* board 14 ft.
4 in. long? Is there much or little waste ?
7. How many 21-inch sides can be cut from a 9-foot board ?
8. How many such boards must a workman cut up to get
100 of these sides?
9. What is the smallest length from which five 19|-inch
sides can be cut ?
10. Boards are taken from the saw bench to the planing
machine, which reduces them from 1^ in. to If in. How much
does the planer take off each side ?
11. If the planer reduces the thickness of a board from 2^
in. to 1 in., how much does he take from each side?
12. A. lot of 12-foot boards are being sawed up into right
lengths for sides and ends. Find how many boards must be
sawed up for 230 sides, 23| in. long.
12ft. = 144 in.
144 + 23| = 144 -4- V- = 144 x ^ = -W = $& Therefore we can cut
6 lengths out of a 12-foot board and there will be T 6 7 of a length wasted.
230 = number of sides ordered. 6 = number from 1 board. 230 -H 6 = 38.
Therefore we must cut up 38 boards and part of another, or 39 boards in
all. . . Am. 39 boards.
13. How many 12-foot boards must be sawed up for 180
ends 18| in. long? for 320 sides 26| in. long?
92
PLANNING THE SIDES OF BOXES
0. Boards "Tbngued and Grooved " Pftcfy for Jo/'nirig
C. The 3ame Two Boards Pushed Together
D. ach Matching Narrows the Side '/+ /nch
l. Certain men spend their entire time putting together
boards for the sides and ends of boxes. One man sometimes
spends his whole time making sides for one kind of box.
Box boards vary greatly in width. How wide a side could
be made by the following three boards placed edge to edge ?
n.,
n.,
n.
2. Most boxes are made of matched boards, that is, boards in
which tongues and grooves have been cut. Study Figs. A^ B.
C, and D very carefully. Which board is really narrowed, the
one on the left which has been tongued, or the one on the right
which has been grooved ? When the tongues and grooves are
|^ in. deep and the two boards are pushed together, they will
cover in all \ in. less space than before. In the following
problems, allow for ^-inch tongues and grooves.
3. How wide a side will the following two boards make with-
out tonguing and grooving : 11^ in. and 6| in. wide ? How
wide a side will they make after matching ?
Compute the width of the following sets before and after
matching if ^-inch tongues and grooves are used :
4. 13| in. and 10^ in. wide.
5. 9-| in. and 7^ in. wide.
6.
5-1 in. and 8A- in. wide.
31
WOODEN BOXES 93
When three boards are put together for a side, J in. must be
added for each of the two matchings (Fig- #), because one
board requires | in. for each matching. How wide a side can
be made from the following sets of three before and after
matching ?
7. 5|- in., 6| in., 9 in. wide.
8. 1^ in., 5| in., 7^ in. wide.
9. 3| in., 4| in., 8^ in. wide.
10. 4 in., 5-| in., 3^ in. wide.
11. Mr. A. is siding-up boxes whose sides must be just
20^ in. wide. The boards are to be tongued and grooved after
they leave his bench. How much will they lose due to match-
ing, if three boards are used ? How much must Mr. A. add to
the required width (20| in.) ? How many inches wide must
the boards be before matching if three boards are used ?
If Mr. A. uses the following three boards, how much will
have to be sawed from one of them to make sides like those in
Ex. 11? 12. 10 in., 5|in., 7J in. wide.
13. 9| in., 4$- in. 8f in. wide.
14. 5f in., 10 in., 6| in. wide.
15. 8^ in., 7 1 in., 6|- in. wide.
16. Mr. B. is making sides which must be 13 in. wide. If
lie uses two boards, what must be their combined width before
matching '?
How wide a strip must be trimmed off the edge of one of
them if the following widths are used ?
17. 7 in. and 7-| in. wide.
18. 8 in. and 6 in. wide.
o
19. 9| in. and 5| in. wide.
20. 8-^ in. and 5 in. wide.
CARPENTRY PROBLEMS
5aw Table
RESAWING TO GET BOTH SIDES OF THE Box
FROM ONE SET OF BOARDS
After the boards have been cut the right
width for sides and ends of boxes, they are
taken first to a machine which tongues
and grooves them, then to a band saw
which splits them lengthwise, making the
two sides or ends of a box out of one set of
boards.
1. If the boards were 1 in. thick be-
i
fore being resawed, how thick would they
be afterward provided that the saw cut
exactly in the center ?
2. In sawing, the saw cuts and de-
stroys its own thickness of the board,
grinding it into sawdust. Subtract the
thickness of this saw kerf (^ in.) from the
original thickness of the boards and then
divide by 2. How thick will the boards
in Ex. 1 be ?
3. If the sides to be resawed are
1| in. thick, and the same saw is used,
how thick will the resulting sides be ?
4. How thick would the sides be if
the boards were 1^ in. thick at first ?
5. If the stock to be resawed is 1& in.
o
thick and the saw cuts a -^ s in. kerf, how
thick will each of the resulting sides be ?
6. How thick will each of the sides be
if cut from $-inch stock with a thin saw
cutting a -j^-inch kerf ?
WOODEN BOXES
95
Top Y/e>r of Sox C/cated Outs/de fo d
Packing of J/ioe 6ox.es
Outside C/eate Increase Strength
sf/eat C/eat
f/ose
Fig. 4-.
foe/He* offiox. With Outs/c/e
C/eate
PLANNING THE LENGTH OF THE
SIDES
All orders sent to a box
mill by a shoe factory or
other manufacturing concern
which ships its products in
boxes, specify the length,
the width, and the depth in
exact figures to the 32d part
of an inch ; also the exact
thickness of all stock which
is used.
All dimensions for length,
width, and depth are inside
dimensions, in order to fit the
contents exactly. All the
following problems are taken
from actual orders sent to the '
box mill by different manu-
facturers.
Oral Exercise
1. Study Fig. 1. How
many inches long must the
sides be if the ends are \ in.
thick ?
Explain.
2. In Fig. 2, the side must
be long enough to include
both ends and end cleats. How long must the side be cut ?
3. Study Fig. 3. If the inside length is 20 in., the ends are
^ in. thick, and the cleats in. thick, how long must the side
be cut ?
96 ('ARI'KN'TRY PROBLEMS
Written Exercise
l. A plain box (without end cleats) is ordered. The inside
length is to be 11 \ in. If the ends are to be | in. stock (that
is, | in. in thickness) how long must the sides be sawed ?
ll in., inside length.
1^ in. (2 x j in.), thickness of both ends.
12 ; { in., total length of side.
Find how long the sides of the following plain boxes must be
sawed:
2. Inside length, 22 in.; ends, -^ in. thick.
3. Inside length, 84^ in.; ends, \\ in. thick.
4. Inside length, 30| in.; ends, | in. thick.
5. Inside length, 31| in.; ends, in. thick.
6. Study Fig. 3, page 95, which is cleated outside. If the
ends were both |- in. thick and the cleats | in. thick, how long
would the sides be sawed, provided the inside length were to
be 17| in. ?
\1\ in., inside length.
| in. (2 x | in.), thickness of both ends.
_J_ in. (2 x ^ in.), thickness of both cleats.
19^ in., total length of side.
How long must sides of the following boxes be cut ?
7. Inside length, 22^g in.; ends, | in. thick; outside cleats,
| in. thick.
8. Inside length, 28 in. ; ends, | in. thick; outside cleats,
fin. thick.
9. Inside length, 27$ in.; ends, \\ in. thick; outside cleats,
% in. thick.
10. Inside length, 24^ in. ; ends, | in. ; outside cleats. in.
thick.
97
SELLING FIRE WOOD BY THE CORD
A WOOD DEALERS P/LE
- One Cord 7~he Un/'i of Wood Measure
- One Corey foot
1 cord of wood is a pile of 4-foot sticks, piled 8 ft. long and 4 ft.
high. Or
1 cord of wood is any pile containing 128 cu. ft.
How to obtain the 128 cu. ft. : 4x4x8 cu. ft. = 128 cu. i't.
How to obtain the number of cubic feet in a pile of 4 -foot wood,
piled 6 ft. high and 20 ft. long : 4 x (> x 20 cu. ft. = 480 cu. ft.
How to find the number of cords in such a pile :
3 5
x $ x *
= V 5 - = 3f. number of cords.
How to find the cost of a similar pile at $6.50 per cord :
3 5 3.25
98
SELLING FIRE WOOD
Compute the number of cords in the following piles :
1. 4-foot wood, piled 7 ft. high and 15 ft. long.
2. 4-foot wood, piled 8 ft. high and 30 ft. long.
3. 4-foot wood, piled 6 ft. high and 24 ft. long.
4. 4-foot wood, piled 6| ft. high and 30 ft. long.
Compute the cost of the following piles at prices stated :
5. 4-foot wood, 7 ft. high, 20 ft. long, at $ 5.00 per cord.
6. 4-foot wood, 8 ft. high, 40 ft. long, at $ 6.00 per cord.
7. 4-foot wood, 9 ft. high, 35 ft. long, at $ 5.50 per cord.
8. 4-foot wood, 10 ft. high, 45 ft. long, at $ 5.25 per cord.
9. 4-foot wood, 8 ft. high, 36 ft. long, at I 6.25 per cord.
10. 4-foot wood, 7| ft. high, 34 ft. long, at $6.00 per cord.
CARTING WOOD
Cut wood is retailed in 1 cord foot (cd. ft.), 2 cd. ft., ^ cd.,
and 1 cd.
1 cd. ft. contains 16 cu. ft. (See diagram on page 97.)
2 cd. ft. contain 32 cu. ft.
3 cord contains 64 cu. ft.
Wood is carted in wagons that differ slightly in size :
STOCK SIZES OF CARTS AND WAGONS
No.
INSIDE DIMENSIONS
Ho.
DIMENSIONS WITH SIDEBOARDS IN
5 ft. x 3J ft. x 12 in. (1 ft.)
51 ft. x 31 ft. x 12 in.
6J ft. x 3 ft. 10 in. x 14 in.
71 ft x 31 ft. x 14 in.
9 ft. x 3J ft. x 15 in.
2,
4.
6.
8.
ID.
5 ft. x 31 ft. x 2 ft.
5i ft. x 3$ ft. x 2 ft.
6J ft. x 3 ft. 10 in. x 28 in.
7J ft. x 3J ft x 28 in.
9 ft. x Si ft. x 30 in.
CARTING WOOD
99
1. Compute the number of cubic feet in each of the carts
listed on page 98. As wood does not pile compactly, fractious
of a cubic foot should not be counted.
Express the work of No. 5 as follows :
6 x 3| x 1J = -\ 5 - x -V- X | = 27-J-fl, number of cu. ft. Am. 27 cu. ft.
Express results as follows:
CART
No. 1
CART
No. 2
CART
No. 3
CART
No. 4
CART
No. 5
CART
No. 6
CART
No. 7
CART
No. 8
CART
No. 9
CART
No. 10
CU. ft.
CU. ft.
CU. ft.
CU. ft.
CU. ft.
CU. ft.
CU. ft.
CU. ft.
CU. ft.
CU. ft.
2. Which of these carts is best adapted to carry 1 cd. ft.
of cut wood ?
3. Which two of them are well adapted, by heaping or
scanting the load, to deliver 2 cd. ft. ?
4. Which are large enough to carry a half cord or more ?
5. By filling any box or receptacle known to contain just
cd. with wood, and then piling the contents into one of these
carts and marking the height of the pile, the cart could after-
ward be piled up to this mark whenever J cd. was ordered.
6. If a box is 5 ft. 4 in. long and 3 ft. wide, how high must
it be filled to contain | cd. ?
\ cd. contains 64 cu. ft.
5 ft. 4 in. = 5 ft. ; 5| x 3 sq. ft. = 16 sq. ft., area of bottom.
64 -t- 16 = 4. The box must be filled 4 ft. deep.
7. At what depth must this box be marked to contain 1 cd.
ft. ? for 2 cd. ft. ? for 3 cd. ft. ?
8. Mr. Jones carts 8 even loads in No. 9. How many cords
has he delivered ?
100
WEIGHING PROBLEMS
WEIGHING PROBLEMS
GROSS, TARE, AND NET
The terms gross, tare, and net are business expressions used
when the materials sold are delivered in wagons, casks, iirkins,
etc.
Gross weight is the weight of material and its container.
Tare is the weight of the container (wagon, cask, firkin, etc.).
Net weight is the weight of the material itself and is ob-
tained by subtracting the tare from the gross weight.
Oral Exercise
Compute the net weight of powder put up in tin cans or glass
jars as follows:
Gross
Weight
Tare
Net
Weight
16 oz.
2 oz.
?
16 oz.
1| oz.
9
8oz.
H- oz.
9
12 oz.
2 oz.
?
16 oz.
^ oz.
9
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Gross
Weight
Tare
Net
Weight
15 oz.
Set.
?
20 oz.
4 oz.
?
16 oz.
2oz.
9
18 oz.
2 oz.
?
10 oz.
If oz.
9
Written Exercise
Compute the net weight of coal delivered in wagons and auto
trucks as follows :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Gross
Weight
Tare
Net
Weight
3375 Ib.
1480 Ib.
9
3194 Ib.
1210 Ib.
9
4065 Ib.
2120 Ib.
9
3720 Ib.
1680 Ib.
|
3005 Ib.
1010 Ib.
9
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Gross
Weight
Tare
Net
Weight
3615 Ib.
1430 Ib.
9
3196 Ib.
1290 Ib.
9
3984 Ib.
2050 Ib.
9
3915 Ib.
1860 Ib.
q
3285 Ib.
1450 Ib.
9
THE PUBLIC WEIGHER 101
THE PUBLIC WEIGHER
RECORD OF WRIGHT
BROCKTON, MASS., MAY 4, 1916
Load ef;__*f*y__
E. S. Brown
Gross wt._. 3020 Ib.
Tare.. .. _
Net _______ _T7~: lb -
Wm. H. White Weigher
In order to protect the public, all scales for weighing things
for which the public have to pay are required to be tested by
a Sealer of Weights and Measures. Men who are licensed to
weigh coal, hay, and other expensive necessaries of life, which
come by the ton, etc., are placed under oath and called sworn
weighers. They are usually required to keep an accurate
record of all weighing done, in a book containing blank forms
like the above.
1. A. E. Stone with a load of hay for E. S. Brown weighs
in as he goes to deliver it. His wagon is on record at the
weigher's office as weighing 1140 Ib. and the above record is
made. How much hay does he deliver ? The above record is
kept on file at the office of the legal weigher.
2. Mr. Andrew's hay wagon weighs 1025 Ib. He carts 5
loads to S. R. Thompson. Their gross weights are: 2290 Ib.,
2675 Ib., 2806 Ib., 2485 Ib., 2560 Ib. What is the net weight
of each ? How much hay does he deliver in all ?
3. A. B. Stone's hay wagon weighs 870 Ib. He delivers 4
loads whose gross weights are 2365 Ib., 2140 Ib., 2280 Ib., 2090 Ib.
What is the net weight of each ? the total net weight ?
102 WEIGHING PROBLEMS
4. The Central Ice Company sent loads to the cooler in A. B.
Jones & Company's market in a cart weighing 2600 Ib. Three
loads were sent in a week, their gross weights being 4205 Ib.,
3875 Ib., 3905 Ib. How much ice was delivered ? How much
did it cost at 50 ^ per hundredweight ?
5. A wagon weighing 973 Ib. was loaded with bales of hay
weighing as follows: 125 Ib., 150 Ib., 130 Ib., 205 Ib., 196 Ib.,
227 Ib., 186 Ib., 195 Ib., 206 Ib., 157 Ib. What was the whole
or gross weight ? When driven on the platform scales the
whole load including the driver weighed 2876 Ib. What was
the driver's weight ?
6. The next wagon on the scales was filled with shelled corn.
The wagon weighed 1205 Ib. and the whole load 2409 Ib. How
much corn was there ? If one bushel weighs 56 Ib., how many
bushels were there in the load ?
CHANGING FROM POUNDS TO SHORT TONS
2000 LB. = 1 SHORT TON (T.)
1. How many tons are equal to 15,620 Ib. ?
15.620. (Moving point three places divides by 1000.)
7.81. (Dividing by 2 completes the division by
2000 and gives the number of tons.)
2. 5180 Ib. = how many tons ?
3. 8640 Ib. = how many tons?
4. 21,860 Ib. = how many tons?
5. 370 Ib. = what part of a ton ?
6. 1420 Ib. = what part of a ton ?
7. 1880 Ib. = what part of a ton ?
8. 3210 Ib. = how many tons?
9. 13,050 Ib. = how many tons?
10. 4910 Ib. = how many tons?
THE PUBLIC WEIGHER
103
11. What is the cost of 750 Ib. at $8 per ton?
3
*7KA TU
750 lb ' =
I OU
2000
Or
As in problems 1-10, move the point 3 places to the left and divide by 2.
(a) 750 Ib.
.750 M.
.375 T.
(i) $8.00, price of 1 T.
.375
$3.00, cost of 750 Ib.
12. Using either of the above methods, compute the cost of
the following odd loads at prices given per ton:
(a) 1430 Ib. at-* 7. 50.
(5) 1280 Ib. at $6.50.
(V) 970 Ib. at $8.00.
(d) 1850 Ib. at $6.75.
(e) 1690 Ib. at $6.00.
13. Compute the net weight of ice delivered in wagons :
(/) 1940 Ib. at $7.00.
(#) 1360 Ib. at $7. 50.
(A) 1180 Ib. at $8.25.
(0 790 Ib. at $6. 75.
1420 Ib. at $9. 00.
Gross
Net
Gross
Net
Weight
Tare
Weight
Weight
Tare
Weight
(a)
5072 Ib.
2165 Ib.
9
(/)
5610 Ib.
2218 Ib.
?
(&)
4687 Ib.
1780 Ib.
?
07)
4890 Ib.
1940 Ib.
9
(')
4725 Ib.
2330 Ib.
?
(*)
3964 Ib.
2160 Ib.
?
00
3967 Ib.
1890 Ib.
9
(0
5185 Ib.
1790 Ib.
?
(0
4186 Ib.
1290 Ib.
9
(./)
4975 Ib.
1830 Ib.
9
14. Compute the cost of each of the above loads at $ 5.50 per
ton.
104
THE COAL BUSINESS
THE COAL BUSINESS
STANDARD SCALES
In the retail coal business, before each driver starts to deliver
his load, he drives it upon the platform of the scales, and the
clerk in the office notifies him whether his load is too small or
too large and how many pounds he must add or take off. A
driver soon learns how much the average shovelful weighs and
can estimate his load by counting the shovelfuls.
1. Driver No. 1 has a wagon weighing 2150 Ib. If he car-
ries a ton (2000 Ib.) of coal, how much should the whole weigh ?
If it weighs 4167 Ib., how much coal should he take off? how
much if it weighs 4172 Ib. ?
2. Driver No. 2 has a 1220-pound wagon. What should
be the gross weight with an even ton ? If the gross weight is
only 3213 Ib., how much coal should be added ? how much if
it is 3205 Ib. ?
STANDARD SCALES 105
3. Driver No. 3 has a 980-pound wagon. The gross weight
of his load is 2996 Ib. Should he add or take off coal and how
much to carry an even ton ?
4. Driver No. 4 has a 1056-pound cart. The gross weight
-of his load is 3112 Ib. Should he add or take off coal and how
much to carry an even ton ?
5. If No. 4 had weighed in at 2468 Ib., what would the
net weight (coal alone) have been ?
6. If No. 3 had weighed in at 2749 Ib., what would the net
weight of his load have been ?
7. Mr. Esterbrook, whose wagon weighs 1150 Ib., takes on
a load sufficient to bring the gross weight up to 2650 Ib. How
much coal is there in his load ? How much is it worth at
17.50 a ton?
8. Mr. Hartman, using a wagon weighing 1180 Ib., carts
loads of coal of the following gross weights : 3130 Ib., 3055 Ib.,
3020 Ib., 3090 Ib., and 2605 Ib.
() Compute the net weight of each load and add the five net
weights.
(6) Check this result by adding the five gross weights and
subtracting five times the weight of the wagon.
(<?) If Mr. Hartman pays for this coal at the rate of $7.40
a ton, how much does it cost him?
9. A farmer living two miles from the railroad had two of
his men haul the winter's supply of furnace coal. The first
man used a wagon weighing 1550 Ib. and the gross weight of
each of his five loads was as follows : 3420 Ib., 3340 Ib., 3490 Ib.,
3450 Ib., 3050 Ib. How much coal was there in each load ?
10. The gross weight of each load as carted by the second
teamster, using a cart weighing 1170 Ib., was as follows :
3010 Ib., 2840 Ib., 2760 Ib., 2790 Ib., 2450 Ib. How much coal
did he cart in all ?
HUNT'S COMMUN. AR. 8
106 THE COAL BUSINESS
TABLES FOR COMPUTING COAL CHARGES
To save time and to prevent mistakes, tables are devised which
enable the clerk to ascertain quickly the correct charge for
fractional parts of a ton. Compute all charges in the following
problems by using the table on the opposite page.
1. A farmer, whose cart weighed 870 lb., took on a load
which brought it up to 2290 lb. How much coal had he ?
How much was it worth at f 6.25 per ton ?
The difference between 2290 lb. and 870 lb. is 1420 lb. Read along
the 1400-pound line as far as the f 6.25 column, where you will find $4.88,
which is the cost of 1400 lb. Then read along the 20-pound line to the
same column, and you will find $.06. f 4.38 + $.06 =$4.44, the cost of
1420 lb.
2. Use the table and compute the cost of the following net
weights at the prices mentioned per ton :
(a) 850 lb. at $ 6.50. (/) 930 lb. at $ 6.25.
(5) 1640 lb. at 6.00. (#) 1390 lb. at 7.50.
(V) 550 lb. at 7.50. (A) 1060 lb. at 7.25.
(<f) 1220 lb. at 6.75. (*) 1610 lb. at 6.75.
() 1570 lb. at 8.00. 0') 590 lb. at 7.75. ,
3. Mr. Whitman's cart weighed 1243 lb. After the load
had been added it weighed 3123 lb. How much did he pay if
the coal sold for $ 7.25 per ton ?
4. Mr. Hastings had a cart weighing 9t80 lb. He took on a
load which brought it up to 2660 lb. How much was it worth
at $ 7. 50 per ton?
5. Mr. Jones had a cart weighing 1174 lb. He carried three
loads whose gross weight was 2684 lb., 2874 lb., 2864 lb. How
m uch should he pay for the lot at $ 6. 75 per ton ?
6. Fill in the $ 8.25 column in the table to the nearest cent.
COAL TABLES
107
RETAIL COAL TABLE
(To aid in computing the price of fractional parts of a ton)
11).
PRICES (IN DOLLARS) PER TON (2000 Ib.)
6.00
6.25 650 6.75 7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00 8.25
10 .03
.03
.03
.03
.04
.04
.04
.04
.04
?
20 .06
.00
.07
.07
.07
.07
.08
.08
.08
?
30 ! .09
.09
.10
.10
.11
.11
.11
.12
.12
?
40
.12
.13
.13
.14
.14
.15
.15
.16
.16
?
50 .15
.16
.16
.17
.18
.18
.19
.19
.20
?
60 .18
.19
.20
.20
.21
.22
.23
.23
.24
?
70 .21
.22
.23
.24
.25
.25
.26
.27
.28
?
80 .24
.25
.26
.27
.28
.29
.30
.31
.32
?
90 .27
.28
.29 .30
.32
.33
.34
.35
.36
?
100
.30
.31
.33
.34 ! .35
.36
.38
.39
.40
?
200
.60
.63
.65
.68
.70
.73
.75
.78
.80
?
300 .90
.94
.98
1.01
1.05
1.09
1.13
1.16
1.20
?
400 1.20
1.25
1.30
1.35
1.40
1.45
1.50
1.55
1.60
?
500
1.50
1.56
1.63
1.69
1.75
1.81
1.88
1.94
2.00
?
600
1.80
1.88
1.95
2.03
2.10
2.18
2,25
2.33
2.40
?
700
2.10
2.19
2.28
2.36
2.45
2.54
2.63
2.71
2.80
?
800
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
?
900
2.70
2.81
2.93
3.04
3.15
3.26
3.38
3.49
3.60
?
1000
3.00
3.13
3.25
3.38
3.50
3.63
3.75
3.88
4.00
V
1100
3.30
3.44
3.58
3.71
3.85
3.99
4.13
4.27
4.40
?
1200
3.60
3.75
3.90
4,05
4.20
4.35
4.50
4.65
4.80
?
1300
3.90
4.06
4.23
4.39
4.55
4.71
4.88
5.04
5.20
?
1400
4.20
4.38
4.55
4.73
4.90
5.08
5.25
5.43
5.60
?
1500
4.50
4.69
4.88
5.06
5.25
5.44
5.63
5.81
6.00
?
1600
4.80
5.00
5.20
5.40
5.60
5.80
6.00
0.20
6.40
?
1700 5.10
5.31
5.53
5.74
5.95
6.16
6.38
6.59
6.80
?
1800 5.40
5.63
5.85
6.08 6.30
6.53
6.75
6.98
7.20
V
1900 5.70
5.94
6.18
6.41
6.65
6.89
7.13
7.36
7.60
?
2000 6.00
6.25
6.50
6.75
7.00
7.25
7.50
7.75
8.00 ! ?
108 THE COAL BUSINESS
COST OF FREIGHT
Coal used in the New England states is brought by sea to
the nearest port, thence by rail, if the town is not on the coast;
or it may come all the way by rail, which is an expensive
method of transportation. The cost of coal for people living
at a distance from the coal mines is seriously affected by trans-
portation rates. The coal dealer has his orders sent by sea or
rail according to which is cheaper.
2240 Ib. = 1 long ton or gross ton (L. T.)
112 Ib. (^ of 1 L. T. ) = 1 long hundredweight
The freight on coal sent all the way by rail from Pennsyl-
vania to Waterfield, Mass., is f>3 per long ton. As it would
be somewhat difficult in rilling cars to get even tons, the coal
is billed by some companies to the nearest hundredweight.
l. At $ 3.15 per ton, find the cost of the freight on a carload
of coal weighing 31 L. T. 15 cwt.
Cost of 31 L. T. = 31 x $3.15 =$97.65
Cost of 15 cwt. = , or - , of $ 3.15 = *^ = f 2.36
20 4 4
$97.65 + 12.36 = $100.01
Compute the cost of freight on each of the following ship-
ments at $3 per long ton, considering 1 cwt. as 112 Ib.:
2. 25 L. T. 9 cwt. 5. 22 L. T. 16 cwt.
3. 23 L. T. 11 cwt. 6. 27 L. T. 15 cwt.
4. 24 L. T. 13 cwt. 7. 28 L. T. 5 cwt.
8. How much would the freight cost on a carload of 40
L. T. 8 cwt. at 8 .85 per long ton ?
9. Find the cost of freight on a load of 38 L. T. 6 cwt. at
$ .(55 per long ton.
10. Find the cost of freight on a loud of 28 L. T. 15 cwt.
at $ .70 per long ton.
COST OF FRETGHT
100
TEAMSTER'S RECORD
11. Find the cost of freight on a load of 32 L. T. 10 cwt.
at $ .85 per long ton ?
12. The following three carloads, 30 L. T. 2 cwt., 28 L. T.
5 cwt., and 39 L. T. 4 cwt., were received at the freight yard.
Compute the freight on the total amount received, at $.85 per
long ton.
13. It is a business-like precaution to verify the accuracy of
all charges by comparing the actual goods received with those
billed. A college using large quantities of soft coal for its
heating plant buys it by .the carload, unloads it, and carts
it from the freight yard to the en-
gine rooms. Each trip the teamster
drives his load on the scales and
makes a record of the gross weight
like that at the left. His two-horse
wagon weighs 1170 Ib. The car he is
unloading is billed at 13 L. T. 7 cwt.
(a) Subtract the tare in each line
from the gross weight to find the net
weight of each load.
(b) Add the net weight column
and see if it agrees with the amount
billed in the carload. If not, your
own work may be wrong ; so it
should be proved or checked. To
check your work, add the gross
weight column ; and from the sum
subtract 17 times 1170. The differ-
ence should be the same as the sum
of the 3d column or the net weight
of the carloads.
How much does the record show ?
Gross
Weight
Tare
Net
. Weight
2560
1170
9
2480
1170
9
2730
1170
9
2560
1170
9
3040
1170
?
3210
1170
9
2950
1170
9
3160
1170
9
2890
1170
9
3090
1170
9
3180
1170
9
2980
1170
9
3210
1170
9
3320
1170
?
2990
1170
9
2960
1170
9
2670
1170
9
? a
? b
Vc
-? b
? c*
* Should agree with'c
no
THE COAL BUSINESS
COAL DEALEK'S COMPUTING TABLE
Wholesale 2240 Ib. = 1 L. T. (long ton)
Ib.
*3 50
$3.75
$4.00
$4.25
$4.50
$5.00
10
.02
.02
.02
.02
.02
.02
20
.03
.03
.04
.04
.04
.04
30
.05
.05
.06
.06
.06
.07
40
.06
.07
.07
.08
.08
.09
50
.08
.08
.09
.09
.10
.11
60
.09
.10
.11
.12
.13
.13
70
.11
.12
.12
.13
.14
.16
80
.13
.13
.14
.15
.16
.18
90
.14
.15
.16
.17
.18
.20
100
.16
.17
.18'
.19
.20
.22
200
.31
.33
.36
.38
.40
. .45
300
.47
.50
.54
.57
.60
.67
400
.63
.67
.71
.76
.80
.89
500
.78
.84
.89
J95
1.00
1.12
600
.94
1.00
1.07
1.14
1.20
1.34
700
1.09
1.17
1.25
1.33
1.41
1.56
800
1.25
1.34
1.43
1.52
1.61
1.79
900
1.41
1.51
1.61
1.71
1.81
2.01
1000
1.56
1.67
1.79
1.90
2.01
2.23
1100
1.72
1.84
1.96
2.09
2.21
2.46
1200
1.87
2.01
2.14
2.28
2.41
2.68
1300
2.03
2.18
2.32
2.47
2.61
2.90
1400
2.19
2.34
2.50
2.66
2.81
3.12
1500
2.34
2.51
2.68
2.85
3.01
3.35
1600
2.50
2.68
2.86
3.04
3.21
3.57
1700
2.66
2.85
3.03
3.23
3.41
3.79
1800
2.81
3.01
3.21
3.42
3.61
4.02
1900
2.97
3.18
3.39
3.60
3.82
4.24
2000
3.13
3.35
3.57
3.79
4.02
4.46
2100
3.28
3.52
3.75
3.98
4.22
4.69
2200
3.44
3.68
3.93
4.17
4.42
4.91
THE WHOLESALE COAL TRADE 111
Wholesale coal merchants sell to the retail dealers by the
long ton (2240 lb.). To save the time of computing the price
on different amounts constantly being shipped, the clerks use a
printed table in which the price of any amount from 10 lb. to
2240 lb. can be immediately seen. This table is used chiefly
in computing the cost of fractional parts of a long ton shipped
to a retail dealer, or carted to customers near by.
l. A carload billed to a retail dealer at $4 per long ton con-
tains 24 L. T. and 350 lb. over.
Cost of 24 T. @ $4
Cost of 300 lb. (See Table, page 110, 300 lb. line, $4 column) = .54
Cost of 50 lb. (See Table, 50 lb. line, f 4 column) = .09
Total cost =$96.63
Use the table 011 page 110 and compute the cost of the
following fractional parts of a long ton :
PRICE PER TON PRICE PER TON
2. 850 lb. 14.25 is. 370 lb. 14.00
3. 670 lb. $4.50 16. 490 lb. $4.50
4. 180 lb. $4.25 17. 570 lb. $4.25
5. 480 lb. $5.00 18. 680 lb. $4.50
6. 350 lb. $4.50 19. 750 lb. $5.00
7. 1570 lb. $5.00 20. 870 lb. $4.25
8. 1080 lb. $4.25 21. 980 lb. $4.25
9. 290 lb. $4.25 22. 1150 lb. $5.00
10. 2701b. $5.00 23. 1270 lb. $4.00
11. 1850 lb. $3.50 24. 2080 lb. $5.00
12. 1890 lb. $3.75 25. 2100 lb. $4.50
is. 1950 lb. $4.00 26. 2160-lb. $3.50
14. 1970 lb. $4.50 27. 2200 lb. $4.00
112
THE HARDWARE BUSINESS
THE HARDWARE BUSINESS
SELLING GOODS BY WEIGHT
A BC D E F GHI J K LO P RS T
04813 l.b 4
Oral Exercise
1. How heavy is the article in the scalepan if the sliding
weight is at A? Answer the same question for each of the
other points lettered.
2. If a weight marked 10 Ib. is hung on the hook, as indi-
cated by the arrow, what will be the weight when the slide is
at A ? B ? etc.
3. Compute the charge on the following articles with the
weights as indicated :
SELLING GOODS BY THE SQUARE FOOT
113
GOODS PURCHASED
WEIGHT
ON HOOK
SLIDING
WEHJIIT AT
COST PER
Pot'XD
CHAR<;F,
Nails
10 Ib.
A
$ .04^
?
Rope
Lead pipe
Sheet lead
none
15 Ib.
15 Ib.
- P
F
11
.18
9
Plaster of Paris
5 Ib.
D
.02
?
Muresco
10 Ib.
E
.07
?
Glue
none
II
.15
9
Sheet iron
10 Ib.
L
.08
?
Galvanized iron
10 Ib.
P
.10
I
SELLING GOODS BY THE SQUARE FOOT
A running foot is 1 ft. long without regard to width.
To find the number of square feet :
Multiply the number of running feet by the width expressed as
feet.
1. How many square feet of poultry netting are there in
15 running feet of 30" netting?
30 in. = 2| ft. ; 2* x 15 sq. ft. = 37 sq. ft.
2. Find the cost of 25 ft. of 42" netting at 1| ^ per square
foot.
42 in. = 3 ft. 3i x 25 x 1 \</> = \ x 25 x f = *-$* f - $ 1.31 \ or $ 1.31.
Oral Exercise
How many square feet are there in each of the following
lengths ?
1. 26 ft. of 12" netting.
2. 30 ft. of 18" netting.
3. 15 ft. of 36" netting.
4. 16 ft. of 48" netting.
5. 20 ft. of 60" netting.
6. 10 ft. of 72" netting.
7. 12 ft. of 18" netting.
8. 25 ft. of 24" netting.
9. 10 ft. of 30" netting.
10. 10 ft. of 42" netting.
114
THE HARDWARE BUSINESS
24-INCH
18-INCH ^j|
ll
7Z-INCH fl^B
60-INCH I
54-INCH. MjM I
46-INCH. I
42-INCH. &SS| I
iiillll
Find the cost of the following lengths of poultry wire :
KrNNiso
FEKT
WIDTH AND KIND
PKIOE PER
NUMBER
PQ. FT.
COST
30 ft.
18" Hexagonal Chick Net
1'J t
45
$.68
37 ft.
24" Hexagonal Chick Net
lit
' .
60ft.
30" Hexagonal Chick Net
^\t
48ft.
18" U. S. Chick Net
\\t
115 ft.
24" U. S. Chick Net
\\t
70ft.
30" U. S. Chick Net
l$fi
57 ft.
36" Hexagonal Poultry Net
\t
80 ft.
42" Hexagonal Poultry Net
It
60 ft.
48" Hexagonal Poultry Net
It
90 ft.
54" Hexagonal Poultry Net
\t
117 ft.
60" Hexagonal Poultry Net
\t
81ft.
36" U. S. Poultry Net
\t
48ft.
18" U. S. Poultry Net
\t
75ft.
24" U. S. Poultry Net
\t
.
40ft.
42" U. S. Poultry Net
\t
37ft.
48" U. S. Poultry Net
\t
50 ft.
54" U. S. Poultry Net
\t
52 ft.
60" U. S. Poultry Net
\f
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9
10.
11.
12.
;is.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
MOSQUITO NETTING 115
MOSQUITO NETTING
Mosquito netting conies in rolls whose widths run from 16" to
42" in even inches, that is, 16", 18", 20", etc. There are three
common grades the black, selling for -$.02 a square foot ; the
galvanized for -$.04 a square foot; and the copper for $.08 a
square foot.
1. Find the cost of 3 ft. of 22" black netting.
22 in. = 1- ft.; 1- x 3 x 2? = M X 2x2? = n?.
66 ft
?
2. Find the cost of 40 in. of 28" black netting.
40 in. = 3| ft. ; 28 in. = 2^ ft.
3$x2x2? = ^x x 2 1 = iffl <>> = 15$ ?, or 16 ?.
Find the cost at $ .02 per square foot of :
3. 5 ft. of 38" netting. 8. 40 ft. of 24" netting.
4. 8 ft. of 42" netting. 9. 45 ft. of 30" netting.
5. 4 ft. of 26" netting. 10. 36 ft. of 24" netting.
6. 2 ft. of 18" netting. 11. 70 ft. of 36" netting.
7. 6 ft. of 24" netting. 12. 50 ft. of 18" netting.
How much will be charged for the following lengths at f .04
per square foot?
13. 13 ft. of 12" netting. 18. 12 ft. of 42" netting.
14. 20 ft. of 18" netting. 19. 20 ft. of 48" netting.
15. 12 ft. of 24" netting. 20. 10 ft. of 54" netting.
16. 10 ft. of 30" netting. 21. 15 ft. of 60" netting.
17. 20 ft. of 36" netting. 22. 20 ft. of 72" netting.
116
THE HARDWARE BUSINESS
TABI.K OF PRICES OF Mo.stjrrro XKTTIM;
There is so much figuring for many of the orders for mos-
quito netting that it is usually found advisable to make a table
of prices.
1. Fill in the 1 ft. line, 16" column, of the table below.
16 in. wire is 1 ft. wide.
1 x 1| x 21 = 1 x f x 21 = f I = 2f I, or 8f.
2. Fill in the 4 in. line, 16" column, of the table.
4 in. = ^ ft. long; 16 in. = 1^ ft. wide.
| x li x 2 t = x | x 2 f = | ?, or 1 ?.
3. Rule a table like the following and fill in all blank
spaces :
SELLING PRICE OF MOSQUITO NKTTI.NG AT 2^ PKR SQUARE FOOT
Lengths
in Feet
16"
wide
18"
wide
20"
wide
22"
wide
24"
wide
26"
wide
28"
wide
30"
wide
32"
wide
34"
wide
1ft.
8*
2ft.
3ft.
4ft.
\lf
20^
5ft.
6ft.
7ft.
8ft.
9ft.
10ft.
Parts of a Foot
2 in.
\t
1*
If
If
If
If
If
If
10
\1
4 in.
I/
If
6 in.
Sin.
10 in.
MOSQUITO NETTING 117
COMPUTING CHARGES FROM THE TABLE
1. Find the cost of 50 running inches of 30" netting.
50 in. = 4 ft. 2 in.
Read along 4 ft. line to 30 in. column 20^.
Read along 2 in. line to 30 in. column 1 f>.
Total ~2f>.
Find the cost of :
2. 5 ft. 4 in. of 18" net at 2 ^ per square foot.
3. 2 ft. 6 in. of 20" net at 2 ^ per square foot.
4. 1 ft. 2 in. of 22" net at 2 ^ per square foot.
5. 4 ft. 8 in. of 24" net at 2 ^ per square foot.
6. 3 ft. 10 in. of 26" net at 2 ^ per square foot.
7. 6 ft. 4 in. of 28" net at 2 ^ per square foot.
8. 10 ft. 2 in. of 30" net at 2^ per square foot.
9. 4 ft. 10 in. of 18" net at 2^ per square foot.
10. 7 ft. 4 in. of 20" net 2 ^ per square foot.
11. 8 ft. 2 in. of 26" net at 2 ^ per square foot.
12. 3 ft. 10 in. of 24' ' net at 2 ^ per square foot.
13. 9 ft. 8 in. of 20" net at 2 $ per square foot.
To use the table in computing the price of 4^, 6^, or 8^ wire,
merely find the price for 2 ^ and multiply by 2, 3, or 4 as
needed.
Find the cost of :
14. 30 running inches of 18" net at 4^ per square foot.
15. 40 running inches of 20" net at 4 ^ per square foot.
16. 42 running inches of 22" net at 4 ^ per square foot.
17. 54 running inches of 24" net at 8 i per square foot.
18. 48 running inches of 20" net at 8 ^ per square foot.
19. 50 running inches of 26" net at 8^ per square foot.
20. 60 running inches of 28" net at 8 ^ per square foot.
118
AREAS OF COMMON FIGURES
AREAS OF COMMON FIGURES
PARALLELOGRAMS AND TRIANGLES
To find the area of a parallelogram :
Find the product of the base by the altitude.*
FORMULA. Area = B x A (Base x Altitude).
Compute mentally the area of each of these parallelograms :
1. Rectangle 12" x 5-J". 4. Rhomboid 50' x 30'.
2. Rhomboid 13" x 4". 5. Rhombus 200' x 5'.
3. Square 12" long. 6. Rectangle 8' x 8'.
To find the area of a triangle :
Find one half the product of the base by the altitude.
FORMULA. Area =
B x A
1. Compute mentally the areas of the above triangles.
Compute the area of the following triangles:
2. Base, 35'; altitude, 16'. 5. Base, 43'; altitude, 17'.
3. Base, 15J'; altitude, 14'. 6. Base, 32'; altitude, 6J'.
4. Base, 13'; altitude, 31'. 7. Base, 42'; altitude, 18 i'.
* By the product of lines, such as base and altitude, is meant the product of
the numbers that measure them when expressed in Jike units. The area of a
rectangle 2 ft. long and in. (or | ft.) wide is (2 x ) square feet, or 1 sq. ft.
TRAPEZOIDS
TRAPEZOIDS
119
A trapezoid is a quadrilateral having only two sides parallel.
To find the area of a trapezoid :
Add the two parallel sides (long base and short base) and mul-
tiply the sum by one half the altitude.
A
FORMULA. Area = x (Long Base + Short Base).
<i
1. Find the area of the trapezoid represented in the first
figure above.
I x (10 + 8) = 36. Ans. 36 sq. ft.
Compute the area of each of the following trapezoids:
2. Long base, 27" ; short base, 20" ; altitude, 15".
3. Long base, 31" ; short base, 14"; altitude, 18".
4. Long base, 17" ; short base, 14" ; altitude, 9".
5. Long base, 5|" ; short base, 3|" ; altitude, 7".
6. Long base, 106" ; short base, 97" ; altitude, 53".
7. How many square feet are there in a trapezoid whose
parallel sides are 40 in. and 30 in. long and whose altitude is
18 in. ?
8. How many square yards are there in a trapezoid of the
following dimensions : long base, 4 ft. ; short base, 3^ ft. ; alti-
tude, 2| ft. ?
9. How many square feet are there in a trapezoid whose
parallel sides are 20 in. and 25 in. and whose altitude is
15 in. ?
120
AREAS OF COMMON FIOTRES
A GRANOLITHIC WALK
It is often necessary to find the area of an irregular figure
like that below. The usual plan is to divide it, as naturally as
possible, into rectangles, triangles, and trapezoids. Study the
dotted lines and see how this is accomplished.
The area of each figure is found separately, and the sum of
the areas thus obtained is the total area of the more complex
figure.
B
This sketch shows sections of a grano-
lithic walk to be built in front of and at the
side of a new house. The owner asked a
mason to estimate the cost. The mason
made careful measurements and worked it
out as shown on page 121.
In mechanical drawings, it is customary to add 0" when a
dimension is a whole number of feet. 8 ft. and 6 in. is ex-
pressed 8'-6"; while 8 ft. is expressed 8'-0".
ESTIMATING AREAS
121
ESTIMATING AREAS
l. The mason computed the area of the whole walk by dealing
with one section at a time as follows :
en ff
sn ft
en ff
en ff
sq. n.
en ff
Tnta.l ft.rf.'A
sn . ft. nr
- sq. yd.
2. Compute the cost of the walk at 20jzf per square foot.
3. Check your work by computing the cost of the walk at
$1.80 per square yard. The two costs should agree.
4. After the work was done, the mason presented the follow-
ing bill, which you may complete :
FRANKLIN, IND., Oct. 1, 1915.
MR. Samuel P. Moore
TO HAMLIX H. HOWARD, MASON, DR.
20 loads
Sand and gravel
.85
JJ8 sacks
Portland cement
.52
30 hr.
Services of helper
.25
25 hr.
Services of ma^on
.50
Received payment,
Nov. 1, 1915.
HAMLIN H. HOWARD.
5. How much difference is there between the estimated cost
and the real cost ?
HUNT'S OOMMITX. AU. 9
122
A PRACTICAL STUDY OF LUMBER
Consider each p/ece 6ft. /ong.
THE BOARD FOOT 123
A PRACTICAL STUDY OF LUMBER
Learn the name of each kind of lumber on the preceding
page. The kind is usually indicated by stating first the thick-
ness and then the width. The lengths vary greatly.
It is called " Two by three, six by eight," etc.
It is written 2" x 3" , 6" x 8" , etc.
THE BOARD FOOT
A board foot is a square foot one inch or less in thickness.
A square foot contains 144 sq. in. Any area containing
that amount, as 4 x 36 sq. in. or 6 x 24 sq. in., is considered
as a square foot and is paid for accordingly.
To find the number of board feet in any piece of lumber :
Multiply the number of square feet on one side by the number
of inches in the thickness.
1. How many board feet are there in a 10-foot piece of
2" x 3" lumber?
3 in. = J f t. ; of 10 '= \-, or 2|, number of square feet.
2 in. = thickness ; 2 x 2 = 5, number of board feet.
1 5
Or, - of 10 x 2 = 5, number of board feet.
i
1
2. How many board feet are there in a 12-foot piece of
4" x 4" lumber ?
4 in. = \ ft. ; \ of 12 = 4 ; 4x4 = 16, number of board feet.
! 4
Or, - of }$ x 4 = 16, number of board feet.
3
3. How many board feet are there in a 15-foot piece of
6" x 8" lumber ?
8 in. =| ft. ; f of 15 = 10; 6 x 10 = 60, number of board feet.
o *
Or, - of 15 x = 60, number of board feet.
9
124 A PRACTICAL STUDY OP LUMBER
Oral Exercise
Find the number of board feet in each piece of lumber in the
following list:
1. A 10-foot piece of 12-inch board, 1 in. thick.
2. A 12-foot piece of 6-inch -board, 1 in. thick.
3. A 14-foot piece of 6-inch board, 1 in. thick.
4. A 15-foot piece of 4-inch board, 1 iiv thick.
5. A 16-foot piece of 2" x 3" lumber.
6. An 18-foot piece of 2" x 6" lumber.
7. A 15-foot piece of 2" x 8" lumber.
8. An 18-foot piece of 3" x 4" lumber.
9. A 1 2-foot piece of 4" x 4" lumber.
10. A 16-foot piece of 4" x 6" lumber.
11. A 20-foot piece of 6" x 6" lumber.
12. An 18-foot piece of 6" x 8" lumber.
13. How many board feet are there in 12-inch boards 1 in.
thick of the following lengths ? 8 ft., 10 ft., 12 ft., 14 ft.
14. How many board feet are there in 6-inch boards 1 in.
thick of the following lengths ? 10 ft., 12 ft., 14 ft,, 16 ft.
15. How many board feet are there in 4-inch boards 1 in.
.thick of the following lengths ? 9 ft., 12 ft., 14 ft., 16 ft.
16. How many board feet are there in 3-inch boards 1 in.
thick of the following lengths ? 8 ft., 12 ft,, 16 ft., 14 ft.
17. How many board feet are there in 2" x 3" pieces of the
following lengths ? 8 ft., 10 ft., 12 ft., 14 ft., 18 ft.
18. How many board feet are there in 2" x 4" pieces of the
following lengths ? 9 ft., 12 ft., 15 ft., 18 ft,
19. How many board feet are there in 3" x 3" pieces of the
following lengths ? 8 ft., 12 ft., 16 ft., 20 ft.
CARPENTERS' METHOD 125
CARPENTERS' METHOD
The lumber dealer or carpenter usually finds the number of
board feet in a number of timbers by one process, following a
simple mechanical method as shown below:
1. How many board feet are there in 15 timbers, 6" x 8",
16 ft. long ?
4
liT" = 960 ' number of board feet. Arts.. 900 ft. B. M.
2 (Board Measure).
This is the product of all the numbers mentioned, divided by 12 because
the width, 8 in., is T \ of a foot.
2. Find the number of board feet in 5 pieces (pcs.) of 2" x 8"
lumber, 12 ft. long.
2 x 8 x n x 5
n
_ go ber of board feet A 80 ft B M
Using the above method, compute the number of board feet
in each of the following lots of lumber :
3. 10 pcs. 1" by 6" boards, 12 ft. long.
4. 40 pcs. 1" by 4" boards, 10 ft. long.
5. 15 pcs. 2" by 3" strips, 14 ft. long.
6. 30 pcs. 2" by 8" rafters, 16 ft. long.
7. 14 pcs. 3" by 4" stock, 12 ft. long.
8. 5 pcs. 4" by 4" stock, 15 ft. long.
9. 12 pcs. 6" by 6" timbers, 18 ft. long. .
10. 8 pcs. 6" by 8" girders, 18 ft. long.
11. 7 pcs. 8" by 12" timbers, 16 ft. long.
12. 12 pcs. 1" by 10" boards, 14 ft. long.
13. 7 pcs. 1" by 9" boards, 10 ft. long.
14. 10 pcs. 1" by 8" boards, 9 ft. long.
126
A PRACTICAL STUDY OF LUMBER
TABLES FOR COMPUTING LUMBER
Those who are billing lumber all day long in an ollice
would waste time by computing the number of board feet in a
given piece of timber every time that size was sold. Instead,
the numbers of feet in all the different stock sizes are grouped
together in the form of a simple table like that below.
l. Find the number of board feet in a piece of lumber
2" x 3" 10 ft. long.
Look in the 2" x 3" column on the 16 ft. line. The figure 8 means
8 board feet, or 8 ft. B. M.
SECTION OF LUMKER TABLE DEALING WITH BOARDS AND SMALL
TIMBERS
Length in
feet
1" X 6"
or
2" X 3"
1" X 8"
or
2" X 4"
1" X 12"
2" X 6" or
3" X 4"
2" X 8"
or
4" X 4"
3" X 6"
6ft.
3
4
6
8
B
8ft.
4
&i
8
10|
12
10ft.
5
6*
10
m
15
12 ft.
6
8
12
16
18
14ft.
7
9*
14
18|
21
16ft.
8
lOf
16
2H
24
18ft.
9
12
18
24
27
20ft.
10
18*
20
28|
30
Oral Exercise
Using the preceding table, give the number of board feet in
each of the following :
1. 1" by 8" board, 14 ft. long.
2. 1" by 6" board, 18 ft. long.
3. 2" x 3" scantling, 14 ft.
long.
4. 4" x 4" timber, 12 ft. long.
5. 3" x 6" timber, 20 ft. long.
6. 2" x 8" plank, 16ft. long.
7. 3" x 6" timber, 18 ft. long.
TABLES FOR COMPUTING LUMBER
127
Written Exercise
Any load going to a contractor would contain more than one
board or timber of the same size. Find from the table the
number of board feet in one stick and multiply this number by
the number of sticks ordered. This the clerk can do mentally
or with a pencil.
Find the number of board feet in each of the following orders,
using the table on page 126 :
1. 5 boards 1" x 6" 18 ft. long.
2. 20 boards 1" x 6" 14 ft. long.
3. 12 boards I" x 12" 10 ft. long.
4. 24 boards 1 " x 8" 12 ft. long.
5. 7 plank 2" x 6" 14 ft, long.
6. 4 timber 4" x 4" 18 ft. long.
7. 13 plank 2" x 8" 20 ft. long.
Making a Table of Lumber Prices :
8. Rule a sheet of paper like the following and, using the car-
penters' method of computing board measure, fill in the blanks
in the table given below :
LUMBER TABLE
Length in
feet
2" X 12"
3" X 8"
4" X 6"
4" X 8"
6" X 6"
6" X 8"
10ft.
r >
9
9
9
12 ft.
9
9
9
9
14ft.
?
?
9
?
16 ft.
?
9
?
9
18ft.
9
9
9
?
20ft.
9
?
?
9
22 ft.
?
V
9
9
24 ft.
9
?
9
9
128 A PRACTICAL STUDY OF LUMBER
BUYING LUMBER
The price of all kinds of lumber is quoted as a certain num-
ber of dollars per thousand, that is, per thousand board feet.
$ 30 M means $ 30 per thousand board feet.
Oral Exercise
1. How much will 1260 bd. ft. cost at $ 30 M ?
If 1000 ft. cost $30, 1 ft. costs T^g, of $30, or $.03.
1260 ft. cost 1260 x $ .03, or $ 37.80.
2. How much will 80 bd. ft. cost at $ 40 M ?
Written Exercise
1. Compute the cost of 2500 bd. ft. at $ 30 M.
2. Compute the cost of 800 bd. ft. at $32 M.
3. Compute the cost of 450 bd. ft. at $40 M.
4. Compute the cost of 1,060 bd. ft. at $ 42 M.
5. Compute the cost of 160 bd. ft. at $ 35 M.
6. Compute the cost of 96 bd. ft. at $ 36 M.
7. Compute the cost of 870 bd. ft. at $ 31 M.
8. Compute the cost of 1756 bd. ft. at $34 M.
9. Compute the cost of 285 bd. ft. at $ 50 M.
10. Compute the cost of 38 bd. ft. at $ 65 M.
11. Compute the cost of 220 bd. ft. at $ 38 M.
12. Compute the cost of 922 bd. ft. at $ 41 M.
13. Compute the cost of 380 bd. ft. at $ 90 M.
14. Compute the cost of 426 bd. ft. at $ 45 M.
15. Compute the cost of 128 bd. ft. at $52 M.
16. Compute the cost of 740 bd. ft. at $ 80 M.
17. Compute the cost of 46 bd. ft. at $ 36 M.
18. Compute the cost of 108 bd. ft. at $41 M.
DELIVERING LUMBER
129
DELIVERING LUMBER
The following sale slips were presented by the teamster
when he delivered the lumber. Copy each and fill out all the
amounts:
1.
W. P. HUTCHINSON
LUMBER, DOORS, SASH, BLINDS
128-134 SPRING ST.
MARION, OHIO, Mar. 14, 1916
Deliver to John J. Jones
Address 4& Main St., Marion, Ohio
PIECES
SIZE
LENGTH
KIND
PRICE PER 1000 FT.
AMOUNT
10
8
4
1" X 12"
2" x 3"
4" x 4"
14ft.
12ft.
16 ft.
Spruce
Spruce
Spruce
$36.00
36.00
36.00
? ?
? ?
? ?
? ?
2.
CITY LUMBER COMPANY
YARD AT 40-50 WEST SUMMER STREET
PEAHODY, KAN. April 10, 1916
Deliver to Edwin P. Bot/nlon
Address 4163 Washington St., Peabody, Kan.
PIECES
SIZE
LENGTH
KIND
PRICE PER 1000 FT.
AMOUNT
4
40
20
6" x 8"
1" x 10"
2" x 3"
20ft.
12ft.
14ft.
Hemlock
Pine
Spruce
$32.00
34.00
30.00
? ?
? ?
? ?
? ?
130
A PRACTICAL STUDY OF LUMBER
Consider that you are' making out sale slips for the follow-
ing orders. Use the table on page 127 and complete the slips
to be given to the driver as he delivers the load.
3. Order. #82. 4 pieces of 4" x 6" 14 ft. long; 2 16 ft.
pieces of 4" x 8"; and 120 ft. piece of 6" x 8". All items
retail at '#30 M.
4. Order #33. 2 24 ft. lengths of 6"-x8"; 2 20 ft.
lengths of 6" x 6"; 10 12 ft. lengths of 2" x 12". All items
retail at $32 M.
5. Order #34. 5 16 ft. lengths of 4"x8"; 2 18 ft.
lengths of 6"x6": and 5 14 ft. lengths of 2" x 12". All
items retail at $ 35 M.
6. The form of bill which follows contains a description
of the lumber which was ordered. The clerk fills in the
number of board feet in each item and the charge. Complete
the bill. (See Table, page 126.)
KIKKSVILLE, Mo., Jan. 31, 1916
MR. Wm. R. Russell
246 Main St., Kirksville
BOUGHT OK BROWN, STONE, & CO.
4 pc.
40 pc.
32 pc.
3 '' x 4"
2" x 3"
2'' x 8"
10 feet long
12 feet long
16 feet long'
bd. ft.
- bd. ft.
- bd. ft.
at $30.00 per M.
at $ 30.00 per M.
at $ 32.00 per M.
'
y
?
7. Henry R. Stone bought of the Worcester Lumber Co. on
Feb. 3, 1916, the following items. Make out his bill in the
above form.
21 pieces of 6" x 8", 20 ft. long, at $33 M ; 30 pieces of
2" x 8", 16 ft. long, at $32' M; and 12 pieces of 4" x 4", 14
ft. long, at $32 M. (See Table, page 127.)
CELLARS AND CELLAR WALLS
BUILDING PROBLEMS
CELLARS AND CELLAR WALLS
131
A cellar was excavated for a house 28' x 32'. It had to be
dug about 4 ft. longer and wider than the size of the house, in
order to allow room to lay the cellar wall.
1. How long and how wide was the space to be excavated?
2. It was dug down on an average of 4 ft. below the level
of the lot. How many cubic feet were removed ?
3. Excavating is measured by the cubic yard (27 cu. ft.).
How many cubic yards were removed in the above cellar ?
4. One-horse dump carts will carry on an average 20 cu. ft.
How many one-horse loads were needed to remove the earth in
the above cellar? (Call any fractional part a complete load.)
5. If two-horse carts were used, carrying on an average 30
cu. ft. to a load, how many loads would be carted ?
6. The wall of rough stone is to be pointed up with
lime mortar and costs when completed 17^ per square foot of
cellar face wall. This wall is 4 ft. high ; the front and back
walls are each 26 ft. long (on the inside) ; the two side walls, 30
ft. each. Compute the number of square feet and the cost.
132
BUILDING PROBLEMS
1 ,'.'.'. 1 .','.'
I , I , I
Founc/etion
Side Watt
isometric V/eui of
0/ro/er Jo/at
(Sill Cut A*
5/11
/Z'- O- x /Z'-O
f/oor T/mbers for
Summer Cottage
FRAMING FLOORS 133
FRAMING FLOORS
Figures 3 and 4 in the illustration on page 132 show parts of
the floor frames of small buildings, like automobile garages.
The first timbers laid on the brick or stone foundations are
called sills (see a in Fig. 3). Timbers running across are
called girders (5).
At the corners the front sill overlaps the side sills (Fig. 1)
and the two are fastened together by a wooden peg. Figure 2
shows how the girder, which helps sustain the weight of the
building, is itself supported at the ends by resting on the
foundation and being mortised into the side sills.
1. The timbers used in Fig. 3 for both side and end sills
are 6" x 6". How many board feet are there in the two side
sills ?
2. How many board feet are there in the two end sills ?
3. The girder in Fig. 3 is 4" x 6" and 16 ft. long. How
many board feet does it contain ?
4. Compute the cost of the above five timbers at $32 per M.
5. In Fig. 4, the sills and the girders are 6" x 8". Refer to
the plan and fill in the following list of timbers with the
number of board feet in each :
2 6" x 8" side sills - - ft. long contain - - bd. f t.
2 6" x 8" end sills - - ft. long contain - - bd. ft.
1 6" x 8" girder 16 ft. long contains bd. ft.
1 6" x 8" girder 12 ft. long contains - bd. ft.
Total bd. ft.
6. Compute the cost of the sills and girders in Ex. 5 at
#30 per M.
7. If the price were 16f % higher, how much would the
same number of board feet have cost ?
134 BUILDING PROBLEMS
Girders and Floor Joists. Examine Fig. 5, page 132, carefully. Point out
the sills and the girders. The chief use of the girders is to sustain the in-
terior weight of the building. They are not supported by a foundation, as
the sills are. What supports are used ? (Look in your own cellars.) Where
are they placed? Girders are usually placed on edge to secure greater
strength. (To find the reason, try to bend your ruler flatwise and then
edgewise.)
The other timbers are floor joists, usually made of spruce and set 1(5 in.
apart from center to center. When these have been set, the first flooring of
boards is nailed on to give a surface to stand on before the side walls of the
building are raised.
8. How long are the two side sills ? the two end sills ? the
main girder ? the back and front girders ?
9. Fill in the figures needed in the following table:
2 sills, 6" x 8" and 28 ft. long contain - - bd. ft.
2 sills, 6" x 8" and 24 ft. long contain - - bd. ft.
1 girder, 6" x 8" and 24 ft. long contains bd. ft.
1 girder, 6" x 8" and 16 ft. long contains bd. ft.
1 girder, 6" x 8" and 12 ft. long contains bd. ft.
Total bd. ft.
10. Count the number of floor joists used under the parlor.
They are mads of 2" x 8" stock. How many board feet are
there in all ?
11. Compute the number of board feet of floor joists under
eacli of the following rooms, first counting the number of
joists shown in the drawing :
Kitchen : joists, 12 ft. long contain bd. ft.
Dining room : joists, 12 ft. long contain bd. ft.
Hall : joists, 16 ft. long contain bd. ft.
Total bd. ft.
12. Find the cost of floor joists used under the four rooms
(Ex. 10 and 11; at f>31 per M.
ESTIMATING COST OF LABOR 135
ESTIMATING COST OF LABOR
When a contractor undertakes to build a house, he is called
upon to give an estimate of the cost of the entire job. In order
to do this, he goes over the plan, estimating the cost of each
detail. In estimating the cost of labor, the floor and other parts
of the building are divided into squares.
A square is 100 square feet.
1. Find the number of squares in the floor of a building
30 ft. x 28 ft.
30 x 28 840
= - = 8.4 squares.*
100 100
2. Estimate the cost of labor in framing the floor of a house
26 ft. x 30 ft. at -$1.50 per square, and laying the first floor at
$1.40 per square.
$ 1.50 + f 1.40 = $2.90, cost per square of both framing and flooring.
" 6 x ' >>0 x -1 2.90 = % 22.62, total cost of both processes.
100
Find the number of squares in the floor of each of the follow-
ing houses :
3. Mr. Bowen's is 32 ft. x 40 ft.
4. Mr. Sampson's is 34 ft. x 42 ft.
5. Mr. Thompson's is 36 ft. x 38 ft.
6. Mr. Gurney's is 37 ft. x 41 ft.
7. Estimate the cost of framing Mr. Bowen's floor at $1.65
per square, and flooring it at $1.50 per square.
8. Estimate the cost of framing Mr. Sampson's floor at
$1.80 per square and $1.70 per square for boarding.
9. Estimate the cost of Mr. Thompson's floor at $1.80 for
framing and $ 1.65 for boarding.
* This can also be done by finding the area of the floor in square feet and
moving the decimal point two places to the left.
136
BUILDING PROBLEMS
ESTIMATING ON SMALL BUILDINGS
1. The picture below shows the frame of one side of a small
garage 20' x 20', and 10' high. The sills are 4" x 4" stock.
Compute the number of board feet in the four sills.
2. The corner posts are of the same kind of lumber. How
long are they ? How many board feet are there in the four
corner posts ?
Plate
3. Count the studs ($) in the side nearest you. How long
is each stud ? If they are 2" x 4" stock, how many board feet
are there in the set ?
4. The plate is made of two strips of 2" x 4" lumber, spiked
together. How long are they ? How many are needed to go
around the building ? How many board feet are there in the
entire plate (four sides)?
ESTIMATING ON SMALL BUILDINGS
LH7
5. The cost of labor in framiny is often reckoned by the
1000 ft. of lumber used. If it takes 670 ft. to frame the sides of
the above building, what is the cost of labor at $ 12.50 per 1000 ft.?
6. How many board feet are needed to sheathe or board in
the side nearest you, making no deductions for windows?
NOTK. When the thickness of boards is not given, they are to be con-
sidered as not over 1 in. thick, in which case a board foot is equivalent to a
square foot.
7. If each side requires about the same amount, how many
feet do the four walls require? Find the cost at $ 35 per M.
8. Carpenters work rapidly at boarding in, and the labor
costs about $.85 per square, that is, per 100 square feet. Find
the cost of boarding in the four sides.
4 x 20 x 10 x $.85
100
= ?
9. The timber used in framing the roof is 2" x 6", and the
approximate length of each rafter is given in the picture. The
timbers used in framing this quarter of the roof are 10', 12', 12',
16', 16', 16', and 18'. Explain how they could be cut up so as
to give all the required rafters.
HUNT'S COMMUN. AR. 10
138
BUILDING PROBLEMS
F/g.l
R Rafter
P - Top P/ate
C - Corner Posts or Corners
ROOFING 139
ROOFING
FRAMING ROOFS
The diagram on page 138 shows three positions of the rafters
(72-.Z, R-2, 72-5), illustrating three gable roofs of different
pitch or slant, with an imaginary carpenter's steel square en-
larged so that inches have become feet. This will help us to
understand how anybody can ascertain the proper length to saw
rafters for any pitch of roof.
Oral Exercise
1. The run (| the width of the house) is how many feet ?
The rise (height of the roof) is how many feet in the highest
roof (7-J)? Expressing the height of this roof as the nu-
merator of a fraction and the whole width of the house as the
denominator, we get ^f or \. Such a roof we call a "^-pitch"
roof.
2. What would be the height of a ^-pitch roof in a building
30 ft. wide? 28 ft. wide ? 36 ft. wide? 42 ft. wide? 26 ft.
wide? 34ft. wide?
3. What are the run and the rise of the middle roof (72-2) ?
Compare the rise with the whole width of the building and tell
what the pitch is.
4. How high would a |-pitch roof be in buildings 18 ft.,
42 ft., 36 ft,, 21 ft., 25 ft., 30 ft., or 31 ft. wide?
5. What are the rise and the run in a roof having the lowest
position of the rafters (72-5) ? Decide what the pitch is.
6. Give the height of a | -pitch roof in buildings of the fol-
lowing widths : 30 ft., 42 ft., 36 ft., 40 ft., 27 ft., 38 ft.
7. Give the pitch in each of the following roofs:
(a) Run 15 ft., rise 15 ft.
(6) Run 18 ft., rise 12 ft.
(c) Hun 16 ft., rise 8 ft.
140 BUILDING PROBLEMS
Written Exercise
To find Length of Rafters for any Pitch of Roof. If we could
measure along the upper edge of the rafter (-R-#, page 138) from
the point 4 ft. on the vertical arm of the imaginary steel square
in the diagram to the point 12 ft. on the horizontal arm, we
should have the required length of the rafter, to which might be
added a foot or more for overhang or eaves if desired. (See
also' Figs. 2 and 3.) As squares are not made so large as in
the diagram, suppose we take one of ordinary size and measure
the distance in inches from the 4-inch point to the 12-inch point.
The distance is about 12| in. ; hence the rafter is approximately
12| ft. long, or 12 ft. 9 in. If a foot is added for the eaves,
the rafters will, of course, be cut 13 ft. 9 in. long. The cut-
ting of rafters requires skill in the use of the steel square, but
is easily learned. It can be done on the ground so as to fit
perfectly when put in place.
1. Using a steel square and a yardstick, find the approxi-
mate length of rafter M-2 in the diagram, making no allowance
for overhang.
2. How high is a |-pitcli roof on a building 20 ft. wide ?
Lay a yardstick on a steel square so as to connect the 10" mark
on the short arm with the 10" mark on the long arm. What is
the approximate length of the rafter ?
3. Ascertain the length of the rafter (without overhang) of
a |-pitch roof on the same building.
4. Compute the length of rafter (without eaves) in an 18-
foot building with a 1-pitch roof; with a |-pitch roof; with a
^-pitch roof.
5. Compute the length of rafter (without overhang) in a 28-
foot building with a -pitch roof; with a ^-pitch roof.
ROOFING 141
BOARDING AND SHINGLING ROOFS
(See diagrams on page 142.)
1. Compute the area of a lean-to roof 12' x 20'. How many
board feet are needed in boarding it in ? How much are they
worth at $ 30 per M ?
2. Compute the cost of boards in the following lean-to
roofs :
(a) 8 ft. x 20 ft. at $32 per M.
(5) 8 ft. x 32 ft. at 1 28 per M.
(<?) 10 ft. x -171 ft. at $ 36 per M.
Gable Roofs. Remember that there are two sides to a gable
roof. The dash line is the length of any rafter and is the
width pf one side of the roof. The area of the entire roof can
be found in the following way :
1. How many square feet are -there in a gable roof whose
ridge is 30 ft. and whose rafter, is 25 ft. ?
2 x 30 x 25 sq. ft. = 1500 sq. ft.
2. How many thousand board feet are needed to board in
such a roof ?
2 x 30 x 25 bd. ft. = 1500 bd. ft. = 1.5 M bd. ft.
3. Find the cost of. boards for both slopes of gable roofs of
the following dimensions :
(a) Ridge 28 ft., rafter 20 ft., price I 31 per M.
(6) Ridge 25 ft., rafter 18 ft., price $ 31 per M.
O) Ridge 30 ft., rafter 24 ft., price $32 per M.
4. If two men can lay 600 ft. of roofing boards in an 8-hour
day, how long will it take them to lay each of the roofs in Ex.
3 ? Count fractional parts of an hour as 1 hour. What will
be the cost of labor in each case at $4.50 per day ?
142
BUILDING PROBLEMS
O/)ec/ Poof or
Lean-to /?oof
TYPES OF ROOFS
ROOFING 143
SHINGLING GABLE ROOFS
Shingles are sold by the thousand. There are four bundles
to the thousand. If laid 4 in. to the weather, 4 bundles or 1000
shingles will cover 100 square feet or 1 square.
NOTE. In the following examples the shingles are laid 4 in. to the
weather.
1. How many thousand shingles are needed for a gable roof
whose ridge is 40 ft. and whose rafters are 30 ft. long?
2 x 30 x 40 ,
- = 24 squares, requiring 24 M shingles.
2. How much does it cost to cover a gable roof, 82 ft. x 45
ft., with shingles worth $ 5 per M ?
8 9
2 x n x g? x i g _ 9 144
How much does it cost to shingle each of the following roofs ?
3. Rafter 20 ft,, ridge 30 ft., price $ 3.50 per M.
4. Rafter 25 ft., ridge 32 ft., price $ 4.00 per M.
5. Rafter 16 ft., ridge 30 ft., price 14.50 per M.
6. Rafter 16 ft., ridge 25 ft., price $ 3.00 per M.
7. Rafter 20 ft., ridge 35 ft., price $3.50 per M.
a. Rafter 22 ft., ridge 50 ft., price $4.25 per M.
9. Rafter 21 ft., ridge 40 ft., price $3.75 per M.
HIP ROOFS ,
In a hip roof without projecting windows, we have two tri-
angles at front and back, respectively, and two trape/oids on
the sides. In a trapezoid the two parallel sides are sometimes
referred to as the bases, large (j5) and small (>).
144 BUILDING PROBLEMS
Formulas
B x A
Area of a triangle =
>
Area of trapezoid = \ Altitude x Sum of Parallel Sides ;
or |x(fi+&).
1. Compute the area of one side (trapezoid) of the following
hip roofs :
(a) Length at eaves, 30 ft. ; ridge, 10 ft.; rafter, 18 ft.
(5) Length at eaves, 24 ft. ; ridge, 6 ft. ; rafter, 16 ft.
(c) Length at eaves, 28 ft. ; ridge, 8 ft. ; rafter, 16 ft.
2. Compute the area of one end (triangle) of same roofs from
following dimensions :
(a) Length at eaves, 26 ft. ; length of central rafter, 1 8 ft.
(i) Length at eaves, 20 ft. ; length of central rafter., 16 ft.
(<?) Length at eaves, 24 ft.; length of central rafter, 16 ft.
3. Compute the number of 1000 ft. of lumber needed com-
pletely to board in a hip roof, if the longest rafter in each sec-
tion is 20 ft., the ridge 10 ft., the side eaves 40 ft., and end
eaves 30 ft. Draw a diagram and mark all dimensions plainly.
4. Compute the cost at $ 35 per M.
5. Compute the cost of shingling the roof in Ex. 3, estimat-
ing 1000 shingles to the square, buying even thousands, and
paying $3.50 per M.
6. Compute the cost of labor for boarding in at $1.50 per
square, and of labor for shingling at $2.25 per square.
7. Compute the total cost of labor and material for covering
the roof, by adding the above amounts.
8. Compute the total area in square feet in a hip roof of the
following dimensions: ridge 18 ft., side and longest end rafters
15 ft. each, side eaves 38 ft., and end eaves 22 ft. long.
PREPARED ROOFING FABRICS
1 roll = 108 sq. ft., which covers 1 square, or 100 sq. ft.
In ordering, compute the number of squares in surfaces to
be covered and order that number of rolls. Order a whole roll
for any fraction of a square remaining.
l. How many rolls are needed to cover two sides of a gable
roof 31 ft. long, the rafter being 19 ft. long?
2 x 19 x 31 1178
100
100
= 11.78, number of squares; 12 rolls are needed.
2. Compute the number of rolls needed to cover both sides
of the roof of the house shown in the picture.
3. How much will the porch roof require? Find the cost
of both roofs at $3.25 per roll.
4. The barn has a gambrel roof. Compute the number of
squares in the two sides, and add enough for the shed. How
many rolls are needed ? Find the value at 12.60 per roll.
5. Find the cost of covering both sides of the corn house
(in the center of the picture) with a $2.25 quality of roofing.
6. Find the cost of shingles, at $4.50 per 1000, for the roofs
of the house and porch shown in the picture, counting 1000
shingles to the square and buying even thousands. How much
more does this shingling cost than the roofing fabric ?
146
BUILDING PROBLEMS
No. 1
No. 2
ROOFING 147
SHINGLING IRREGULAR ROOFS
1. Find cost of shingling roof of No. 1 at $3.15 per square,
(a) Area of D (15' x 14') sq. ft.
(ft) Area of R (16' x 11',
without chimney) = sq. ft.
(c) Area of R (right) - sq. ft.
(<*) Area of P (32' x 12') - sq. ft.
Total area entire front roof - sq. ft.
() Area of back roof (20' x 32',
without projections) - sq. ft.
(/) Total area of roof - sq. ft.
or - squares.
(#) Cost of shingles at $3.15 per square = - .
2. Find cost of shingling 4 sides of No. 2 at $ 4.20 a square,
(a) Area of gable end | (42' x 14') - sq. ft.
(ft) Area of side below (13' x 34') - sq. ft.
(c) Area of entire opposite end - sq. ft.
(cT> Area of front (40' x 11', deducting
40 % for openings) = - - sq. ft.
(e) Area of back (same as front) - sq. ft.
Total area of four sides, etc. sq. ft.
or squares.
(/) Cost at $4.20 a square for stock =$ .
3. How many shingles are needed for the front roof only of No. 3?
(a) Area of section = sq. ft.
(b) Area of section Q (same as 0) sq. ft.
(<?') Area of section S sq. ft.
(df) Area of section M (9' x 10') - sq. ft.
(e) Area of section .ZV (9' x 10') - sq. ft.
(/) Front of projection = 50 sq. ft.
(</) Total area to be shingled - sq. ft.
(Ji) Number of thousand shingles .
148
-JO
ROOFING 149
SHINGLING AND PAINTING
1. The cottage shown in the first picture on page 148 needs
reshingling. The cost with a certain make of metal shingles
will be 25 per square foot. Think of the roof as divided
into rectangular sections and compute the probable cost. Slight
deviations from exact rectangular outlines need not be counted.
(a) Area of section A = sq. ft.
(5) Area of section B = sq. ft.
(<?) Area of section O (10' x 12') = sq. ft.
(d) Area of section D = sq. ft.
(e) Area of back of roof (25' x 38')= - - sq. ft. (no projec-
Total = sq. ft. tions).
(/) Cost at 25 ^ per square foot = $ .
t
2. If one gallon of paint covers 250 sq. ft. two coats, how
many gallons are needed to paint this house ? Make no de-
ductions for windows and doors and the various small projec-
tions, moldings, etc., as they require more paint than the
plainer surfaces.
(a) Area of gable end, Gr = - - sq. ft.
(5) Area of side below, H = sq. ft.
(c) Area of front (9' x 35') = - - sq. ft..
Total area of front and side - sq. ft.
(d) Double this total area to get the approximate area of
all four sides.
() Add to this the areas of the two front sections of the
piazza, E and F, also the two ends (Jfand its opposite). The
sum is the approximate area to be painted.
(/) Compute the entire number of gallons. Call any frac-
tion of a gallon, an entire gallon. Find the cost at $1.65 per
gallon.
BUILD IXC, PROBLEMS
3. The second building shown on p. 148 is roofed with slate,
which costs when laid $12.20 per square. Compute total
cost of the four main roofs, arranging your work as follows :
(a) Area of side = sq. ft.
Area of front end = - - sq. ft.
(*)
00
(d)
Area of one side and end =
Area of other side and end =
Total area of roof =
sq.
sq.
ft.
ft.
sq. ft. or
squares.
(e) Cost at 112.20 per square =
4. Compute the area of each separate section (.4, B, (7, etc., of
above roof). If a section is somewhat irregular, regard it as
if it were the nearest regular figure. For example, regard B
and E as rectangles 8 ft. x 12 ft.
Section A contains
Section B contains
Sections D and E (same as A and jB)
Section C contains
Section F (same as (7)
Piazza roof contains
Back roof (18' x 32') contains
Total area of roof
sq.
sq.
sq.
sq.
sq.
ft.
ft,
ft.
ft.
ft.
245 sq. ft.
sq. ft.
sq. ft.
5. How many squares are there ? How many thousand
shingles are needed ? Find their cost at $3.50 per M.
HEATING PROBLEMS
151
HEATING PROBLEMS
1. Compute the number of cubic feet of air in a room 14 ft.
long, 12 ft. wide, and 8 ft. high.
2. If it is a living room with only one side exposed to the
weather, and is to be heated by hot-water radiators, there
should be 1 sq. ft. of radiating surface to every 40 cu. ft. of air.
How many square feet of surface must the radiator have ?
3. If the living room had windows on three sides, 1 sq. ft.
of radiating surface might be needed for every 25 cu. ft. of air.
How large a radiator would the above room require in this case ?
4. Most people do not want sleeping rooms as warm as living
rooms. A sleeping room with windows on one side needs
1 sq. ft. of radiating surface to 50 cu. ft. of air. How many
square feet of radiating surface are required for such a room
18 ft. x 12| ft. x 9ft.?
5. A large manufacturer of heaters requests the owner of
the house to fill in the following statement as to the size of
rooms, etc., in order that he may install radiators of suitable
size. Fill in all spaces in which question marks occur.
NAMP or ROOM
DIMENSIONS
CUBIC
FF.ET OP
DIMENSIONS OF
EXPOSED WALLS
SQUAKE
FKET OF
Length
Width
Height
AIR
Length
Height
WALLS
( 18'
9'*
?
Parlor
18'
15'
9'
?
j
J15'
9'*
9
Sitting room
14'
15'
9'
?
14'
9'
9
Dining room
16'
I4i'
9'
?
14'
9'
9
f 191'
9'*
?
Bedroom
14'
121'
9'
9
(M?
9'*
?
f 15'
81'*
9
Chamber
15'
13'
8*'
?
J13'
j
8J'*
9
Chamber
12'
13'
8f
9
12'
sy
9
* Two walls exposed. Find area of both.
152
HEATING PROBLEMS
RADIATORS
The greatest of modern conveniences is the heating of our
houses by steam or hot water. The water is heated in a single
heater in the cellar, and the resulting steam (or hot water)
rises through pipes ascending to radiators in the rooms above.
It passes through the pipes of which these radiators are con-
structed, making them hot like the sides of a stove. Cool air
from the room circulates among these pipes, as shown in (7, and
as it becomes warmed, rises up through the radiator into the
room. As long as the pipes are kept hot, the air warmed by
them continues to rise and diffuse through the room, while the
cooler air near the floor flows in toward the radiator, lifting the
warmer air upward and itself becoming heated, until the entire
air of the room is comfortably warm.
The most modern radiators are not made of wrought-iron
pipe, but rather of cast-iron sections usually highly ornamented.
The principle of radiation is exactly the same, although the
exact radiating surface would be more difficult to compute.
The area or radiating surface is expressed to the nearest square
foot.
RADIATORS 153
A\iot*NT OF- RADIATING SURFACE IN A RADIATOR
Facts to know:
Area of a rectangle = width x length (in square units).
Circumference of circle = 3.1416 x diameter.
1. If A (page 152) represents an iron pipe 2" in diameter,
what is its circumference ?
2. If this pipe could be unrolled like a sheet of paper, as
shown in B, how wide would the resulting rectangle of iron
be ? If the pipe is 32 in. long, the area of the rectangle is
6.2832 x 32 sq. in.
3. How many square inches of radiating surface would this
pipe have if full of steam ?
4. Suppose the radiator O to be constructed of such pipes.
How much radiating surface has the whole radiator (not count-
ing top and bottom sections)? Express the answer first as
square inches, then as square feet.
5. Compute the radiating surface (in square inches) of a
pipe radiator made of 12 pipes 2 in. in diameter, each 35 in.
high. Change this to square feet.
6. Compute the radiating surface of a pipe radiator consist-
ing of two rows of 2-inch pipes, 10 in a row, 35 in. high. Ex-
press the answer as square feet.
7. The pipe D in the sketch on page 152 is a 3" pipe passing
upward through a room that is 9 ft. high. How many square
feet of hot radiating surface are there when the pipe is full
of steam ? Why was this pipe not run up inside the partition ?
8. Compute the number of square feet of radiating surface in
a 3-inch pipe passing upward through a room 10 ft. high.
HUNT'S COMMUN. AR. 11
154
FLOOR SPACE IN SCHOOLROOMS
FLOOR SPACE IN SCHOOLROOMS 155
FLOOR SPACE IN SCHOOLROOMS
Schoolrooms should be constructed so that there are at least
15 sq. ft. of floor space for each child.
y 1. How many square feet per pupil are there in room No. 1
of the plan on page 154 if 40 pupils are seated in the room ?
2. In Room No. 2, 45 pupils are seated. How many square
feet of floor space are there per pupil ?
3. In Room No. 7, there are 46 pupils. How many square
feet are there per pupil ?
NOTE. A modern school building is designed to contain 200 cu. ft. of
air per pupil. Each room shown, in the plan is 13 ft. high.
4. How many cubic feet per pupil are there in Room No. 3
if 20 pupils are sent in at a time ?
5. How many cubic feet per pupil are there in Room No. 5
when 42 are enrolled ?
6. How many cubic feet per pupil are there in Room No. 6
when 35 are enrolled ?
7. It was decided to cover the floor of several of these
rooms with linoleum, which is sold by the square yard. How
many square yards were needed for Room No. 2 ?
8. What was the cost of covering the floor of Room No. 7
at $1.80 per square yard ? (Call any fraction an extra yard.)
9. The Teachers' Room was covered with the same grade
of linoleum. How much did it cost ?
10. Compute the cost of covering the library floor with the
same grade of linoleum, not deducting for the small indenta-
tion. (Count the fractional remainder as one square yard.)
11. A 6-foot strip of linoleum was laid the entire length of
the corridor (91 ft). How many square yards were needed ?
156
APPLICATIONS OF PERCENTAGE
APPLICATIONS OF PERCENTAGE
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL PRICES
In the following table, compute the cost of a single package,
etc. Add 25 % for profit, and express the selling price to the
nearest cent. (Carry each answer through mills only.)
COST AT WHOLESALE
COST OF ONK
> % PROFIT
UETAII. PRICK
2 doz. pkg. in case for $ 2.70
3 doz. pkg. in case for 6.75
2 doz. tins in case for 5.40
I
V
9
9
9
4 doz. cans in case for 2.40
9
?
9
2 doz. cans in case for 1.75
?
9
9
2 doz. cans in case for 3.50
9
?
?
50 Ib. in a box for 14.25
9
9
9
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Add 33% for profit in the following :
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
COST AT WHOLESALE
COST or ONE
33t % PROFIT
RETAIL PRICE
36 Ib. pkg. in case for $4.50
36 Ib. pkg. in case for 4.05
38 Ib. pkg. in case for 7.79
105 cakes in case for 3.90
9
9
9
9
100 cakes in case for 3.80
?
?
9
24 pkg. in case for 4.50
100 pkg. in case for 4.50
2 doz. cans in case for 2.60
*
!
9
2 doz. cans in case for 3.25
9
?
9
4 doz. cans in case for 2.10
V
?
?
4 doz. cans in case for 2.75
?
?
' ?
2 doz. cans in case for 7.75
9
9
?
3 doz. pkg. in case for 5.76
4 doz. cans in case for 4.32
y
y
9
50 cakes in case for 3.25
?
?
?
2 doz. cans in case for 3.60
"
?
?'
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL PRICES 157
Oral Exercise
1. A certain grade of tea can be bought at wholesale for 75 ^
per pound, and is usually retailed for $ 1 per pound. What is
the per cent of gain ?
2. Give the per cent of gain in each of the following :
WHOLESALE UBTAIL
PRICE PKICK
(a) English Breakfast tea 45 ^ 50
(b) Ceylon tea 40 1 60 1
(c) Java coffee 32 ^ 40 ^
(<f) Mocha coffee 30^ 40^
0) Rio coffee 25 1 35 ^
Written Exercise
l. , One case of G. W. soap contains 105 pieces and .sells for
$4.20 at wholesale. The grocer retails it at 5 a cake. What
per cent does he make ? How much profit does he make on
the case ?
2. If a grocer can buy a case (24 pkg.) of Gold Dust for
$4.32 and retail it at 20^, how much does he make on each
package ? What per cent of the cost is this ? What is his
profit on the case ?
3. A dealer bought a case of 4 doz. cans of asparagus tips
for $2.40. He retailed them for 15^. Find the profit on one
can, the per cent of gain, and the profit on the whole box.
4. A case of canned lima beans containing 24 cans cost a
dealer $1.92 and was retailed by him for 15^ a can. What
was the profit per can and the per cent of profit ?
.5. If a case containing 36 1-pound cartons of Cream of
Wheat costs $4.68 at wholesale, what is the per cent of gain
when the cartons are retailed at 15 ^ each ?
6. If 2 doz. tins of Instant Postum can be bought for $5.52
and retailed at 25 / a tin, what is the per cent of profit ?
158 APPLICATIONS OF PERCENTAGE
7. If one case of Postura contains 12 large packages and
costs 12.40, what is the cost per package? If it is retailed at
25 ^ a package, what is the per cent of profit ? What is the
profit on the case ?
8. A grocer bought a case of peaches (3 doz. cans) for
$ 3.78. He retailed them all for 21 ^ each. How much did he
gain on the whole case ? What per cent did he gain ?
Mr. William Brown is a retail grocer. He hires a store for
which he pays f 32 per month. He pays a bookkeeper $ 15
per week, two clerks each -$12.50 per week, one delivery clerk
$13.50 per week. In addition, he keeps two horses costing
$6 each per week for food, shoeing, etc., and miscellaneous
expenses average $ 2 per week.
9. Compute the weekly cost of running the business.
(Count rent for a week as -| of a month's rent.)
10. Mr. Brown sells on an average about $ 90 worth of goods
per day. Find the amount he sells p6r week of 6 days.
11. If 25 % of this is profit, how many dollars profit does he
make in a week ?
12. Deduct from this the cost of running the store. How
much is left ?
13. If this is an average weekly income, how much does it
amount to in a year ? Could a man be expected to invest his
capital and bear the responsibility of the business for a smaller
return ?
14. Another grocer in the same town conducts his business
at a weekly cost of $ 85 and takes in on an average about 1 75
per day. How much does he receive in a week of 6 days?
15. If 30 % of this is profit, what is the profit ?
16. How much does the grocer clear per week above expenses?
At this rate, what is his yearly income ?
MARKING PRICES OF GOODS
159
MARKING PRICES OF GOODS
Mark each of the following- so as to add a profit of 25 % :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
NAME OF GOODS
COST AT
WHOLESALE
PROFIT TO
NEAREST CENT
SELLING PRICE
No. 1 Crash
ll\t
3^
14^
No. 2 Crash
91^
9
9
No. 3 Crash
8i f
9
9
No. 3-A Flannels
350
?
9
No. 4-B Flannels
48?
9
9
No. 5 Flannels
50 j>
?
9
Mark each of the following to allow for 33^ % profit :
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
GOODS
COST AT
WHOLESALE
PROFIT TO
NEAREST CENT
SELLING PRICE
Silk
&1.12&
9
9
Silk
1.87J
9
?
Lawn
.19^
?
?
Cotton cloth
.09^
9
9
Denim
.20
9
9
Mark each of the following men's suits to sell at a profit of
40%:
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
COST
PROFIT TO
NEAREST
HALF DOLLAR
SELLING
PRICE
I 12.00
9
9
15.50
9
9
16.00
9
?
14.50
9
9
10.80
?
9
21.50
9
9
22.75
?
9
25.80
M
?
27.20
V
9
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
. COST
PROFIT TO
NEAREST
HALF DOLLAR
SELLING
PRICE
$ 15.00
9
9
16.40
9
?
20.00
9
9
18.50
9
9
14.00
9
9
22.00
9
?
24.60
j
?
26.00
9
28.50
?
?
100 APPLICATIONS OF PERCENTAGE
MARKING DOWN GOODS
Each of the pieces of furniture in the following list is
marked down a certain per cent. The per cent varies, as some
pieces are sold on a narrower margin of profit than others and
cannot be marked lower than their actual cost to the dealer.
Find the selling price of each :
FEI: CENT OP
MARKED I'KIOB REDUCTION
1. McKinley rocking chair $ 14.00 14f%
2. Rocker 12.60 10%
3. Back-cushion rocker 14.50 20%
4. Davenport 23.70 15%
5. Corner chair 12.45 6%
6. Den couch 19.85 5%
7. Leather davenport 51.50 15%
8. Hat tree 9.75 33%
9. Hall chest 11.75 S%
10. Screen 9.75 20%
11. Bookcase 25.40 40%
12. Ladies' desk 14.25 20%
13. Library table 16.65 10 %
14. Dining table 22.25 4%
15. China closet 32.5'0- 30%
16. Willow rocker 15.50 10%
17. Square white brass bed 45.00 1H%
18. White iron bed 9.72 16f%
19. Colonial rocker 16.40
20. Leather davenport 118.00
21. China cabinet 64.80
22. Serving table 28.00
DISCOUNTS ON GOODS
161
DISCOUNTS ON GOODS
Certain classes of goods, like furniture, hardware, machinery,
etc., are often sold to customers living at great distances. The
goods are catalogued, and customers buy largely from cata-
logue description.
It often costs thousands of dollars for a wholesale hardware
company to print a new catalogue. This prevents getting out
a new catalogue every time prices change. Consequently, a
list price, larger than that actually charged, is printed in
the catalogue, and a discount, large enough to bring the price
down to the current market value is given the customer. This
discount can be changed as the market price of the commodity
changes. What the customer actually has to pay is called the
net price.
Find the net price of the following at discounts given :
LIST PRICE
DISCOUNT
NET PRICK
1.
1.00
10%
?
2.
.75
33^%
?
3.
.84
14?%
V
4.
.81
1H%
LIST PRICE
DISCOUNT
NET PRICE
5.
$150
10%
?
6.
2.10
14r%
?
7.
3.00
1 6 3%
9
8.
2.50
20%
? ,
9.
BILL WITH ONE DISCOUNT
CHICAGO, ILL., Jan. 3, 1916
MESSRS. WILLIAMS & WHITE,
2834 STATE ST., CHICAGO
BOUGHT OF THE PLUMBER'S SUPPLY COMPANY
500 ft.
350 ft.
f" iron pipe
2\" iron pipe
Discount 68%
57J?
102
APPLICATIONS OF PERCENTAGE
MORE THAN ONE DISCOUNT
If the latest discount sheet sent out contains a discount of
20 % on a certain kind of goods, and the market price drops,
a new discount sheet is issued, giving an additional discount,
possibly of 10 %. The discount is then 20 % and 10 %.
In bills giving more than one discount, subtract the first discount,
and from the remainder subtract the next discount.
1. Verify the following bill :
LAKEVILLE, PENN., Feb. 4, 1916
E. R. THOMPSON & CO.,
284 MAPLEWOOD AVE., LAKEVILLE
To STEAM FITTER'S SUPPLY COMPANY Dr.
2000 ft,
1500 ft.
" iron pipe; extra strong
1" iron pipe, extra strong-
Discount 50%
Discount 5%
.12
240
570
285
285
14
270
25
7.')
2. Copy the following bill ends and compute the two
discounts separately, obtaining the net price.
() $ 150.50
Less 20% ? ?
Less 5 %
(c) -$24.40
Less 25% ? ?
? ?
Less 5 % V ?
? (Net)
? ? (Net)
(ft) $ 164.40
Less 25 % ? ?
Of) $19.50
Less 20% ? ?
Less 10%
9 9
? ? (N T et)
Less 10%
? ? (Net)
MORE THAN ONE DISCOUNT 163
DISCOUNTS ON ELECTRICAL SUPPLIKS
The following list contains the trade names, list prices, and
discounts on certain electrical supplies. The illustrations,
descriptions, etc., were published in large and expensive cata-
logues, and the discounts were taken from the latest discount
sheets sent out by the manufacturers.
To find the net cost of each item :
First find how much the amount purchased would cost at the
catalogue price.
Then deduct the discounts, one at a time, in the order given.
(Keep no record of amounts less than 1 cent.)
1. 5 Lightning arresters @ $6.40 less 40 % and 5 %.
2. 3 Edison batteries @ $4.40 less 15 % and 5 %.
3. 2 Bell metal gongs @ $ 23.50 less 30 % and 10 %.
4. 15 Sampson batteries @ $ .90 less 50 % and 10 %.
5. 1 Single pulley block @ $ 4.45 less 45 % and 10 %.
6. 3 Double pulley blocks @ -1 7.50 less 45 % and 10 %.
7. 500 Expansion bolts at $ 11.25 per C. less 60 % and
12|%.
8. 250 Switch boxes @ $ .48 less 50 % and 10 % and 5 %.
9. Shawm ut bushings to the value of $300 less 70% and
10 % and 5 %.
10. 70 Ground clamps @ $ .24 less 70 % and 10 %.
11. Conduit fittings to the value of $ 340 less 45 % and 2 %
and 10 %.
12. 7 Electric fans @ $ 51.20 less 25 %.
13. 18 E. M. fans @ $55 less 25 % and 5 %.
14. 80 H. A. H. fans @ $47 less 25 % and 10 %.
15. 50 Lineman's belts @ $2.15 less 33^% and 10%.
16. 2 Expansion bits @ $ 2.18 less 50 % and 10 %.
104
APPLICATIONS OF PERCENTAGE
PART OF PRICE LIST OF THE INTERSTATE HARDWARE COMPANY
N \MK OF GOODS
CATALOGUE on
LIST PRICK
DISCOUNTS
SHIPPING WEIGHT
()
Axes
if 24.50 per doz.
50% and 10%
65 lb. per doz.
(ft)
Hatchets
10.00 per do/.
60 % and 5 %
23 lb. per doz.
(c)
Hammers ,
12.00 per doz.
40% and 15%
22 lb. per doz.
</o
4-inch gimlets
1.30 per doz.
25% and 10%
1 lb. per doz.
()
jj-inch chisels
7.50 per doz.
25% and 10%
4 lb. per doz.
(/)
Steel squares
18.00 per doz.
33i%andl6f%
32 lb. per doz.
(.9)
Try squares
4.70 per doz.
50% and 10%
4| lb. per doz.
(A)
24-inch saws
27.00per doz.
66f%
22 lb. per doz.
EXPRESS RATES FROM BOSTON, MASS., TO WATERFORD, ME.
Packages weighing 10 lb. or less 15^.
Packages weighing over 10 lb. and not over 15 lb 20 J*.
Packages weighing over 15 lb. and not over 30 lb 250.
Packages weighing over 30 lb. and not over 45 lb 30^.
Packages weighing over 45 lb. and not over 60 lb 35^.
Packages weighing over 60 lb. and not over 75 lb. . . . . 40^.
III. A package weighing 9 lb. 4 oz. costs 15^.
A package weighing 10 lb. 1 oz. costs 20^.
1. P ind the exact net cost per dozen of each commodity in
the preceding list without regard to express charges.
2. To the exact net cost of each dozen add the exact express
charge from Boston to Waterford to get the total cost.
3. Compute the price of a single ax, hatchet, etc. (including
express charges), down the list, expressing each to the nearest
cent.
4. How much must the retailer charge for an ax so as to make
a profit of 50 % on the actual cost ?
5. What is the entire cost of 3 doz. hammers delivered in
Waterford ?
6. What is the cost of 2 doz. saws delivered as above ?
MORE THAN ONE DISCOUNT 165
Tagging Goods. In marking the retail price on goods, the
cost is usually indicated above the line in letters, the value of
which is not recognized by the purchaser, and the sale price is
written below the line either in letters or in figures. The tag
often appears like the following.
Each dealer has his
own code of letters, which he and his confidential clerks recog-
nize readily.' In the following problems both the cost and the
selling price will be indicated in figures.
7. Compute the retail price of each hatchet if sold so as to
give a profit of 25%. Write the tag.
8. Three dozen hammers were bought at one time. Deduct
the discounts, add the express charge, and find the actual cost
of one hammer. (Express charges on this page refer to table
on page 164.)
9. Compute the selling price, providing for a profit of 25%.
10. You have ordered 1 gro. of 4-inch gimlets and 2 doz. of
|-inch chisels from the International Hardware Co. Make
out the bill properly discounted.
11. How much should the express company charge you if the
two orders were put up in one package ?
Compute the cost per dozen, including expressage on :
12. 1 doz. bronze drawer pulls at $12, less 50 % and 37|%.
Weight, 2 Ib.
13. 1 doz. sash lifts at $2.20, less 50% and 10%. Weight,
21b.
14. 1 doz. door handles at $3, less 50 % and 33 %. Weight,
7| Ib.
15. 1 doz. copper finished hooks at 12.90 less 10 %. Weight,
71b.
106
APPLICATIONS OF PERCENTAGE
PROFITS AND REDUCTIONS
PROFITS AND REDUCTIONS
Compute the retail selling price of each of the following
pieces of furniture and mark the tag like the first one below.
Write the cost above the line and the selling price below. Keep
these answers for use in Table 2.
TABLE 1
No.
WHOLESALE
COST
PROFIT
TAG
No.
WHOLESALE
COST
PROFIT
TAG
1.
2.
15.f>0
12.50
20 %
30 %
7.
8.
$ .15.00
4.50
14?%
40%
?
?
15.50
18.60
'}
3.
1-3.00
25 %
V
9.
8.46
20%
?
4.
7.50
10 %
?
10.
12.95
20%
y
5.
6.40
371%
?
11.
31.00
30%
V
6.
8.10
H|%
?
12.
12.20
15%
?
At a clearance sale, prices were cut as follows. Fill in the
blanks as in Table 1.
TABLE 2
SELLING
ACTUAL
SKLLIN<;
ACTUAL
No.
PRICK AS
REDUCTION
SELLING
No.
PRICE AS
KKIIIICTION
SELLING
MARKED
PRICE
MARKED
PRICE
1.
f 18.60
10%
$ 16.74
7.
12f%
2.
See
25%
8.
10%
3.
results
33P/o
9.
88J%
4.
in
20%
10.
33i%
5.
above
10%
11.
25%
6.
table
33|%
12.
25%
168 APPLICATIONS OF PERCENTAGE
TOWN BUILDING LAWS
Among the requirements of a building law submitted to the
voters of Massachusetts one year were the following:
1. No building shall occupy more than 65% of a corner lot.
2. No building shall occupy more than 50% of any other lot.
3. No tenement house shall exceed in height the widest, part of the street
on which it stands unless it shall set back from the street a distance equal
to such excess.
1. Mr. Astor wishes to erect a building 30 ft. x 40 ft. on a
lot 56 ft. x 85 ft. Can he do it if the above law is enforced ?
30 x 40 sq. ft. =.1200 sq. ft. for building;
56 x 85 sq. ft. = 4760 sq. ft. for land.
1200 sq. ft. = J*$|| of the lot.
As it would occupy less than 50%, he would .be allowed to build a house
the desired size.
2. Mr. Brown wishes to erect a house on lot A (see page
169) which shall be 60' x 75'. How large a per cent of the lot
will it occupy? Can he erect such a house if the city has
accepted the above building law ?
3. He can buy a ten-foot strip from lot B. How large will
this make his lot ? Will this enable him to build the house ?
4. How many square feet are there in lot D ?
5. If Mr. Brown buys lots D and (?, will it give him room for
the proposed house ?
6. What per cent of lot E can a building occupy? How
large an area can a house oceupy on lot E ?
7. A building concern would like to erect on lot E an
apartment house 50 ft. long and 30 ft. wide. What per cent
of the lot would it occupy ?
TOWN BUILDING LAWS
8. Could a tenement house 40 ft. high be placed on lot 6r
if it came to the edge of the sidewalk ?
9. What per cent of M would a house 28 ft. x 35 ft. occupy ?
10. What per cent of K would a house 34 ft. x 42 ft. occupy ?
HUNT'S COMMUN. AH. 12
HOUSEHOLD EXPENSES
HOUSEHOLD EXPENSES
TOWN WATER SYSTEMS
Hater ffatn toWfaff
Leye/ of V///dge
Two fliles from Peserw/r^
Street /Jg/r>
Pumptng
Station
fare/ Pipes
from Artesian We//s
Facts to be used in solving the following problems :
1. 1 gal. of water weighs 8^ Ib.
2. There are 7| gal. in 1 cu. ft.
3. 1 cu. ft. of water weighs 62 Ib. or 62.5 Ib.
4. The pressure of water in a tank equals the number of feet
in depth times .434 Ib.
1. In the above sketch, the pipes starting from AAA con-
duct the water from artesian wells bored in the hillside through
the pump, via a large water main up into a reservoir or stand-
pipe on top of the hill. The engine operating the pump can
pump 1.47 gal. at a stroke and makes 100 strokes a minute at
normal speed. How. many gallons does it pump per minute ?
per hour ?
2. Compute the number of gallons it would pump in an
8-hour day.
3. If 1 gal. of water weighs 8^ Ib., how many pounds of
water would be lifted in a day ? ho\v many tons ?
TOWN WATER SYSTEMS 171
4. Refer to the second fact on page 170 and find how many
cubic feet of water would be lifted in a day.
5. Compute the cubic contents of your schoolroom. Would
this amount fill your schoolroom ? How many such rooms
would it fill ?
6. A larger engine of the same kind pumps 6.12 gal. at a
stroke and makes 75 strokes per minute. How many gallons
does it pump per minute ? how many per hour ?
7. How many cubic feet does it pump per minute ?
8. How many pounds does it pump per minute ?
9. How many tons does it pump per hour ?
10. If the standpipe in the sketch is | full, the water will
stand at 75 ft. Find the pressure per square inch on the
bottom of the standpipe.
75 x .434 Ib. = ?
11. The engine and pump are 50 ft. lower than the floor of
the reservoir. How many feet of water are there (measured
in a vertical line) above the level of the engine ?
12. The pressure of this water back against the pump is
found in the same manner as in problem 10. Compute it.
13. The lowest point in the village is 80 ft. below the floor
of the reservoir. Compute the water pressure per square inch
when the reservoir is ^ full.
14. If water will rise in any building as high as it stands in
the reservoir, how high could a faucet be of use in a building
in the village if the water stands 50 ft. in the reservoir ?
15. What is the water pressure per square inch in a pipe 80
ft. below the bottom of the reservoir if the latter is 60 % full ?
172
HOUSEHOLD EXPENSES
BUYING WATER BY METER
Peed ftere -"
-^
De//Ver/ >/pe to tfouse
ftouse Cut-off and
Drdf'n CocA
entrance fhroush
Street Cut- off Cock
D/<B/ race "'
The above cut shows how a meter is attached to the water
pipe and where readings are taken.
In some towns, readings are made by an agent of the water
company and bills are sent every quarter, that is, every three
months. While the meter records the water used in cubic feet,
the water is usually billed to the consumer in gallons. (There
are 7 gal. in 1 cu. ft.)
MAKING OUT WATER CHARGES
Mr. Burton's meter readings for the year, in a small factory,
were as follows : Mar. 1, 15,260 cu. ft. ; June 1, 31,800 cu. ft. ;
Sept. 1, 47,210 cu. ft. ; and Dec. 1, (53,640 cu. ft.
1. How many cubic feet were used from March 1 to June 1 ?
2. How many gallons were used ?
3. How much did the water cost at 25 ^ per 1000 gallons ?
31,800 cu. ft. - 15,260 cu. ft. = 16,540 cu. ft.
16,540 x 7i gal. = 124,050 gal., or 124.05 M gal.
124.05 x $".25 = f 31.01.
4. Answer the same three questions for each of the remain-
ing quarters.
BUYING WATER
BILL FOR CITY WATER
173
DATE STREET .
MR,-
To COLDFIELD WATER CO. DR.
For water by meter from to 1916
This meter reading cu. ft.
Former meter reading cu. ft.
Total cubic feet used
Total gallons used
Cost at 20 }* per 1000 gal.
Received payment
per
5. Copy three blanks like the above. In the city of Gold-
field, readings are made every month and billed to the consumer
at 20 per 1000 gal. The following card contains the monthly
readings of Mr. A. S. Sanborn's meter.
(a) Make out the bill for water
from Jan. 8. to Feb. 10.
(6) Make out the bill for water
from Feb. 10 to Mar. 15.
(<?) Make out the bill for water
from Mar. 15 to Apr. 18. .
(d*) Compute the cost of water for
each of the months recorded on the
card.
6. Compute the cost of water for
three months, at 25^ per 1000 gal.,
if the meter recorded 19,570 cu. ft.
at the beginning, and 26,990 cu.
WATER METER READINGS
No. 2T LOWELL ST.
Month
Monthly Beading
Jan. 8
16,600 cu. ft.
Feb. 10
17,180 cu. ft.
Mar. 15
17,790 cu. ft.
Apr. 18
18,300 cu. ft.
May 10
18,960 cu. ft.
June 10
19,470 cu. ft.
July 14
20,080 cu. ft.
ft. at the end.
174 HOUSEHOLD EXPENSES
BUYING GAS FOR LIGHT AND FUEL
Most of you are familiar with the gas meter, which is gener-
ally attached to the gas pipe just inside the cellar wall. On
top of the meter are usually found three dials, in each of which
is an indicator, which revolves slowly as the gas is used. In
each meter face indicated above, the right-hand dial shows the
number of hundred cubic feet used. When this dial has moved
around once, indicating that 1000 ft. have been used, the indi-
cator on the middle dial moves up to 1, and the- right-hand
indicator starts around again. Thus it will be seen that the
right-hand dial shows hundreds, the middle dial, thousands,
the left dial, ten-thousands.
To read the first of the six meter faces above, begin at figure 1 of the left-
hand dial and read around 1-2-3 to 8, the last figure paused. Do the same
with the middle and right-hand dials. Set down the readings from each dial,
832, and annex two ciphers as follows, 83,200 cu. ft. As gas is usually sold
by the 1000 cu. ft., move the decimal point three places to the left and you
have 83.2 M. In making each reading, be sure to begin with figure 1 and
follow around in order and put down the last .figure passed. Notice that
the middle dial is numbered around to the left, the needle turning in a di-
rection opposite to the others.
BUYING GAS
175
SUNNYSIUE DISTRICT
R. W. WILBAR
122 PARK AVK., CITY
MONTH ENDING Jan. 20, 1'JIO
To CITY GAS LIGHT CO. DK.
No. 50 MAIN ST.
COST AT $ 1.20 PKR M
NET COST
State of meter this reading
State of meter last reading
74300 cu. ft.
72400 cu. ft.
i
2
28
19
2
C. W
09
Cubic feet consumed 1900 cu. ft.
Discount of 1 <f> per 100 ft. if
paid before end of the month
Paid, Date, Jan. 30, 191
6 per
A.
1. Verify the above bill, (a) Find the number of cubic feet
used ; (5) Compute the full cost at $1.20 per 1000 cubic feet ;
(<?) Deduct 1^ for each full hundred cubic feet used.
2. Make out a similar bill for R. H. Roscoe, whose meter
readings for the same month are as follows :
This reading 42,600 ; last reading 41,300. (He pays the bill
before the end of the month and receives the discount.)
3. The following card contains the consecutive readings of
William R. Thompson's gas meter from January to December
1915. Compute his monthly bill 'at $1.25 per M and consider
that he paid each bill before the end of the month, thereby
receiving the discount of $ .01 per 100 cubic feet.
METER No. I860
WILLIAM R. THOMPSON
60 PARK AVE.
WORCESTER
Jan. reading 8,500
Feb. reading 9,600
Mar. reading 10,500
Apr. reading 11,300
May reading 12,500
June reading 13,800
July reading 14,200
Aug. reading 14,600
Sept. reading 16,300
Oct. reading 17,900
Nov. reading 19,300
Dec. reading 20,700
176
HOUSEHOLD EXPENSES
BUYING ELECTRICITY FOR LIGHTING
The electricity that we use in our houses enters by means of
insulated copper wire and is recorded on an electric meter read-
ing somewhat like the gas meter on
page 174. The unit, however, is the
kilowatt hour instead of the cubic foot.
This is a technical term, which means
little to the average person, but is as
simple a unit to the electrician as the
yard is to the dry-goods clerk.
l. Read the meter in the same
manner as the gas meter on page 174,
substituting kilowatt hours for cubic
feet.
The demand made on the system by a store wired for electric-
ity varies with the number of lights. Consequently each store
is given a certain rating according to the number of lights, etc.,
used, the owner being charged accordingly.
2. Mr. Miller's store as wired has a primary demand of 15
kilowatt hours. If he uses 20 K. W. H. (kilowatt hours), he
is charged as follows :
Cost of 15 K. W. H. @ 16$ f = 12.50
Cost of 5 K. W. H. @ 10? = .50
9 3.00
From this it will appear that the amount he uses above the primary
demand costs him less (in this case 10 ?).
3. Mr. Pratt's store has a primary demand of 12 K. W. H.
and he uses 15 K. W. H. in January. Complete the items in
his January bill as follows :
Cost of 12 K. W. H. @ Iflf ? = $ ?
Cost of :5 K. W. H. @ 10? = ?
BUYING ELECTRIC LIGHT
177
MAKING OUT ELECTRIC LIGHT BILLS*
In each of the problems on this page consider the prices per
K. W. H. as stated in the following bill :
REDSON ELECTRIC ILLUMINATING CO.
OF BUXTOX, KAN.
In account with BURRIL, BROWN & CO. DATE Nov. 6, 1915
247 Center St., City
ELKCTRIC SKRVICE FROM OCT. 3 TO Nov. 4, 1915
2'2 K. W. H. @ 12?
o
64
8K.W. H. @Sf-
24
25 K. W. H. used in all
2
88
Discount of \ $ per K. W. H. used if paid in 15 days
13
Received payment, 19
o
75
Signed
1. Make out a similar bill for Mr. H. T. Waite, whose store
called for a primary demand of 8 K. W. H. and who used 12
K. W. H. from Nov. 3 to Dec. 2, 1915, and paid within 15 days.
2. Mr. R. S. Stearns's store was wired for lights. He had
a primary demand of 13 K. W. H. and used 20 K. W. H. from
Jan. 5 to Feb. 5, 1916. Make out his bill with discount as
above.
3. Compute the amount paid by each of the following users of
electricity, if each paid his bill in time to receive the discount :
PRIMARY DKMAND USED
Mr. Fales 16 K. W. H. 18 K. W. H.
Mr. Belmore 15 K. W. H. 15 K. W. H.
Mr. Forbes 12 K. W. H. 17 K. W. H.
Mr. Harper 12 K. W. H. 14 K. W. H.
* Houses have a flat rate ; the rates on stores, hotels, etc., are as above.
178 TAXES
TAXES
PROPERTY TAX
The tax rate is expressed in several different ways in various
parts of the country. It may be printed on the tax bills in
either of the ways shown below.
The tax which a person owning $ 2000 worth of taxable
property would have to pay may be expressed in four different
ways as follows :
METHOD OF EXPRESSING TAX RATES
Tax Rate = 1| %.
$20.00 =
y
1% $2000
or .01 \
$30.00
$30.00
Tax Rate = \\t on $1 of tax-
able property.
2000 x $
.01$ = $30.00 (tax).
Tax Rate = $1.50 on $100 of
taxable property.
$2000 =
20 x $ 1
20 hundred dollars.
50 = $30.00 (tax).
Tax Rate = $ 15 on $ 1000 of
taxable property.
$2000 =
2 x -$lo
2 thousand dollars
= $30.00 (tax).
1. Compute Mr. Brown's tax if the rate is \\ % and his
taxable property is assessed for $ 2500.
2. Compute Mr. Collins's tax on property assessed at $1750
if the tax rate is 1| / on a dollar.
3. How much will Mr. Bowles have to pay on property
assessed at $ 3800 if the tax rate is $ 1.35 on $ 100 ?
4. Compute the tax which Mr. Ford must pay on $5600
worth of property if the tax rate is $16.20 per $1000.
5. Mr. Gardiner has property in different parts of the town
assessed as follows : $500, $ 1260, $ 1850, and $ 2400. The
tax rate is $ 18.25 per $1000. How much tax does he pay ?
THE TAX RATE 179
THE TAX RATE
The money for supporting the public schools, for building and
lighting streets, for maintaining police and fire departments,
etc., all comes from the people, in the form of taxes. The gov-
ernment adds together all amounts to be raised by taxation and
'divides the- sum by the assessed valuation of the taxable prop-
erty in the town or city, thus obtaining the tax rate.
1. A town whose taxable property amounts to $ 3,000,000 is
obliged to raise $ 45,000 by a tax on property. Find the tax rate.
of lpp% = %, or 1^%, the tax rate.
oO
2. In a town whose taxable property is assessed for f 4,500,000,
what will be the tax rate when the town is obliged to raise a
property tax of $ 54,000 ? Express this rate in fchree ways.
3. The amount to be raised by a tax on the property of the
town of Stanwood is $ 70,400, and the value of property as-
sessed is $ 6,400,000. ' Express this rate in three ways.
Property is classified for taxation purposes as real estate
and personal property. The former includes land and build-
ings and the latter consists of movable property, like automo-
biles, horses, furniture, stocks and bonds, jewelry, etc.
4. The value of personal property in the town of Buford
was $2,500,000 and of real estate $5,040,000. On the total
value a tax of $ 150,800 was levied. What was the rate?
Assessors. During the year, men called assessors carefully
inspect all real estate and personal property within the town or
city limits. Their estimates of the value of all taxable proper-
ties found are recorded as shown on the next two pages. The
tax of each individual is computed from the records made by
the assessors.
180
TAXES
ASSESSING TAXABLE PROPERTY
LEFT PAGE OF ASSESSORS' BOOK (abbreviated)
NAMES OF PROP-
ERTY OWNERS ON
MAPLE AVE.
No. POLLS
@ 12.00
TOTAL POLL
TAX
VALUE OP
EACH KIND
or LIVE
STOCK
OTHKR
TAXABLE
PERSONAL
PROPERTY
TOTAL
PERSONAL
PROPERTY
TOTAL
TAX ON
PERSONAL
PROPERTY
R. Ames
H. Boone
S. Thomas
H. Lane
E. Hayes
T. Keen
2
1
3
2
1
2
4
00
200
70
250
450
2000
1620
465
1550
t
520
7
80
150
275
500
350
360
280
50
160
120
Directions for Filling out the Above Page
1. If any citizen has sons over 21 years of age, living at
home or attending college, as in the case of Mr. Ames, the
number of poll taxes is more than one. Fill in the " Poll Tax "
column for each property owner listed above.
2. Add the items in the " Live Stock " and " Other Personal
Property " columns to get the amount to record in the " Total
Personal Property " column for each taxpayer.
3. Find the " Total Tax on Personal Property " as follows :
Mr. Ames has $ 520 worth of taxable personal property.
The tax rate this year is f 15 on $ 1000, or $ .015 tax on $ 1.
520 x $.015 = $7.80.
4. Compute this tax for each taxpayer.
ASSESSING TAXABLE PROPERTY
181
ASSESSING TAXABLE PROPERTY (continued)
RIGHT PAGE OF ASSESSORS' BOOK (abbreviated)
NAME
VALUE OF
BUILDINGS,
NOT INCLUD-
ING LAND
VALUE OF
EACH LOT' OF
LAND
TOTAL VALUK
OF EACH
PARCEL OF
HEAL ESTATK
VALUE OF
ALL ERA i. ES-
TATE
TOTAL TAX
ox REAL
ESTATE
TOTAL TAX,
POLLS,
PF.KSONAL
ESTATE,
HEAL ESTATE
R.A.
4100
2000
1200
1000
5300
3000
8300
124
50
4
7
124
00
80
50
136
30
H. B.
1500
750
S.T.
1750
800
800
H.L.
2200
1000
800
E.H.
3000
550
1700
T. K.
2500
1400
4700
2100.
Directions for Filling out the Above Page
5. The values of houses and land are assessed separately.
To fill in the " Total Value of Each Parcel of Real Estate "
column, add horizontally, when there is a building on the lot,
as shown opposite Mr. Ames's name. Do this for each tax
payer.
6. The sum of the items just obtained for each man gives
the "Value of all Real Estate." Fill out this column.
7. Compute each man's " Total Tax on Real Estate " at $
per $1000 as in example 3.
8. Add the three taxes to obtain each man's "Total Tax."
(See Mr. Ames's record.)
182
TAXES
^2/000
Dry Goods
fore/ware
Meat
Fire Life
Insurance
Office
32000
Furn/ture Store
Office
Estate
Savings
Carpenter
Post
Office
Sank.
Grocery
Store
&5SOO
Painit
r
cn
&rtcA '/faso/)
n
?&aoo
Pasture
$ S5O
w
F/9/Ct
^/250
library
''~ '".'.:''.* '"'-.':; 'X."'\\\"..'. - *'-'.'' :'T'y *'. ':'.'.
!
t : &&
: Station '
';/ Freight Depot
COMPUTING REAL ESTATE OWNERS' TAXES 183
COMPUTING REAL ESTATE OWNERS' TAXES
1. Mow much did the owner of the block containing the
dry-goods and hardware stores and the meat market have to pay
in 1907 when the rate was $ 14.50 per $1000?
2. If the rate went down to $13.75 per $1000 in 1908, how
much did the owner of the block containing the insurance office
and furniture store have to pay?
3. In 1909 the rate was $14.20 per $1000. How much was
that per $100? How much did the owner of the express and
real estate offices have to pay?
4. In 1910 the rate was $14.75 per $1000. How much
was that per $100? How much did the owner of the block
containing the banks and post office have to pay?
5. In 1911 the tax rate was $16. How much was this per
dollar of taxable property? How much did the owner of the
grocery store have to pay that year?
6. In 1912 the tax rate dropped to $15.80 per $1000.
What per cent did it drop from the rate in 1911? Compute
the tax on the carpenter's house.
7. In 1913 the rate jumped to $17 per $1000. Compute
the tax on the garage.
8. In '1914 the rate was $17.40 per $1000. Compute the
tax on the brick mason's house.
9. In 1915 the rate was $17.50 per $1000. Express this
in three other ways. How much did the man who owned the
iields on both sides of the library have to pay ?
10. Compute the tax in 1915 on the shoe factory ; on the
box factory ; on the lumber yard ; on the coal yard.
184 TAXES
THE TAX RATE
(A Yearly Problem for Assessors of Taxes)
The class, by following each of the numbered directions, will
take the main steps in finding the tax rate for the current year.
1. Add the following items to get the total amount voted
by the town at its annual town meeting:
Support of poor, $ 4,500 Sum of first column, <J ?
Support of schools, 27,000 Memorial day, 175
Support of library, 1,600 Tree warden, 1,000
Roads and bridges, 5,000 Town officers, 2,800
State road, 3,000 Soldiers' relief, 200
Street lighting, 2,200 Health department, ' 500
Fire department, 3,500 Abatement of taxes, 600
Police, 1,200 Interest, 1,500
Fighting moths, 1,420 Printing, 500
Incidentals, 2,000 Total ?
Add and carry forward, ? ?
2. Add to this last amount the town's share in the state tax
($6500) and its share in the county tax ($4300).
3. Poll taxes amounting to $3200 and certain other incomes
to the town amounting to $3295 are to be subtracted from the
total obtained in problem 2. Why ?
4. The amount remaining must be raised by direct tax on the
property of the town, which is valued at $4,200,000. Divide
the amount to be raised by the valuation and carry out the quo-
tient three decimal places. The result is the number of cents
and mills which constitute the tax on $1 of property valua-
tion.
5. Express this amount as a tax on $100.
6. Express the amount as a tax rate per $1000.
THE TAX RATE
185
COMPUTING THE TAX RATE
The following money must be raised in Marshfield by taxa-
tion. Compute the tax rate as on the preceding page:
l. Amounts appropriated at the annual town meeting.
Support of the poor,
9 4,500
Support of schools,
35,000
Support of library,
1,800
Roads and bridges,
5,000
Special state road,
3,000
Street lighting,
3,400
Fire department,
4,000
Police department,
1,200
Gypsy and brown tail moth,
1,543
Incidentals,
2,000
Memorial Day,
185
Tree warden,
700
Town officers,
4,000
Soldiers' relief,
300
Health department,
500
Abatement of taxes,
600
Interest,
2,000
Printing and advertising,
500
Note,
5,000
Additional items,
2,700
Total
^tp
2. Marshfield's share of the state tax
. . .
8,800
Marshfield's share of the county tax
. .
5,660
Total amount to be raised
$ ?
3. Subtract from this total the amount of the
poll tax and income from any other sources
Total amount to be levied on taxable property
9,688
>
4. Divide the last amount by the total valuation ($4,600,000)
and carry the quotient out three decimal places. This gives
in cents and mills the tax on one dollar of property valuation.
HUNT'S COMMUN. AK. 13
180
TAXES
BEGEGG0
EBOEGOO
CDCtOCQ
Customhouse
tWXOuttariOl 60?
BE BEE G0
BJL0-EJ5JLI1
Who/esa/e Mouse
+/OZ. Profit , 66 f
j A
_JP^vf
Consumer
DUTIES ON IMPORTED GOODS
The most expensive business in the world
is that conducted by the governments of the
great nations. They must be regularly sup-
plied with money to carry on the many differ-
ent enterprises which their various depart-
ments control. In our country most of the
funds come from taxes on imported goods.
For example, a cheap grade of woolen car-
pet imported from Europe is valued at 50^
per yard on shipboard. Before the whole-
sale dealer can put it into his warehouse, he
must pay to the customhouse official 20% of
the value of his consignment. This brings
the cost of the carpet up to 60^ per yard.
Before selling to retail dealers in different
towns, the wholesale dealer adds 10% to pay
him for handling and a reasonable profit.
This brings the cost up to 66 /. The retail
dealer may add 16% f r similar reasons, and
when the consumer gets the carpet, he may pay
77 per yard for it.
What different items does this 77^ include ?
Who really pays the tax ?
By this method of taxation the average buyer
is seldom aware that there is included in the
price of many of his purchases a small gov-
ernment tax.
Discuss the things governments do, how
they spend money, and how we all benefit by
this expenditure.
DUTIES ON IMPORTED GOODS 187
Some goods are subject to an ad valorem duty, which is a per
cent of the value ; some to a specific duty, a given amount per
pound, gallon, etc.; some have both kinds of duty ; and some
are free of duty.
1. If a merchant receives a consignment of 2000 yd. of car-
pet at 50^ a yard, how much does the customhouse collect
from him in duties at 20 % ?
2. If a customer buys 18 yd. of this carpet from a retail
dealer, how much does the customer contribute toward the
support of the Federal government ?
3. A certain grade of sardines is worth 24^ a can on ship-
board. There is a duty of 25 %. How much duty does 1 can
cost the importer ? 1000 cans ?
4. For how much must he sell each can to clear 33^ %
profit ?
5. Figs for which we pay 20^ per pound are worth about
5|^ per pound on shipboard. There is a duty of 2^ per
pound. How much of the retail price is dealers' profit ?
6. A wholesale grocer imported 500 gal. of olives worth 75^
per gallon. He had to pay 15^ per gallon duty. How much
did the government receive ?
7. A consignment of 1260 Ib. of wool yarns, whose average
value is 32^ per pound, is subject to an 18% duty. How much
does the importer have to pay the customhouse ? What does
the consignment cost him, including the duty ?
8. The value of sugar imported one year, was f> 106,047,640.
An average duty of 58% was collected on this. How much
money in the form of duty on sugar did the people contribute
to help maintain the Federal government ?
9. About $10,000 worth of perfumery was imported by a
certain firm. The duty was 60%. What was the total duty?
188 TAXES
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
The United States Congress passed an act in 1913 requiring
individuals to pay a tax on incomes as follows:
A normal tax of 1 % on net incomes from salaries, profits, etc., in excess
of $3000 for a single man or woman, or $4000 for a man and wife living
together.
An additional tax on net incomes exceeding $ 20,000, as follows :
1 % on the amount over $ 20,000 and not exceeding $ 50,000.
2 % on the amount over $ 50,000 and not exceeding $75,000.
3 % on the amount over $75,000 and not exceeding $ 100,000.
4 % on the amount over $ 100,000 and not exceeding $ 250,000.
5 % on the amount over $ 250,000 and not exceeding $500,000.
6 % on the amount over $500,000.
Every person whose net yearly income is over $ 3000 is required to file
an accurate return of his income before March 1 of each year.
1. Find the Federal income tax on a single man's taxable net
income of $73,000.
Normal Tax of 1 % : $ 73,000 - $ 3000 = $70,000, subject to a tax
ofl%. 1% of $70,000 9 700
Additional Tax: From $20,000 to $50,000 = $30,000, subject to
an additional tax of 1 %. 1 % of $ 30,000 $ 300
From $50,000 to $73,000 = $23.000, subject to
an additional tax of 2 %. 2% of $23,000 $ 4(J(>
Total tax $1460
Xotice that the $3000 exemption (or $4000 for married couples) is
allowed only in finding the normal tax.
2. Divide the following large incomes of unmarried men to
show how they would be taxed under this law:
(a) $23,000 0) $63,000 (0 $ 70,000
(6) $27,000 (/) $88,000 (j) $100,000
O) $18,000 () $93,000 (fc) $150,000
00 $ 9,000 (A) $ 4,500 (0 $ 13,000
FEDERAL INCOME TAX 189
3. . How large an income tax would an unmarried woman be
expected to pay on a taxable income of $58,000?
Normal Tax: $58,000 - $3000 = $55,000.
1 % of $ 55,000 $ 550
Additional Tax: From $20,000 to $50,000 = $30,000.
1 % of $ 30,000 $ 300
From $ 50,000 to $ 58,000 = $ 8000.
2% of $8000 $ 160
Total income tax $1010
4. Compute the income tax on the following taxable incomes
received by unmarried men or women during the year 1915 :
(a) $ 5000 (c) $21,000 (e) $ 78,000
(6) $10,000 (<f) $60,000 (/) $200,000
5. Mr. James, married, had a net income from his business
this year of $34,800. Compute his total income tax.
6. Miss Kimball owned a block and several apartment
houses. How much did she have to pay on a year's income of
$ 24,500 ?
7. Mr. Lane, married, had an income derived from different
investments as follows: $15,260, $4370, $18,100, and $12,600.
What was his total income for the year? Compute his income
tax.
8. Mr. Drew, single, had a salary of $4000 and received a
commission of 1 % on a $250,000 business. What was his in-
come ? Compute the total income tax.
Compute in similar manner the total income tax on the net
income of each of the following men :
9. Mr. Garrison, single; salary $5000; from real estate
transactions $ 18,500.
10. Mr. Harper, married, net income from purchase and ex-
portation of grain $55,700.
11. Mr. Moore, married, wholesale dealer and importer, whose
books showed a net income of $48,600.
100
BROAD ST.
FIRE INSURANCE
This plan shows the arrangement of buildings fronting on
Broad Street. The walls and roofs of these buildings are con-
structed of different
materials, which affect
their liability to catch
fire. The different pur-
poses for which they
are used also affect the
fire risk. Insurance
companies are not will-
ing to insure certain
types of building for
more than one year at
a time. Other buildings are insured for a five-year term.
The following table gives the insurance rate for each of the
above buildings.
The premium is the amount which a person pays for his in-
surance. It is paid every year ; or, in many cases, once in
three or five years. It is expressed as a certain number of
cents on $ 100 of value.
Brick Block
with
Gravel Roof
1 Sto
_OMM<
: Teneiwnt
Number of
Building
Charge for Every $ 100 Worth of
Insurance for 1 Year
Number of
Building
Charge for Every $ 100 Worth of
Insurance for 5 Years
9
$ .75 (building)
1
f .50
.90 (furniture)
1.05 (organ)
3
1.20 (building)
5
.75
1.80 (contents)
4
.90
6
3 % of amount insured
7
.75 (for cottage)
8
$2.50
.90 (for barn)
Explain why the rates differ on the various buildings.
FIRE INSURANCE 191
1. Mr. Pierce takes out a 5-year policy for $ 6000 on the
brick house (No. 1). How much does it cost him?
2. If the insurance on the church edifice (No. 2) is -18000,
011 the furniture, $ 1500, and on the organ, $ 1000, what is the
yearly cost of insurance to the church ?
3. The owner of the dry-goods store (No. 3) insures the
building for $ 2400 and the stock for $ 1800. Find the animal
cost.
4. The Riverside Real Estate Company insures the brick
block (No. 4) for $ 18,000. How much does it cost per annum ?
If $ 2500 is added to the insurance now carried, how much does
this add to the yearly premium ?
5. Mr. Reed, owner of the tenement (No. 5), carries $4000
insurance. He leases the two tenements and intends to increase
the rent next year so that the tenants shall pay the insurance.
How much will this add to the year's rent of each tenant if each
pays the same amount? How much will that be per month?
6. The owner of the paint shop (No. 6) takes out $ 2100
insurance on the building and $500 insurance to cover car-
riages and other articles which are in his shop to be painted,
and for which he is responsible to the owners. How much
must he pay in annual premium ?
7. Mr. Bemis takes out $ 2700 worth of insurance on his
cottage (No. 7) and $ 1350 on the barn. How much does it cost
him for five years ?
8. A fire destroyed the garage (No. 8) and its contents.
The garage cost $ 3860 originally, and the owner had to pay for
damage done to three automobiles as follows : $ 250, $ 875,
$1250. He carried $5000 worth of insurance which was paid
in full. Compute his loss.
192
FIRE INSURANCE
90t
fterS/00
for
DryGood*
5 Years
Hardware
Meat
Market
fire si Life
Insurance
Off/ce
90*
f>er$IOO
for 5 Years
fl/rn/'ture Store
Express
Office
ZflMrfttffefen
Peof
fttete
Carpenter.
75tper$/00 I
for 5 Years
75tper$IOO
for /Year
Post
Off/ce
60t pe r $100 ft >r5Years
A/ationat
Sank.
Grocery
Store
$1.15 per $100
for 5 Years
Paint
$2.65per$IOO
for I Year
cn
&r/cfi Mason
~T=r
F/'e/c/
Pasture
library
S
^v\ : -::Vj : ; : -~\-/^x'v^w
''.
: - : : : Stat/or> -.
Freight Depot
f^vJ??A^%^::iVr^
$/.80per$/00
for 5 Years
Lumber
VILLAGE FIRE RISKS 193
VILLAGE FIRE RISKS
The following problems relate to buildings shown in the
opposite plan. The premium in each case is for five years
or one year, as indicated, and the rate is on $ 100 of property
value. The premium is paid at the time when the building
is insured for, the term of insurance specified.
1. The stores north of Cedar Street are in brick blocks. The
block containing the dry-goods store is insured for 5 yr. for
$15,000. How much does the proprietor pay? How much is
that per year f
2. The block containing the furniture store is insured for
5 yr. for $ 28,000. What is the premium ? How much does
the insurance cost per year ?
3. The express and real estate offices (wooden buildings) are
in a block insured for 5 yr. for $ 4200. What is the premium ?
4. The post office is in a block of brick buildings with gravel
roofs, insured for $38,000. What is the 5-year premium?
5. The grocery store is insured for 5 yr. for $4550. What
is the premium ?
6. The painter carries $ 3500 insurance on his house and
shop. What is his yearly insurance bill ?
7. The carpenter, who lives across the school grounds from
the painter, has no special fire risk to make his rate of premium
high. He is insured for $ 3500 for 5 yr. How much less per
year does he pay than the painter ?
8. Find the yearly cost of $5500 insurance on the garage.
9. The church carries insurance for $10,500. How much
must it pay annually for this protection ?
10. Find the 5-year premium for $ 7500 insurance on the
lumber yard.
194
SIMPLE HOUSEHOLD ACCOUNTS
SIMPLE HOUSEHOLD ACCOUNTS
YEARLY CASH ACCOUNT
Mr. Brown wishes to make a careful study of the way in
which his money is spent. He and his wife resolve to keep
pocket memoranda of their expenses. These are transferred at
the end of the month to an account sheet as shown on the next
page, which the pupils are to copy.
1. Add the January items to get the total expenditure.
2. Subtract it from the monthly income to get the unex-
pended balance for January.
3. Account for February : In February Mr. Brown bought
2 T. of coal at $8.75 per ton; paid a girl $16 per month for
domestic services ; hired a man at $ .30 per hour for three 8-hour
days ; paid for renewing the insurance on his furniture to the
value of $1000 at \%. His rent was $20.00; he spent for
meat $10.80; for clothing, $40.25 ; for house furnishings,
$ 5.82 ; for gas, $ 1.95 ; for milk, 56 qt. @ $ .09 ; for laundry,
$2.40 ; for carfare, $1.80; for amusements, $2.75 ; for church,
$4.00; and for miscellaneous expenses, $5.60. Copy each of
the above in its proper place and then complete the grocery
bill below and record the amount under "groceries." Com-
pute the totals as for January.
Mr. HAROLD T. BROWN
Feb. 28, 1916
To KEEN, PERKINS & CO., Dr.
Feb. 3
Feb. 7
Feb. 10
Feb. 11
Feb. 15
Butter .78 Pork .15 Meal .08 Raisins .12
Figs .20 Sugar .50 Butter .89
Beans .20 Olives .25 Uneedas .05
Coffee .35 Sugar .50 Tapioca .08 Clothes Pins .10
Broom .50 Soapine .10 Ivory Soap .32
Other items amounting to
50
YEARLY CASH ACCOUNT
195
The following is the cash account for January of Frank T.
Brown and his family :
EXPENSE ITEMS
JAN.
FEB.
MAR.
APRII,
MAY
Rent
if 20.00
Groceries
14.81
Meat, etc.
Clothing
House Furnishings
Fuel and Ice
11.70
15.50
4.75
17.50
Gas
1.84
Milk
4.19
Doctor and Medicines
5.55
Laundry
Carfare
.70
2.25
Labor
20.80
Amusements
1.75
Church, etc.
3.00
Insurance
2.50
Miscellaneous
10.50
Total Expenses
Total Income
' ?
200.00
Deduct Expenses
Unexpended Balance
?
4. Account for March: Rent, $20.00; groceries, -121.10;
clothes, $8.60; house furnishings, $5.60 ; fuel, $13.25; gas,
1800 cu. ft. at $1.15 per M; milk, 58 qt. at $.09; doctor and
medicine, $8.40; laundry, $1.95; carfare, $ 2.40 ; labor, 4|
weeks at $4.00; amusements, $5.25; church, $4.00; miscel-
laneous, $6.20. Finish the bill on the following page, record
under " meat, etc.," and complete the March account.
190
SIMPLE HOUSEHOLD ACCOUNTS
March 31, 1916
HAKOLD T. BKOWN
To CITY SUPPLY CO. Dr.
Mar. 1
Mar. 3
3 Ib. Pork .24
2 pk. Potatoes .35
3 cans Peas .18
Mar. 6
1| Ib. Sirloin .40
1 pt. Oysters .25
2J Ib. Tripe .08
Turnips
Bananas
25
20
Mar. 7
2J Ib. Bacon .20
3 Ib. Beans .12
Mar. 10
if Ib. Cheese .32
1 doz. Eggs .35
Other items amounting to
7
56
5. Account for April: Kent, $20.00; groceries, $18.95;
meat, $12.34; clothing, $50.75; house furnishings, $10.90;
fuel, $ 10.50 ; milk, $ 5.40 ; medicines, $ 1.50 ; laundry, $ 2.60 ;
carfare, $1.85; labor, $18.00; amusements, $4.65; church,
$4.50. Compute the gas charges for April, meter readings
162,500 to 164,500, gas costing $1.15 per M, discount 10 X per
1000 ft. used. Complete the April account.
6. Account for May: Rent, $20.00; groceries, $24.85;
meats, $13.05; clothing, $42.20; house furnishings, $4.60;
2 T. coal at $8.25 less $.50 for cash ; gas, 1800 ft. at $1.15
per M., with discount as in Ex. 5 for cash payment ; milk,
$6.03; laundry, $3.50; carfare, $2.25; labor, $18.00;
amusement, $3.90; church, $5.00. Complete the May
account.
7. Add the unexpended balances for the five months,
this rate, how much can Mr. Brown save in a year ?
At
INCREASED COST OF LIVING
197
INCREASED COST OF LIVING IN TEN YEARS
TABLE OF COST OF STAPLE FOODS
AVERAGE COST IN 1900
AVKUAGK COST IN 1910
FOOD
Wholesale
Retail
Wholesale
Ketuil
Bread Flour
4.15
4.70
6.40
7.50
Butter
, .29
.30
.34
.35
Sugar
.04f
.05
.05
.06
1. How much did the wholesale cost of flour advance in ten
years? What per cent did it advance?
2. How much did the retail cost advance in ten years ?
What per cent did it advance ?
3. The retail price in 1900 was what per cent higher than the
wholesale price? (This we call the margin of profit.)
4. The retail price in 1910 was what per cent above the
wholesale price? Was the margin of profit any greater in 1910
than in 1900?
5. Answer the same four questions for butter; then for sugar.
INCREASE IN WAGES IN FIFTY YEARS
Tl!AlK
WAGE IN 1860
WAGE is 1910
SOMK PRKSKNT
WAGES
Shoe Cutters
f 12.00
f 18.00
$21.00
Carpenters
Machinists
9.92
9.64
20.00
16.50
25.50
20.00
Typesetters
14.83
26.00
27.50
6. What is the per cent of increase in the 1910 wage over
1860 wage in each case?
7. The present wage is what per cent higher than the average
in 1910 in each case ?
198 SIMPLE HOUSEHOLD ACCOUNTS
HOW EFFICIENCY AFFECTS THE INCOME
The following table, made from facts recently obtained by
an industrial commission, shows the value of efficiency. The
lowest wage in each case is paid the poorly prepared and un-
skilled workmen ; the higher wage is received by well-prepared
and efficient workmen in the same trade?
WAGES PAID IN RICHMOND, VA.
TRADE
WEEKLY WAOE
Lowest
Highest
Typesetters
Pressmen
f 12.00
11.00
$32.00
22.50
Engravers
Bricklayers
26.00
29.25
30.00
31.20
WEEKLY WAGE
Lowest
Highest
Plumbers
$19.50
$24.00
Plasterers
18.00
24.00
Machinists
12.00
20.00
Pattern makers
18.00
22.50
1. What is the per cent of increase due to efficiency in the
case of each of the following trades ?
(a) The typesetters. (e) The plumbers.
(6) The pressmen. (/) The plasterers.
(<?) The engravers. (#) The machinists.
(/) The bricklayers. (A) The pattern makers.
2. Counting 45 weeks to the year, how much greater is the
yearly income of the efficient workmen than that of the poorer
workmen in each of the following trades?
(a) The typesetters. (c) The plumbers.
(b~) The pressmen. (d) The machinists.
3. If the year includes only 40 full weeks, how much greater
is the yearly income of the better workmen than that of the
poorer workmen in the following trades?
(a) The bricklayers. (<?) The engravers.
(b) The plasterers. (d) The pattern makers.
THE TIME CLOCK
199
EARNING A LIVING
THE TIME CLOCK
The above picture shows five employees entering the factory
just 5 minutes before time to begin work. As each enters, he
takes his card (similar to that on the next page) from its place
in the case headed " Out," and as he passes the clock, he inserts
the card, pulls down the lever, and leaves his card in the case
headed "In."
If we should examine the card, we should find stamped on
it "7.55" under the word "In," which tells the timekeeper or
paymaster that the employee arrived 5 minutes before 8
o'clock on this particular morning.
This process is repeated four times each working day as the
employee goes in or out, and at the end of the week the card
will look like the one printed on page 200, which a little study
will enable you to understand.
200
EARNING A LIVING
WEEKLY TIME RECORDS
Explanation of the Card. The regular factory hours, where
this time card was used, were from 8 to 12 and 1 to 5. Monday,
George Bacon arrived one minute
late. It takes a certain amount of
time for a workman to get to his room
and prepare for work. One quarter
of an hour was deducted from Mr.
Bacon's time because of his tardy ar-
rival ; so his day was recorded as 7|
hr. instead of 8 hr.
Tuesday, he left the factory a
minute before time at night. He
must have quit work several minutes
earlier ; so ^ hr. was deducted from
his afternoon time.
Wednesday, he arrived ^ hr. be-
fore 8 o'clock, but this did not count,
as the workman doesn't begin work
until 8 o'clock. He left at 11.30,
which reduced his forenoon time to
31 hr.
Unless the employee enters on time or before, begin to count Ms
time on the first quarter hour after he enters.
If he enters at or before 8, count time from 8; if he enters at any time
from 8.01 to 8.15, count time from 8.15; from 8.16 to 8.30, count from 8.30 :
from 8.31 to 8.45, count from 8.45; from 8.46 to 9.00, count from 9.
Unless the employee leaves on time or later, count his time only
to the last quarter hour before leaving.
If he leaves at any time from 11 to 11.14, count time until 11 ; from 11.15
to 11.29 count until 11.15 ; from 11.30 to 11.44, count until 11.30; from 11.45
to 11.59, count until 11.45; at or after 12, count until 12.
WEEK END
No.
NAME
^5<?
INO JAN. 16 W\5
215
o
MORNING
AFTERNOON
TOTAL]
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
MON.
01
1202
1250
503
n
TUl
7 S3
\2Q5
\Z5S
459
n
WEOt
7*5
yjo
12^
501
7/t
THU.
755
12oi
1250
505
/
HI.
7ss
12oo
1259
504.
/
SAT.
756
1202
|M
500
^
SUN.
T01
RA1
TO-
AL TIME
a>
ft ft
J1R.
0? -X/xr ?Cj--e>l
PAL WAGES FOR *
EEK //^^
PAYMASTER'S WORK
201
PAYMASTER'S WORK
Verify the daily totals and finish the first two time records.
Find the daily totals and finish the others.
1. 2.
WEEK ENDING FEB. 13, 1915.
Name E. R. BARBER
DAY
MORNING
AFTERNOON
TOTAL
IN
OUT
IN
OPT
HOUR*
Mon.
7.50
12.00
12.50
5.02
8 hr.
Tue.
8.10
12.01
12.58
5.03
7|hr.
Wed.
8.25
12.05
12.50
5.05
7| hr.
Thu.
8.13
12.02
12.55
5.06
7f hr.
Fri.
8.10
12.00
12.59
5.01
7f hr.
Sat.
8.12
12.04
12.50
3.10
5| hr.
Total time
Rate per hour 28 $>
Total wages
3.
WEEK ENDING FEB. 13, 1915.
Name R. H. MOORE
DAY
MORNING
AFTERNOON
TOT A i.
HOUKS
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
Mon.
7.56
12.06
1.00
4.08
Tue.
7.50
12.00
1.00
4.01
Wed.
8.00
12.02
12.59
4.03
Thu.
7.59
12.04
12.50
4.05
Fri.
7.49
12.02
12.56
4.03
Sat.
8.05
12.00
12.60
3.00
Total time
Rate per hour 40 ^
Total wages
WEEK ENDING FEB. 13, 1915.
Name ERNEST WHITE
MORNING
AFTERNOON
DAY
TOT A i.
IN
OUT
Ix
OUT
HOUKS
Mon.
7.53
12.04
12.50
5.05
8 hr.
Tue.
8.0812.01
12.56
5.02
7hr.
Wed.
8.00
12.05
12.50
5.08
8 hr.
Thu.
7.40
12.01
12.51
5.02
8 hr.
Fri.
8.00
12.05
12.56
4.08
7 hr.
Sat.
9.10
12.04
12.49
5.03
6f hr.
Total time
Rate per hour 3(5 f
Total wages
WEKK ENDING FEB. 13, 1915.
Name W. H. STEVENS
DAY
MORNING
A.FTKKNOON
TOTAL
HOURS
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
Mon.
8.00
12.01
1.00
4.02
Tue.
7.55 12.04
12.50
4.06
Wed.
8.0011.23
12.56
4.00
Thu.
8.00
10.45
12.58
4.02
Fri.
7.49 12.05
12.52
4.07
Sat.
7.54
12.12
12.51
4.10
Total time
Rate per hour 48 ^
Total wages
HUNT'S COMMTN. AK. 14
202
5.
EARNING A LIVING
6.
WEEK ENDING FEB. 26, 1916.
Name H. T. BAKER
DAY
MORNING
AFTERNOON
TOTAL
HOUKS
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
Mon.
7.52
12.02
12.40
6.10
Tue.
8.05
12.01
1.00
5.08
Wed.
9.20
12.10
1.00
5.02
Thu.
8.00
12.06
1.00
6.04
Fri.
7.56
12.05
12.50
5.01
Sat.
7.59
11.23
12.56
5.04
Total time
Rate per hour 37 1 ^
Total wages
7.
WEEK ENDING FEB. 26, 1916.
Name SAMUEL ROBERTS
DAY
MORNING
AFTERNOON
TOTAL
HOURS
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
Mon.
7.64
12.06
12.41
5.04
Tue.
8.00
12.01
12.45
5.01
Wed.
7.60
12.01
12.49
5.06
Thu.
8.13
12.05
1.00
5.03
Fri.
9.05
12.10
1.10
5.03
Sat.
7.69
12.06
1.00
4.00
Total time
Rate per hour 32 ^
Total wages
WEEK ENDING FEB. 26, 1916.
Name H. 0. HUDSON
MORNING
AFTERNOON
TOTAL
HOURS
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
Mon.
8.05
12.01
12.68
5.06
-rue.
7.60
12.02
1.00
5.01
Wed.
8.05
12.01
1.00
6.06
Thu.
9.04
12.01
12.56
5.02
Fri.
7.49
12.10
1.00
2.20
Sat.
7.50
12.01
12.56
2.13
Total time
Rate per hour 45 p
Total wages
WEEK ENDING FEB. 26, 1910.
Name M. 0. BROWN
DAY
MOBNING
AFTERNOON
TOTAL
HOURS
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
Mon.
8.07
12.01
1.00
5.02
Tue.
7.51
11.40
1.00
5.05
Wed.
7.46
12.02
12.56
5.04
Thu.
7.50
11.06
12.57
5.01
Fri.
7.51
12.02
12.58
3.12
Sat.
7.58
12.04
12.50
3.08
Total time
Rate per hour 60 ?
Total wages
FACTORY WAGES
203
FACTORY WAGES
In the cutting room of a shoe factory the men are paid by
the day.
The following schedule of cutting-room wages was agreed
upon by the officials of the Labor Union and a shoe manu-
facturer. Find out as much as you can about the different
processes mentioned.
Find how much each of the following jobs are worth per
hour :
NAME OF Jon
WAGES PER
DAY OF
EIGHT HOURS
WAGES PEII
HOUR
1.
Cutting vamps
$8.25
1
2.
Top cutting by hand
2.75
?
3.
Clicking machine on outsides
3.75
V
4.
Crimping
2.45
?
5.
Marking linings
2.35
?
6.
Dicing out on block 2.25
9
Compute the wages of each of the following men for the
time specified :
7. W. S. Brown, vamp cutter, who works 7 hr., on Monday.
8. L. R. Condon, top cutter, who works 8 hr., on Monday.
9. O. B. Downey, operating clicking machine, 4^ hr.
10. A. R. Eames, crimper, 7| hr., on Tuesday.
11. B. C. Hudson, marking linings, entire week.
12. A. B. Jones, dicing on block, a week of 32 hr.
13. Compare the wages of outdoor workers on p. 204 with
the above factory wages. State reasons for the difference.
14. What is the hourly wage of a stone mason at $ 4.50 a
day of 8 hr. ? What are a full week's wages ?
204
EARNING A LIVING
WAGES PER DAY OF EIGHT HOURS
Carpenters, $4.00
Stone masons, $4.50
Brick masons, $4.80
Hod carriers, $ 2.40
Plasterers, $5.00
Plasterer's helpers, $3.00
Lathers, $ 4.50
Tile setters, $ 4.80
THE PAY ROLL
The following pay roll is made out from time cards similar
to those on page 201, and the money necessary to pay for the
work done is drawn from the National Bank. Each employee
receives a pay envelope containing the exact amount of his
wage ; consequently the paymaster must obtain his money in
suitable denominations to give each the exact amount due him.
Fill in the weekly pay of each man and the bills and coins
necessary to pay him exactly. (See items in the first line.)
A PAY ROLL FORM
TOTAL
WAGKS
DKNOMINATIONB
Hunts
Horn
AMOTNT
*10 52
1
.60 .25
.10 .05 .01
1.
Adams, Wm.
471
S.27
$12.83*
1
1
1
1 3
2-
Alcott, E.
48
.22}
9
9
?
?
?
o
?
9
? ?
3.
Bacon, Y.
46f
.32
9
?
?
9
9
?
?
9 9 >
4.
Bolster, R,
. 48
.24
9
?
?
9
?
?
?
?
9
9
5.
Frost, Wm.
45}
.40
9
?
?
?
?
?
9
:
'.' '
6.
Hooker, H.
40
24|
9
o
?
?
?
9
?
9
? ?
7.
Lee, Thos.
471
.28
?
?
?
?
?
9
?
?
? ?
8.
Melrose, Z.
46
33J
?
p
C)
?
?
? '.'
?
?
?
9. Thomas, F.
42f
.28
9
9
?
?
?
? ?
?
?
:'
0. Total number of each bill and coin
9
'
9
.)
p
9
9
9
* Count 5 mills or over as 1 cent, and disrard under o mills.
THE PAY ROLL
205
The clerks in the Paymaster's Department collect the time
cards and copy the daily records in some such form as follows.
Copy the names from the following pay rolls and rule col-
umns for the " Total Number of Hours " and the " Week's Pay."
Fill in both columns from the facts recorded in the table :
PAY ROLL OF
CONSOLIDATED BOOT AND SHOE COMPANY
ROOM Cutting Department WEKK January 3d to 8th, 1916
NAMES OP
EMPLOYEES
MON.
TUB.
WED.
Tut-.
FRI.
SAT.
TOTAL
No.
HOURS
WAGE
I'RR
HOUR
WKEK'!
PAY
1.
Ames, A.
8hr.
Shr.
74 hr.
8 hr.
Shr.
31 hr.
9
30 f
9
2.
Brown, S.
7hr.
8hr.
Shr.
5^hr.
71 hr.
Shr.
9
25?
?
3.
Cannon, O.
5hr.
4hr.
6| hr. 5 hr.
7hr.
3i hr.
9
22?
9
4.
Downe, M.
8 hr.
8 hr.
8 hr. ; 8 hr.
Shr.
5 hr.
9
W?
9
5.
Frost, W.
Shr.
7|hr.
7f hr.
Shr.
7i hr.
6hr.
?
41 ?
9
6.
Holmes, J.
8hr.
8hr.
7 hr.
7hr.
3hr.
3hr.
9
38^
9
7 '
Lane, R.
8hr.
8hr.
7f hr.
8hr/
8 hr.
4hr.
9
33 ?
9
PAY ROLL OF
CONTINENTAL MANUFACTURING COMPANY
NAME
MON.
TUB.
WEP.
Tut:.
FIJI.
SAT.
TOTAL
No.
HOURS
WACE
PER
HOUR
WKKK'S
I'AY
8.
Bacon, A.
6hr.
8hr.
8hr.
Shr.
Shr.
5 hr.
41 f
9. Barnes, H.
1\ hr.
Shr.
Shr.
Shr.
of hr.
5 hr.
50?
10.
Bevis, W.
Shr.
Shr.
8 hr.
Shr.
Shr.
4hr.
37?
11
Billings, R.
Shr.
Shr.
Shr.
8 hr.
Shr.
5 hr.
37?
12.
Boone, D.
5 hr.
Shr.
Shr.
8 hr.
Shr.
5hr.
3G?
13.
Burns, H.
Shr.
8 hr.
Shr.
Shr.
8 hr.
7| hr.
SO?
14.
Burrill, R.
8hr.
Shr.
7hr.
7hr.
7hr.
7hr.
4ty?
206
EARNING A LIVING
WORKING BY THE PIECE
In a shoe factory many workers receive wages according to
the amount of work done. They are said to work by the
piece.
A PIECE SCALE OF WAGES
(a) Eyeletting (See A in diagram) $ .01- per doz. pair.
(5) Trimming toes
0) Welting (See 5)
(d) Trimming inner seams
(e) Filling bottoms (See (7)
(/) Rough rounding
(#) Cementing bottoms
(A) Leveling bottoms
(i) Trimming edges
Breasting heels (See 7))
Burnishing heels
.01 1 per doz. pair.
.15 per doz. pair.
.03^ per doz. pair.
.02 per doz. pair.
.18 per doz. pair.
.01^ per doz. pair.
.05 per doz. pair.
.25 per doz. pair.
.03 per doz. pair.
.06 per doz. pair.
WORKING BY THE PIECE
207
Compute the wage for one day for each of the following
operatives at the price indicated in the preceding wage scale :
i.
2.
3
4.
5.
6
Name of Job
Day's Work
Eyelettiug
150 doz.
Toe trimming
160 doz.
Welting
23 doz.
Trimming seams
102 doz.
Filling bottoms
132 doz.
Rough rounding
21 doz.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Name of Job
Day's Work
Cementing bot-
toms
180 doz.
Leveling bottoms
43 doz.
Trimming edges
15 doz.
Breasting heels
83 doz.
Burnishing heels
43 doz.
Computing the Week's Wages. Each line in the following
table represents the work done by a man or a woman in one
week. It is mostly machine work and the amount which can
be earned in a week depends on the quickness of eye and hand
and the industry of the operative. He receives his pay for
actual work done, not for time spent.
Find how much each should be paid for the week's work :
Name of Job
Number of Dozen per Day
Won.
Tue.
Wed.
Thu.
Kri.
Sat.
Eyeletting
98
112
115
118
116
75
Toe trimming
150
148
157
160
155
86
Welting
18
21
19
23
27
12
Trimming inner seams
75
78
81
79
80
52
Filling bottoms
125
130
128
131
135
80
Rough rounding
17
18
21
19
18
10
Cementing bottoms
175
181
173
176
182
90
Leveling bottoms
45
-18
51
45
47
30
Trimming edges
14
15
15
16
13
8
Breasting heels
8(5
79
81
73
80
51
Burnishing heels
45
48
50
49
51
28
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
208
BUYING AND SELLING SHOES
Jl
Factory
BUYING AND SELLING SHOES
(Have the class become thoroughly familiar with
the process described below.)
The diagram at the left will help the class
to understand the main steps in getting a pair
of shoes from the factory where they are made
to the man or the woman who wears them.
The manufacturer who operates the factory
(.A) hires an agent who maintains an office
(7?) in some near-by city. It is this agent's
business to take orders from the wholesale
shoe dealers, who are called jobbers or jobbing
houses (C"). These jobbing houses send
buyers to the city office (-6), who look over
the samples of the selling agent at (1?) and
give the agent an order for the shoes they
will need for the next season. B sends these
orders to the factory, and they are made up in
due time and shipped from the factory via
the railroad to the jobbing house (C).
Meanwhile, agents from the jobbing house
have been visiting the retail dealers (R, R, R,
R) in surrounding small towns and have taken
orders from them. When the goods arrive at
the jobber's warerooms, they are shipped in
smaller amounts to the retail stores.
You will readily see that the above process
requires many buying and selling agents.
These are excellent positions for bright, ener-
getic, and honest young men ; while the offices
of factory and jobbing house require the serv-
ices of many quick and accurate employees.
BUYING AND SELLING SHOES
209
Some of the arithmetic of the shoe business will be found in
the following problems :
The selling agent for a large slipper factory in Lynn,
Mass., has an office in the boot and shoe district of Boston.
On May 2, 1916, he shows his line of samples to a buyer from
Home & Cleave, jobbers in Chicago. A part of the order
given to the slipper salesman follows :
JOBBER'S ORDER
CHICAGO, ILL., May 2, 1916
CONSOLIDATED SLIPPER CO.,
LYNN, MASS.
Please ship us by Sept. 1, 1916
Subject to discount of 8% if paid by Oct. 1, 1916
ITKM
NUMBER
STYLE
NUMBER
NUMBER
OF CASES
PAIRS
IN CASE
SIXES DESIRKD
PRICE
I'KK
PAIR
TOTAL
CHARGE
i.
5732
15
36
3 C.
2 c.
8c.
4~-b
2c.
.57 4
V
2.
2180
5
36
2c.
5^6
1 c.
7-8
1 c.
2^8
1 c.
.65
?
3.
4165
3
60
1 c.
1 c.
6^8
1 c.
.87
V
EXPLANATION. The first item calls for 15 cases, each case to contain
36 pair of slippers made in style which is numbered 5732 in the factory cat-
alogue. Three cases are to run from size 3 to size 8 ; 2 cases to be half sizes
running from 3| to 8, etc. For each pair of shoes the jobber agrees to pay
9 .57$.
l. (a) Compute the total cost of order item No. 1.
(6) Compute the total cost of order item No. 2.
(c) Compute the total cost of order item No. 3.
(c?) Compute the total cost of the three items.
(e) Deduct the discount for prompt payment. (See bill.)
210
BUYING AND SELLING SHOES
2. On the following day the same selling agent receives an
order from a jobbing house in Los Angeles, Cal., and transmits
it to his factory. Read each line in the following order, ex-
plaining what the different items mean. Which of the facts
are used in determining the cost to the buyer ?
OKDKR No. 95 BOSTON, MASS., MAY 3, 1916
CONSOLIDATED SLIPPER GO.,
LYNN, MASS.
SOLD BY Win.* H. Townsend SHIP TO Golden State Shoe Co.,
VIA So. Pacific R.R. Los Angeles, Cal.
When ship. Nov. 1, 1916 Terms: 7 % discount if paid in 10 days
STOCK
No.
No.
CASES
PAIRS
IN CARE
UPPERS
KIND
TRIM-
MING
SOLE
FINISH
Sl/KS
PRICE
TOTAL
58
2
.88
L. Gray
Prin-
Satin
Flex
Velvet
3-7
$.57
9
cess
295
1
60
Wool
Ju-
Fur
Flex
Gilt
$1.22
9
liette
Buckle
High
Heel
Satin
Bow
4-8
461
o
36
Wool
Felt
Ag-
nes
Fur
Flex
Ribbon
Tie
2J-7
$.98
Q
Compute the following :
(a) Total amount of first kind.
(J) Total amount of second kind.
(<?) Total amount of third kind.
(rZ) Total amount of all.
(e) Net cost to jobber if paid within 10 days.
(/) Commission due the salesman at 2J %.
BUYING AND SELLING SHOES 211
3. Edward R. Brooks, shox3 salesman, took orders during the
month as follows :
May 5,1250.00 May 16, $ 40.75 May 25, $ 217.40
May 8, 167.50 May 19, 238.64 May 26, 26.84
May 11, 84.50 May 22, 461.42 May 27, 196.53
May 13, 34L90 May 23, 500.00 May 30, 500.00
Find the total amount of his sales for the month.
4. Find how much his commission amounts to at 2^ %.
5. What 'is the salesman's commission on the following sales
at 3 % ?
4 60-pair cases at 1 1.17 per pair.
3 36-pair cases at .89 per pair.
15 24-pair cases at 1.70 per pair.
5 60-pair cases at .92 per pair.
8 36-pair cases at 1.12 per pair.
6. At 2 fo commission, how much does a salesman earn on
the following sales ?
6 24-pair cases at <$ -67^ per pair.
4 36-pair cases at .78| per pair.
13 24-pair cases at 1.15 per pair.
14 36-pair cases at 1.60 per pair.
7 60-pair cases at 1.07 per pair.
7. At 2| % commission, how much does an agent earn on
the following sales ?
5 24-pair cases at $ .69 per pair.
3 36-pair cases at .92 per pair.
11 24-pair cases at 1.08 per pair.
4 36-pair cases at 1.72 per pair.
3 24-pair cases at 1.37^ per pair.
BUYING AND SELLING SHOES
FACTORS IN THE COST OF SHOES
The buyer of boots and shoes seldom realizes that a consider-
able part of the cost of a pair of shoes is caused by the process
of distribution. Not only must shoes pass through several hun-
dred pairs of hands in the factory, but they are later handled
by freight handlers, expressmen, and jobbing houses; they are
ordered, recorded, billed, etc., by selling agents, buying agents,
clerks, and bookkeepers. All these people are necessary to the
transportation, distribution, and sale of shoes ; all of them must
be paid, and the pay must finally come from the men. women,
and children who wear the shoes.
The following table shows the effect of such distribution on
consecutive prices of slippers and shoes :
MANUFAOTCHER'S
JOUKKK'S
KETAII.KK'S
KIND UK SIIOK
I'KKIE Til THE
PRICE TO TIIK
PRICE TO TUB
JOIIHEK
KF.TAH.ER
CUSTOMER
Woman's cheap slipper
$ .57J
I .<;:>
$ .80
Woman's felt slipper
67
.75
1.00
Baby's slipper
.'25
27J
.35
Man's lounging slipper
.70
82|
1.25
Ladies' dongola
1.40
1.60
2.25
Ladies' patent leather slipper
1.10
1.25
1.75
1. Compute the jobber's gain on one 60-pair case of each
kind of slippers listed above.
2. Compute the retail dealer's gain on one 24-pair case of
each pair of the above slippers which he purchased of the
jobber.
3. The jobber's price is what per cent higher than the manu-
facturer's price for the last two styles ?
4. The retail dealer's price is what per cent higher than the
jobber's price for the first two?
POSTAL PROBLEMS 213
POSTAL PROBLEMS
MONEY ORDERS
Money may be sent, at a very low cost, and with no risk, to all parts of the
United States and to foreign countries, by means of postal money orders.
These are issued for any sum up to $100, and additional orders can be made
out if a person desires to send more than $100.
On money orders sent to any part of the United States or Canada or
to any of the island possessions of the United States, the following fees are
charged:
For orders from $ 0.01 to f 50 3 cents.
For orders from f '2.51 to $ 5.00 5 cents.
For orders from $ 5.01 to $ 10.00 8 cents.
For orders from f 10.01 to $ 20.00 10 cents.
For orders from f 20.01 to $ 30.00 12 cents.
For orders from $30.01 to $ 40.00 15 cents.
For orders from $40.01 to $ 50.00 18 cents.
For orders from 850.01 to $ 60.00 20 cents.
For orders from $60.01 to $ 75.00 25 cents.
For orders from $75.01 to $100.00 30 cents.
Oral or Written Exercise
1. How much will it cost to obtain a money order for $15 to
be sent to San Francisco ?
$15.00 + $.10 = $15.10.
Copy and fill out the following:
Amount of r\mrvf Amount Chanire
Money Order Paid
2. if 2.75 ? * 8.00 ?
3. 8.23 ? 9.00 ?
4. 10.17 ? 12.00 ?
5. 14.05 ? 15.00 ?
6. 17.60 ? 20.00 ?
7. 21.50 ? 22.00 ?
8. 20.75 ? 27.00 ?
214
POSTAL PROBLEMS
STAMPS AND STAMPED ENVELOPES
Number
Stamped and
Printed (2 < )
Envelopes
Si" X 6&"
Stamped
Unprinted 1.2 r >
Envelopes
Stamped ilr>
Newspaper
Wrappers
8" X 12"
Stamp Books
Containing
1000
$21.12
$21.00
$ 10.72
24
500
10.62
10.50
5.36
1^ stamps
250
5.31
5.25
2.68
25^
100
2.13
2.10
1.08
MW f
50
1.07
1.05
.54
Qfi
25
.54
.53
.27
i/U
24
.51
.51
.26
1^ stamps
23
.49
.49
.25
97^
22
.47
.47
.24
21
.45
.45
.23
12
20
19
.43
.41
.42
.40
.22
.21
2 $ stamps
18
.39
.38
.20
25^
17
.37
.36
.19
16
.34
.34
.18
24
15
.32
.32
.17
2^ stamps
14
.30
.30
.16
49^
13
.28
.28
.14
12
.26
.26
.13
48
11
.24
.24
.12
10
.22
.21
.11
If stamps
9
.20
19
4 fj
.10
f\f\
97 /
7
.15
.17
.15
.09
.08
6
.13
.13
.07
5
.11
.11
.06
4
.09
.09
.05
3
.07
.07
.04
2
.05
.05
.03
1
.03
.03
.02
STAMPS AND STAMPED ENVELOPES 215
Oral Exercise
Ascertain the charge on each of the following purchases by
referring to the price list on the preceding page, and specify
the coins to be given in making change. Follow the plan used
on page 5. Do it mentally.
PURCHASE MONEY PRESENTED
BY CUSTOMER
1. 500 Printed envelopes 3" x 6^" $15.00
2. 250 Unprinted envelopes 6.00
3. 100 Printed envelopes 2.50
4. 100 Newspaper wrappers 2.00
5. 100 Wrappers and a book of 24 1-cent stamps 2.00
6. 50 Printed envelopes 2.00
7. 25 Wrappers and a book of 24 1-cent stamps 1.00
8. 24 Unprinted envelopes and a 97-cent book 2.00
9. 25 Unprinted envelopes and 25 wrappers 1.00
10. 20 Printed and 20 unprinted envelopes 5.00
11. 20 Wrappers and a book of 24 2-cent stamps 1.00
12. 18 Printed envelopes and 2 5-cent stamps 2.00
13. 16 Unprinted envelopes and 3 wrappers .50
14. 14 Printed envelopes and a book of 48 2-cent stamps 1.50
15. 12 Printed envelopes and 2 books of 24 1-cent stamps 1.00
16. 10 Printed envelopes and 6 wrappers .50
17. 9 Unprinted envelopes and a book of 24 2-cent stamps .75
18. 2 Books of 96 1-cent stamps 2.00
19. 1 Book of 96 1-cent stamps and 1 of 12 2-cent stamps 1.50
20. 4 Printed and 1000 unprinted envelopes 22.00
21. 100 Printed envelopes and 3 wrappers 3.00
22. 50 Printed and 50 unprinted envelopes 3.00
23. A book of 48 2-cent stamps and 50 wrappers 2.00
24. 1000 wrappers and 1 printed envelope 15.00
210
POSTAL PROBLEMS
PARCEL POST
Sca/e Arm -^ 5 /id m& Weight ^ *
r
1
2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 11 IE 13
POUNDS
05
06
O6
O7
O7
08
08
09
O9
10
10
1 1
1 1
LOCAL
05
06
07
06
09
10
11
12
1 3
U
15
16
17
1ST. ZONE
05
O6
07
og
O9
1O
12
1 3
14
1 5
re
17
2ND.
6
O8
'9
12
14
16
18
20
22
2 4
26
26
30
3RD.
7
11
IS
19
23
2.7
31
35
39
43
47
5l
55
4 TH
oa
14
20
26
32
38
44
SO
56
._ 42
bS
74
80
5 TH. -
09
17
25
33
4-1
49
57
65
73
ai
89
97
1.0 S
fe TH. -
11
21
31
41
51
61
71
SI
91
1.01
1.1 1
U1
1.31
7 TH
12
Z4-
36
48
6O
72
84
96
1.08
1.ZO
1.32
U4
156
6 TH
Bundles containing merchandise, such as factory products,
seeds, bulbs, plants, books, etc., may be sent to any part of the
United States or its possessions by parcel post.
The cost depends on the weight and the distance, and may be
found by weighing the parcel and referring to a table like that
on the following page.
The local rate is applied to any parcel intended for delivery
at the post office where it is mailed or at any point on a rural
route starting therefrom.
The combined length and girth may not be over 84 in. The
weight may not exceed 50 Ib. in 1st and 2d zoijes ; nor 20 Ib. in
other zones.
If a bundle weighs 7 Ib. and 1 oz., it is considered in the
8-pound class. For the 3d zone, the charge is 20 cents.
A bundle weighing 3 Ib. 4 oz. goes as a 4-pound bundle.
For the 5th zone, the charge is 26 cents.
PARCEL POST
217
TABLE OF PARCEL POST CHARGES
ZONES
Weight
in Local
1st
2d
3d
4th
5th
6th
7th
8th
Pounds
U|, to
Till to
150 to
Son 10
fiOO to
1000 to
1400 to
Over
."ill
ino
800
liOO
1000
1400
1800
1800
milt's
miles
miles
miles
miles
mill's
miles
miles
1
$0.05 $0.05
$0.05
$0.06
$0.07
$0.08
$0.09
$0.11
$0.12
2
.06 .06
.06
.08
.11
.14
.17
.21
.24
3
.06 .07
.07
.10
.15
.20 .25
.31
.36
4
.07
.08
.08
.12
.19
.26 .33
.41
.48
6
.07 .09
.09
.14
.23
.32
.41
.51
.60
6
.08 .10
.10
.16
.27
.38
.49
.61
.72
7
.08 ! .11
.11
.18
.31
.44
.57
.71
.84
8
09 .12
.12
.20
.35
.50
.65
.81
.96
9
.09
.13
.13
.22
.39
.56
.73
.91
1.08
10
.10
.14
.14 .24
.43
.62
.81
1.01
1.20
11
.10
.15
.15 .26
.47
.68
.89
1.11
1.32
12
.11
.16
.16 . .28
.51
.74
.97
1.21
1.44
13
.11
.17
.17 .30
.55
.80
1.05
1.31
1.56
14
12
.18
.18 .32
.59
..86
1.13
1.41
1.68
15
.12
.19
.19 .34
.63
.92 i 1.21
1.51
1.80
16
.13
.20
.20 .36
.67
.98 1.29
1.61
1.92
17
.13
.21
.21 .38
.71
1.04 1.37
1.71
2.04
18
.14
.22
.22 .40
.76
1.10
1.45
1.81
2/16
19
.14
.23
.23
.42
.79
1.16
1.53
1.91
2.28
20
.15
.24
.24
.44
.83
1.22
1.61
2.01
2.40
Compute the charge on each of the following parcels
1. Weight 3 Ib. 6 oz. for 3d zone. -^
2. Weight M3b. 1 oz., local. ^
3. Weight 5 Ib. 3 oz. for 2d zone.
4. Weight 1 Ib. 8 oz. for 8th zone.
5. /Weight 7 Ib. 5 oz. for 6th zone.
6. Weight 18 Ib. 9 oz. for 1st zone.
7. Weight 15 Ib. 2 oz., local.
8. Weight 11 Ib. 13 oz. for 5th zone.
9. Weight 20 Ib. for 2d zone.
HUNT'S COMMUN. AK. 16
218 SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
NATIONAL BANKS
All business men have on hand, from time to time, compara-
tively large sums of money. Men who receive a monthly salary
also may have more cash at certain times in the month than
they wish to carry about with them. A national bank receives
such accumulations of surplus cash and keeps them in safety.
When the business man wishes to pay his employees, he may
withdraw his money by calling at the bank or sending a repre-
sentative. For ordinary payment of debts, however, the de-
positor writes a check and gives or mails it to the person
to whom he owes money. This check is sooner or later pre-
sented at the bank, and the amount named on it is deducted
from the depositor's account.
The business man keeps large sums on deposit and adds to
them from the surplus iii his cash box several times a week.
All deposits are added to the balance already in the bank.
1. W. R. Johnson conducts a large market. He deposited
this morning $25.00 in silver, $250.00 in bills, and five checks
received from his customers. He made out the deposit slip on
the next page and gave it to the cashier, who added the total
amount to his previous balance, which was $ 795.60.
(a ) What was the total amount of his deposit ?
(6) To what sum did this bring his daily balance ?
2. Make out the slip for the next depositor, E. E. Towne,
who deposited $8.50 in silver, $135.00 in bills, and checks for
$5.72, $4.90, $8.37, $9.64.
3. The third depositor, R. A. Babcock, deposited $17.50 in
silver, $156.00 in bills, and checks for $97.00, $14.91, and
$ 5.23. Make out his slip.
CHECKS
219
DEPOSIT SLIP
l&ome National 13anfe
OXFORD, MASS.
DEPOSITED BY
l^iltisa-w,
Date
/<?, 19/5
4. The fourth, H.
R. Breck, deposited
1170.00 in bills, and
checks for the follow-
ing amounts: $1.80,
$5.60, $14.30, and
$18.00. Make out
his deposit slip.
5. Mr. H. H. Howes
deposited for the
company of Howes
and Sampson the
following: silver,
$15.00, bills, $160.00,
checks, $12.50, $8.70,
$1.30, $15. 50, $20. 75,
$13.00. Make out
the deposit slip, re-
membering that the deposit is on the account of the company.
6. Holmes and Brown deposited $ 41.00 in silver, $ 265.00 in
bills, and checks for the following amounts : $50.00, $1.85,
$14.28, $15.50. Make out the deposit slip.
CHECKS
A,
/ 2-'>
00
250
00
>k&
7
6
80
<?
70
2/
00
/
.53
?
f
220
SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
No. V
Date
To /. / K>k\U
For
vlniount, $28
STB Ernest O. Thompson has $500 in
the Home National Bank. He pays
his rent each month by a check like
that at the bottom of page 219. When
he writes the check, he may also fill
in the blank spaces in the " stub " *
(a piece attached to the end of the
check for memoranda), so that he can
recall for what he paid the $28. He
detaches the check, tearing along the
dotted line, and gives it to Mr. White.
His landlord, Mr. White, may take the check to the Home
National Bank where the amount, $ 28, will be paid him by
the cashier, and that amount will be deducted from the $ 500
which Ernest O. Thompson has in the bank.
Instead of taking the check to the bank, Mr. White may use
it in paying his own grocery bill. The check, as on page
219, is made payable to him. To make it payable to the
grocer, H. M. Drake & Co., he turns the check over and
indorses it on the back as follows :
* Some check books have blank sheets for memoranda in place of stubs.
CHECKS
221
PAYING BILLS BY CHECK
1. E. S. Burns, boot and shoe salesman, took orders for the
A. B. Armstrong Co. amounting to $8000 during July. The
company paid him his commission of 2%, filling in a blank
check like the following. Complete the check.
No. CHICAGO, ILL.,
19
FIRST NATIONAL BANK,- CHICAGO,
ILL.
Pay to the order of
Dnllar*
$
2. At the left-hand side of your paper, rule money columns
like those on the following bill ; fill in the amount of each item
and compute the total amount of the bill. Then make out a
check for the bill :
BOSTON,
Mr
MASS., June 5, 1915
Pemaquid Point, Maine
To COBB, BATES, AND YERXA COMPANY Dr.
5 pkg. Grape Nuts .13
15 Ib. Franklin Mills Flour .05
12 Ib. Granulated Yellow Meal .03
8 Ib. California Prunes .16
12 Ib. Victoria Seeded Raisins .12
10 cans Oneida Canned Tomatoes .16
8 cans Honey Drop Canned Corn .14
5 cans Sifted Early June Peas .25
;} cans Mushrooms .28
6 jars Orange Marmalade .25
2 doz. Eagle Condensed Milk 1.65
Freight
65
222
SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
NATIONAL BANK ACCOUNTS
A simple form of keeping account of the amount which the
depositor has to his credit in the national bank is shown below.
It must be remembered that :
Every deposit is added to the balance.
Every check drawn is subtracted from the balance.
l. Explain how each amount in the following account was
obtained :
EDWARD R.
HOME
SPENCER'S ACCOUNT WITH
NATIONAL BANK
Balance Apr. 1
Deposited Apr. 1
Checks
Deposited Apr. 5
Checks
Deposited Apr. 10
Checks
50.00
7.40
10.70
460 00
50
510 00
68 10
68.10
21.60
15.37
441 90
75
516 90
36 97
36.97
4.60
9.85
1.32
8.71
14.60
479 93
124 00
603 93
39 08
39.08
564 85
NATIONAL BANK ACCOUNTS
223
2. Copy the following memoranda of deposits and with-
drawals by check and fill in the balances :
ERNEST R. STAPLE'S ACCOUNT WITH
HOME NATIONAL BANK
Balance brought forward
Deposited July 5
Checks
Deposited July 13
Checks
Deposited July 24
Checks
Deposited July 28
Checks
12.47
19.42
1.87
246
160
80
53
9
V
V
?
?
1.95
14.42
16.47
9
175
?
00
9
9
V
?
?
14.90
8.75
13.50
9
86
?
75
9
?
9
?
?
12.40
9.20
3.75
4.80
5.25
V
75
?
50
9
?
?
?
?
?
?
224
SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
THE POSTAL SAVINGS SYSTEM
Any person over ten years old may open an account and
deposit any number of dollars from $1 to $100 at any post
office in the United States. This system establishes a govern-
ment savings bank in every post office. The postmaster or a
clerk will till out a certificate like the following for $ 1, $ 2,
$ 5, * 10, $ 20, 1 50, or $ 100.
NOTE. The limit accepted is $ 100 for any month and f 500 all together.
N"o account is opened for less than f 1, but amounts less than $1 may be
saved for deposit by purchasing 10-cent postal savings cards and 10-cent
postal savings stamps. A card with nine stamps affixed is accepted as a
deposit of $ 1.
NOT TRANSFERABLE
POSTAL SAVINGS SYSTEM
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
NOT NEGOTIABLE
NEW YORK N.Y.
Madison Square Station
APRIL 10 1913
CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT
THISCERTIFIESTHATTHtamorTWO DOLLARS HASMINMM
OF Tut POSFAl SAVINGS SYSTEM AND Hill BE PAYABLE
TO TMI _ . _ ITOY
OfflCE DANPLt ICENT
ISSUE OF WI3
X 2507463
P(R AI
ENDORSED
As a separate certificate is given when each deposit is made, a
depositor has as many certificates as he has made deposits.
Interest at 2 % is paid yearly on each deposit. No interest is
paid for fractional parts of a year. Each deposit begins to draw
interest on the first day of the month following the deposit.
l. Find the interest for 1 yr. on $5 deposited Sept. 15, 1915.
$5 deposited Sept. 15, 1915, draws interest from Oct. 1, 1915, and entitles
the depositor to 2% interest Oct. 1, 1916.
2 % of f 5 ~ k .10, interest for 1 yr.
THE POSTAL SAVINGS SYSTEM
225
2. A boy makes the following deposits in November, 1915.
How much interest is due Dec. 1, 1916 ? Nov. 5, $ 2 ; Nov. 13,"
f> 3 ; Nov. 27, $ 5. The total amount begins to draw interest
Dec. 1. If it is left in until Dec. 1 of the following year, the
boy receives 2% interest.
2% of $10 = $.20.
3. Copy the following and fill in the blank columns :
Amount
, f
Deposit
Date
of
Deposit
Date
when Interest
Begins
Date on which
Interest becomes
Due
Amount
of
Interest
$ 1.00
Sept. 6, 1915
?
?
V
$ 5.00
Sept. 30, 1!)15
$ 6.00
Oct. 5, 1915
$15.00
Oct. 16, 1915
| 7.00
Oct. 28, 1915
$ 12.00
Nov. 13, 1915
$ 3.00
Nov. 17, 1915
$ 8.00
Dec. 3, 1915
$11.00
Dec. 14, 1915
$ 17.00
Dec. 27, 1915
*
$20.00
Jan. 3, 1916
$ 24.00
.Ian. 12, 1916
$ 14.00
Feb. 7, 1916
$19.00
Feb. 9, 1916
$ 9.00
Feb. 17, 1916
$ 4.00
Feb. 24, 1916
$ 22.00
Feb. 28, K16
$35.00
Mar. 4, 1916
131.00
Mar. 9, 1916
$10.00
Mar. 18, 1916
$13.00
Mar. 23, 1916
$ 16.00
Mar. 31, 1916
$21.00
Apr. 3, 1916
1
$ 40.00
Apr. 8, 1916
$ 22.00
Apr. 20, 1916
$30.00
Apr. 24, 1916
*
18.00
Apr. 28, 1916
$25.00 1 May 8, 1916
226 SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
BRIEF REVIEW OF INTEREST*
1. Find the interest on $ 500 for 1 yr. at 6 %.
The principal is $ 500
1 % of the principal is 5
6% of the principal is 30, the interest.
Find the interest for one year on the following principals at
the rates indicated :
2. -<$ 230 at 5 % . 7. $ 240 at 4J % .
3. $ 380 at 4 %. 8. $ 275 at 3^ %.
4. $ 275 at 3 %. 9. $ 460 at 5^ % .
s. 1132 at 6%. 10. $526at3J%.
6. 1 325 at 5 % . 11. -f 232 at 5J %.
To find the interest for some commonly used parts of a year,
observe the following facts:
INTEREST INTEREST INTEREST
AT 6 % FOR AT 4 % FOR AT 3 % FOR
8 ">=*%] 6.11,0. = 2 %1 4mo. = l%l . f .
4 mo. = 2%lof the g mo = 1 * of the L> mo = *lof the
8 mo. = 4 % principal. ' principal. \ principal.
2mo. = l%l 9mo. = 3%J* 8 toe. = 2%J
Find the interest on the following :
12. $ 150 at 6 % for 6 mo. 20. $420 at 4 % for 6 mo.
13. $ 560 at 4 % for 6 mo. 21. $ 580 at 4 % for 3 mo.
14. $ 581 at 3 % for 4 mo. 22. $ 270 at 6 % for 4 mo.
15. $ 284 at 3 % for 2 mo. 23. $ 888 at 6 % for 8 mo.
16. $ 950 at 4 % for 9 mo. 24. $ 190 at 4 % for 3 mo.
17. I 290 at 3 % for 8 mo. 25. $ 464 at 4 % for 3 mo.
18. $ 875 at 4 % for 3 mo. 26. $ 232 at 4 % for 3 mo.
19. $ 791 at 4 % for 9 mo. 27. 1 595 at 6 % for 2 mo.
* These facts in interest form the basis of the work in the following lessons
in investments.
SAVINGS BANKS
227
SAVINGS BANKS
The average young man or woman finds it impossible to save
large amounts. His problem is to invest in the best manner
possible the small sums which he can save. For such people
the savings bank offers the best solution of the problem.
These small savings. are very important to the young man,
as they ordinarily represent all that he has. He therefore must
run no risk of losing them. Savings bank deposits are the safest
investments because such banks are governed by the strictest
laws and can invest the depositor's savings only in the safest
possible manner. They are convenient, because savings may be
deposited in small amounts, and in case of need can be with-
drawn. In addition, the depositor receives compound interest
at rates ranging from 3% to 4-|-%.
Compound interest is interest on the deposit and on the' accumulated in-
terest as well. When we invest money anywhere else, we collect the in-
terest as it becomes due us ; but in a savings bank we usually leave it to
be addjed to the principal. When interest for the next period is computed,
it is reckoned on the deposit plus the interest for the last period. These
periods as a rule are 6-month periods interest usually being computed
Jan. 1 and July 1. Banks can pay this interest because the money depos-
ited is lent on notes drawing 6% interest, on first mortgages paying 5% or
6%? or in other safe and profitable investments.
228
SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
COMPOUND INTEREST
1. If $ 100 was deposited Jan. 1, 1915, in a bank paying
4% interest, how much was due the depositor Jan. 1, 1916?
NOTE. In all the problems on pages 228 and 229 the interest is com-
pounded semiannually, that is, the interest for each half year when due, is
added to the principal.
$100.00, deposited Jan. 1 at 4% is entitled on July 1 to 2% interest,
2.00 or $2.
$102.00, amount in bank July 1, 1915, is entitled on Jan. 1, 1916, to 2%
2.04 interest, or $2.04.
$104.04, amount in bank Jan. 1, 1916.
Interest is not reckoned on cents.
Find the amount due Jan. 1, 1916, at 4 % interest, on the
following deposits made Jan. 1, 1915 :
2. $200. 5. $350. 8. 1500. 11. $600.
3. $250. 6. $400. 9. "700. 12. $820.
4. $300.
7. $450.
10. $1200.
13. $1500.
14. Find the amount due Jan. 1, 1916, on $ 240 deposited
at 4% Jan. 1, 1914.
$240.00, deposited Jan. 1, 1914.
4.80, 6 months' interest computed July 1, 1914.
$244.80, amount in bank July 1, 1914.
4.88, 6 months' interest on $244 computed Jan. 1, 1915.
$249.68, amount in bank Jan. 1, 1915.
4.98, 6 months' interest on $249, computed July 1, 1915.
$254.66, amount in bank July 1, 1915.
5.08, 6 months' interest on $254, computed Jan. 1, 1916.
$259.74, amount in bank Jan. 1, 1916.
If .the following deposits were made Jan. 1, 1914, how
much did each amount to Jan. 1, 1916, at 4%?
is. $140. 16. $420. 17. $265. 18. $1000.
SAVINGS BANKS 229
INTEREST ON DEPOSITS
Interest is computed at the end of each six months.
Interest is reckoned on dollars only.
Interest is added to the last amount.
Written Exercise
1. Win. R. Reed had 1450 in the bank Jan. 1, 1914. It re-
mained two years, drawing interest at 4 % compounded each
six months. How much could he withdraw Jan. 1, 19J6?
2. Mr. Hay sold a horse for $ 270 and deposited the money
July 1, 1913 at 4%. How much was due him July 1, 1915?
3. On the latter date he added enough to bring his deposit
up to $ 350 and left it there a year and a half. How much
was due him ?
4. How much is due on a $382 deposit left 2 yr. at 4 % ?
5. How much is due on a balance of $180.70 in the bank
Jan. 1, 1913, left undisturbed until July 1, 1915, at 4 % ?
6. Mrs. Crane has a balance of $380 on the books Jan. 1.
How much will she have at the end of two years, at 4 % interest,
if she makes no additions or withdrawals ?
7. Reckon the compound interest on a deposit of $450.70
from J,an. 1 to July 1 at 3 % per year.
$450.70 in bank Jan. 1.
$450, amount to draw intei-est, as interest is not reckoned on cents.
__.01|, rate for 6 months.
6.75, interest for 6 months.
450.70, original principal.
$457.45, amount in bank July 1.
8. How much is due on a $750 deposit left in 18 mo. at 3 %
per annum ?
9. How much is due on $200 deposited Jan. 1, 1914 and
withdrawn July 1, 1915, at 3 % ?
230
SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
INTEREST DATES
It is a common practice to allow money to go on interest
each 3 months, although interest is computed but twice a year.
Deposits usually go on interest Jan. 1, Apr. 1, July 1, and Oct. 1.
These are called interest dates.
1. If money was deposited on each of the following dates,
when would it begin to draw interest ?
Jan. 15 Mar. 31 Sept. 30
Feb. 16 Aug. 12 Oct. 15
July 8 June 27 Nov. 18
Dec. 20 July 15 Dec. 31
2. What should a depositor keep in mind if he has savings
accumulating, which he wishes to deposit to the best advantage ?
Helps to understand the Depositor's Call Book
Some thrifty people make small deposits at frequent intervals,
as shown in the following page of a young man's deposit book:
SAMPLE PAGE ix DEPOSIT BOOK OR CALL BOOK
PURITAN SAVINGS BANK
Account of ARTHUR BROWN
DATB
DEPOSITS
WITHDRAWALS
INTEREST
BALANCE
Jan.
1
200
200
Feb.
8
50
250
Mar.
15
10
260
Apr.
May
June
1
20
6
15
20
15
275
295
310
July
Sept.
Oct.
1
15
1
10
20
10
4
75
324
344
354
75
75
7.")
Nov.
25
l>f>
379
?:.
Jan.
1
6
78
386
53
SAVINGS BANKS 231
DEPOSIT BOOK BALANCES
Whenever money is deposited or interest, is computed, it is
added to the amount already in the bank, and the sum is
written in the last column. In this way the last balance repre-
sents the money credited to the depositor at any given date.
To understand how each balance on page 230 was obtained,
answer each of the following guide questions and do the work
indicated, reckoning interest at 4 % per annum compounded
semiannually.
1. How much money goes on interest Jan. 1 ? How do you
get the following balances : $ 200, $ 250, .f 260, $275, $295 ?
2. From what date do the second, third, and fourth deposits
draw interest ? What is the total of these three deposits ?
On July 1, how much interest is due on them for 3 months?
3. When interest is reckoned on July 1, how much of the
deposit draws interest for 6 months? how much for only
3 months ?
4. How much money deposited before July 1 does not draw
any interest up to that time ? Why ?
5. How much do the 6 months' interest on $ 200 and the
3 months' interest on $75 amount to at 4 % ? Where is this
amount recorded? Explain the balance for July 1.
6. How much money draws interest from July 1 to the
following Jan. 1 ? (See balance column. Omit the cents.)
How much is the interest for this period of 6 months ?
7. Read the two deposits that draw interest from Oct. 1
to Jan. 1. What is the total sum ? How much is the interest
for that period of 3 months ?
8. The last deposit does not begin to draw interest until
Jan. 1.
NOTE. This page should be gone over by the class several times until
the account on the opposite page is fully understood.
232
SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
BROCKTON SAVINGS BANK
In account iritli M. R. OSGOOD
5570 Main St., City
DATE
DEPOSIT
WITHDRAWALS
INTEREST
I$ALAT K
Jan. 1
175
<J
Feb. 25
25
?
Apr. 1
20
9
Apr. 30
15
?
May 25
10
?
July 1
15
X
Aug. 4
20
')
Sept. 1
15
?
Oct. 1
10
9
Nov. 19
25
9
Dec. 1
80
?
Jan. 1
10
.'/
?
CASHIER'S ENTRIES IN DEPOSIT BOOK
Whenever a deposit is made, it is added to the last balance;
and whenever money is drawn out, the withdrawal is subtracted
from the last balance. On Jan. 1 and July 1, the interest is
recorded and added to the balance. These semiannual addi-
tions of interest are made on the bank accounts and transferred
to the deposit book whenever it is brought in.
SAVINGS BANKS 233
Guide Questions
Copy the ruling of the deposit book on the opposite page ;
fill in the headings ; make the first entry ; and then follow the
directions here indicated :
1. Record each consecutive balance through May 25.
2. On July 1 select the amount which draws 6 months'
interest. Select the additional deposits made too late to draw
(5 months' interest but in time to draw 3 months' interest.
How much do they amount to?
3. How much deposited before July 1 bears no interest up
to that date ?
4. Find 6 months' interest on the $175, and 3 months' in-
terest on the $45 at 4%, and record as one item at x.
5. Fill in the balances from July 1 to Dec. 1.
NOTE. Get the July 1 balance by adding the f 15 and x dollars to the
May 25 balance.
6. How much draws interest from July 1 to Jan. 1 ?
7. How much draws interest from Oct. 1 to Jan. 1 only?
Obtain this sum by adding the three deposits made too late to
go on interest July 1 and early enough to go on interest
Oct. 1.
8. Which two deposits do not draw interest before Jan. 1 ?
9. Compute interest on the July 1 balance for 6 months,
and on $45 for 3 months, and record it as one item at y. Com-
plete the Jan. 1 balance by adding $10 and y dollars to the
Dec. 1 balance.
HUNT'S COMMUN. AR. 16
234 SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
ACCOUNTS IN WHICH THKRK AUK WITHDRAWALS
LAKEVILLE SAVINGS BANK
In account with HENRY O. CARVER
DATE
DEPOSITS
WITHDRAWALS
INTEREST
BALANCE
Jan. 1
500
500
Jan. 27
100
600
Feb. 5
200
400
Mar. 28
100
300
Apr. 1
May 5
June 20
200
100
50
500
600
550
Julyl
y
V
y
Guide Questions
1. Verify each balance in the above account, from Jan.-l to
June 20 inclusive.
2. On July 1, the bank reckoned interest. What was the
smallest balance in the bank for the entire first six months, that
is, from Jan. 1 to July 1 ?
When the balance column is filled out, it will be seen, at a glance, that
$300 was the smallest balance for the first 6 months.
3. What additional amount was in the bank all the time from
Apr. 1 to July 1 ?
On Apr. 1, the balance ($500) was $200 more than the smallest balance
($300) for the first 6 months. As the $50 withdrawn June 20 was taken
from the $ 100 deposited May 5, $200 was the smallest additional balance for
the last 3 months.
4. Find the interest on $300 for 6 mo. at 4 % per annum.
5. Find the interest on $ 200 for 3 mo. at the same rate.
6. Add these two interest items, record the result in the
interest column for July 1, and fill in the last balance.
SAVINGS BANKS
235
CONTINENTAL SAVINGS BANK
In account with AUTHUK THOMAS
DATE
i)
w
"
1915
July 1
558
Aug. 5
200
9
Sept. 10
100
9
Oct. 1
150
9
Nov. 20
400
?
Dec. 6
100
9
1916
Jan. 1
?
9
')
?
Feb. 3
75
9
?
Mar. 8
40
9
Apr. 1
25
9
?
May 1
50
9
9
July 1
?
9
9
f >
Guide Questions
1. Fill out on a separate slip of paper the balance for each
date through Dec. 6.
2. The smallest balance between the dates July 1, 1915 and
Jan. 1, 1916 was the amount entitled to draw interest for six
months. What was the smallest balance ?
3. What was the interest on it for 6 mo. at 4 % ?
4. Fill out the balances from Jan. 1 to May, 1916.
5. What was the smallest balance between Jan. 1, and July 1,
1916? Compute 6 months' interest on this amount.
6. What additional amount was deposited on or before
Apr. 1 ? Was any of it withdrawn before July 1 ? Compute
3 months' interest on $ 140.
7. Add the interest oblained in problems 5 and 6, record the
result under July 1, and obtain the July 1 balance.
236 SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
COOPERATIVE BANKS ; BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS
Cooperative banks and building and loan associations are similar
institutions organized for much the same purposes as saving
banks. They receive deposits, lend money on first mortgages,
and pay semiannual interest on deposits.
Their method of doing business differs from that of savings
banks as follows :
Instead of depositing miscellaneous amounts at any and all
times, as in a savings bank, each depositor makes regular
monthly payments of a stated amount. That is, he subscribes
for a certain number of shares at $1 each. If he subscribes
for one share, he deposits $1 each month until the share
reaches maturity or is retired. If he subscribes for five shares,
he deposits $5 each month. For any failure to pay the pre-
scribed amount on or before a certain date, he must pay a fine,
usually 2 cents a month on each share.
In this way, the bank has a definite amount of money coming
in each month, which it lends immediately, usually at 6% in-
terest. Loans are made to depositors only, who, as members of
the association, are anxious to see it succeed. As a borrower,
the member pays interest to the institution ; but as a depositor,
a part of this is returned to him in the form of dividends.
Cooperative banks provide an excellent means of saving for
one whose income is regularly a little above his average ex-
penses. If such a person attempted to save in any other way,
the amount might seem so small that it might not be saved
at all, whereas the cooperative bank encourages the systematic
saving of small amounts. The fine of 2 cents a share for
failure to deposit on time discourages habits of neglect. In
the case of temporary need one can usually secure a loan from
the bank and not be obliged to suffer loss by the withdrawal
of shares.
COOPERATIVE BANKS
237
A SAMPLK YKAR'S RECORD
The depositor has subscribed for 5 shares Jan. 15. Do the
work indicated below the account. Interest, 5% per annum.
DATK
DEPOSITS
IXTKItKST
TOTAL
Jan. 15
5
5
Feb. 15
5
10
Mar. 15
5
15
Apr. 15
5
20
May 15
5
25
June 15
5
30
Interest de-
clared July 15
44
80
44
July 15
5
35
44
Aug. 15
5
40
44
Sept. 15
5
45
44
Oct. 15
5
50
44
Nov. 15
5
55
44
Dec. 15
5
00
44
Interest de-
clared Jan. 15
1
20
Directions for Verifying the above Account
1. Find how much interest (sometimes called dividend or
profit) has been earned up to the end of the first six months.
The first $5 has been in the bank how many months?
The second 85 has been in the bank how many months?
The third $5 has been in the bank how many months?
The fourth f 5 has been in the bank how many months ?
The fifth $5 has been in the bank how many months?
The sixth $5 has been in the bank how many months?
Total number of months
2. Compute the interest at 5 % on each $ 5 for the number
of months which it has been deposited. Add the results.
(Compute first at 6 % ; then subtract of the result.)
238
SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
3. Compute the interest on $ 5 at 5 % for 21 months. Com-
pare the answers in Ex. 2 and 3. (Count 5 mills or over in
final result as one cent.)
4. At the end of the second 6 months, the $30.44 is entitled
to six months' interest. The regular deposits draw inter-
est as in example 3. The sum of the two would be the interest
to record at the bottom of the account. Verify the amount
printed. This interest cannot be withdrawn but must be left
with the deposits.
Notice that cooperative banks, unlike savings banks, allow interest on cents.
A DEPOSITOR WHO BORROWS
5. Mr. Ames subscribes for 5 shares and borrows 1 1000 to
help him build a house, giving a first mortgage as security.
He must pay the regular dues of f>5 each month and in addi-
tion one month's interest on the $1000 at 6 %. How much does
he pay in all each month ?
MEMORANDUM OF MONTHLY PAYMENTS
RECEIVING
DATES
DEPOSITS ON
SHARES
IXTKKEST ON
LOAN
TOTAL
MONTHLY
PAYMENTS
Jan. 15
5
5
9
Feb. 15
5
5
9
Mar. 15
5
5
9
Apr. 15
5
5
9
May 15
5
5
?
June 15
5
5
9
July 15
5
5-
9
Aug. 15
5
5
9
Sept. 15
5
5
?
Oct. 15
5
5
9
Nov. 15
5
5
9
Dec. 15
5
5
V
COOPERATIVE BANKS 239
Questions on the Preceding Memorandum
1. At the end of the year, how much money has been paid
in deposits ?
2. How much has been paid in the form of interest ?
3. How much has been paid in all ?
NOTE. It might be supposed that the $60 paid in regular dues would
reduce the face of the mortgage, but this is not the case. The mortgage
still continues at f 1000 and the f 60 deposited draws its share of the interest
which the bank earns. In the end this will go toward paying the loan. If
an additional sum of $200 were paid at the end of the first year, the amount
on which interest would have to be paid would be only $ 800. The regular
dues, however, would not change.
4. Suppose that Mr. Ames paid $200 of his debt at the end
of the first year, how much would he be obliged to pay each
month of the succeeding year for dues and interest?
When a shareholder first opens an account with a cooperative
bank it is usually his intention to continue the payment of
dues until the shares mature, that is, in about 12 years, when the
accumulated dues and interest would amount to $ 200 per share.
Advantages in paying the $ 1000 loan by the cooperative bank
method.
5. Answer the following questions :
(a) How much did Mr. Ames pay in deposits in 12 years ?
(See Ex. 1 for amount paid in 1 year.)
(6) How much interest did he pay in 12 years if he did not
cancel any part of the loan ? (See Ex. 2 for interest paid in
1 year.)
(e) How much did he pay into the bank in deposits and
interest in 12 years ?
240 SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
(c?) In about 12 years, his live shares matured, amounting to
$200 each and paying off the loan of $ 1000. Ho\v much of all
that he paid in was really interest ?
S$ 60, paid each year as deposits.
60, paid each year as interest.
$120, total payments in 1 year.
12
f 1440, total payments in 12 years.
1000, amount of loan.
$440, paid. in excess of amount of the loan. This is, therefore,
the amount of interest which he had to pay by taking his loan from a
cooperative bank.
(Y) Suppose that he had borrowed $1000 elsewhere at 6 %
interest, to how much would the interest have amounted in
12 years if he made no payments on the principal ? What is
the difference ?
How a cooperative bank pays 5 % interest and has enough
left to pay its running expenses :
1. In a small city bank the income from fines alone was
$> 666 last year.
The income from loans at 6 % was -t 30,076.
The bank declared a 5 % dividend, that is, it divided up |
of the $ 30,076 among its shareholders. How much did it di-
vide up ?
2. How much was left ?
3. One half of this remainder was put into the reserve fund
and an equal amount was used in paying the running expenses.
How much was used for this purpose ?
4. The income from fines and the amount just obtained pro-
vided the two principal sums necessary to' pay the running ex-
penses. How much did they amount to?
INTEREST FOR SHORT PERIODS
REVIEW OF INTEREST FOR SHORT PERIODS
To find ^ of any number, move the decimal point 1 place to the
left.
To find ~ of any number, move the point 2 places to the left.
To find ^ of any number, move the point 3 places to the left.
APPLICATION TO INTEREST
The interest at 6 % on any principal
for 20 months = ~ of the principal ;
for 2 months = ^~ of the principal ;
for 6 days = ^ of the principal.
Oral Exercise
Find the interest at 6 % on. :
1. $500 for 2 mo. 9. $900 for 6 da.
2. 1720 for 20 mo. 10. $500 for 3 da.
3. $875 for lino. 11. $340 for 1 mo.
4. $260 for 4 mo. 12. $480 for 60 da.
5. $400 for 5 mo. 13. $520 for 30 da.
6. $850 for 10 mo. 14. $180 for 2 da.
7. $ 600 for 3 mo. 15. $ 210 for 10 mo.
8. $ 200 for 15 mo. 16. $530 for 6 da.
Professional accountants, who often have to compute interest
for odd periods of time, use interest tables. Any one who
wishes to reckon such interest for himself may find it con-
venient to set down the work in some such manner as on
page 242. The period of 10 mo. may be considered as | of 20
mo. or as 5 x 2 mo. ; in like manner,' 5 mo. may be considered
as |- of 20 mo. or 2| x 2 mo.
242 SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
Written Exercise
1. Find the interest on 1480 for 7 mo. 12 da. at 6%.
Interest for 2 1110. is $4.80
Interest for 7 mo. is 3J x $4.80 or $16.80
Interest for 6 da. is $ .480
Interest for 12 da. is 2 x $ .48 or .96
Total interest at 6% is $17.76
To find interest at 5%, subtract of $17.76; at 4%, subtract ^ of $ 17.76
3%, find | of $17.76; etc.
Find interest
at 6 % on :
At the rates indicated
on :
2.
$85
4
mo.
12 da.
19.
$75
2
mo.
15 da.
5
%.
3.
$200
3
mo.
24 da.
20.
$220
8
mo.
15 da.
4
%
4.
$125
4
mo.
1 da.*
21.
$90
19 da. 6 %.
5.
$250
20 da.
22.
$210
5
mo.
2 da.
5
%
6.
$550
5
mo.
18 da.
23.
$260
10 mo
, 9 da.
4
%
7.
$75
5
mo.
12 da.
24.
$45
7
mo.
6 da.
3
%
8.
$280
6
mo.
3 da.
25.
$120
1
mo.
24 da.
4
%
9.
$15
2
mo.
2 da.
26.
$275
11 mo
,12 da.
5
2%
10.
$135
6
mo.
24 da.
27.
$300
2
mo.
15 da.
4
\%
11.
$225
8
mo.
12 da.
28.
$150'
9
mo.
13 da.
3 :
\%
12.
$270
3
mo.
15 da.
29.
$180
6
mo.
2 da.
5
%
13.
$175
7
mo.
15 da.
30.
$400
29 da.
6
%'
14.
$280
8
mo.
2 da.
31.
$325
1
mo.
4 da.
5
%'
15.
$310
27 da.
32.
$420
5
mo.
7 da.
5i#-
16.
$240
3
mo.
2 da.
33.
$600
3
mo.
14 da.
4 i
\ %
17.
$350
45 da.
34.
$245
8
mo.
18 da.
5
cf
18.
$415
21 da.
35.
$500
5
mo.
5 da.
4
cf
* Express mills, if any, until the answer is written ; then count 5 mills or over
as 1 cent and disregard less than 5 mills.
LENDING MONEY ON NOTES 243
LENDING MONEY ON NOTES
Savings bank deposits as a rule offer the safest and most con-
venient investment for the small saver, but some people wish
their savings to earn more than 3^ % or 4 %. A person known
to have a surplus of money on hand is often asked to lend
amounts like $50, $100, or $200 and to take a promissory note
from the borrower.
Sums of money lent in this way can be made to earn much
more interest than in the average savings bank, as the interest
guaranteed by a promissory note is usually 5 % or Q%. The
risk of losing money is balanced by the higher rate of interest.
Cautious lenders reduce the risk by being very careful to whom
they make loans.
1. Oliver Anderson wishes to obtain $200 to help him
harvest his crops. He borrows it of Edward T. Baker and
gives him the following note :
dfewtown,, c4. I/,., tfefit. /,/<?/ 6.
after date </____ promise to pay to
3~. Bak&i .. .-.or order
Value Received.
Interest at 6%. WAAKA,
Who has the money ?
Who keeps the note ?
On what date should the note be paid ?
2. Compute the interest and tell how much money Mr.
Anderson will turn over to Mr. Baker if he pays the principal
and interest.
244 SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
3. The note is receipted by writing across the face " Paid
Dec. 1, 1916. Edward T. Baker." It is returned when the
money is paid.
Who has the money after the note has been receipted ?
Who has the note ?
How has each benefited by the transaction ?
4. Ernest (). White wishes $250 to pay for a surgical
operation on his son. He applies to Henry A. Hastings, who
lends him the amount Dec. 8, 1915, and takes a demand note
beginning like the following :
cizttvancl c/ __ promise to pay to
or order
Dollars.
"100
Value Received.
Interest at 5%.
Read the note with the blank spaces filled in. Study it
carefully, and write it from memory.
XOTK. While this note permits Mr. Hastings to ask for payment at any
time, it also allows Mr. White to pay the money as soon as he desires. In
case Mr. White should take an undue length of time to pay the note,
Mr. Hastings would have the right to call for his money with interest.
Such notes are common among people who know each other well and have
confidence in each other's fairness.
5. Mr. White earned the money and paid the note June 8,
1916. How much interest did he have to pay for its use?
Tell what Mr. Hastings would write across the face of the
note. Receipt your own copy in the same way.
LENDING MONEY ON NOTES
245
Finding the time between dates.
Demand notes, like the preceding, are not necessarily paid
at the end of even months. Consequently it becomes necessary
to compute the time between the writing and the payment of
the note. These periods are usually less than a year.
l. Find the exact number of days between June 17 and
Aug. 12.
June 17 to June 30, 13 da.
July, 31 da.
August, 12 da.
Total time, 56 da.
Compute the difference in time between the following dates:
2. Mar. 25, 1914 to Sept. 30, 1914.
3. June 5, 1914 to May 16, 1915.
4. July 29, 1914 to April 5, 1915.
5. Sept. 4, 1914 to July 20, 1915.
6. The accounts of Franklin P. Whitcomb show loans to
various people as indicated in the following table. Read aloud
the wording of each note. Compute the time for which each
of the demand notes would draw interest and the interest due
on each note.
No
OK
NOTE
BORROWER
DATK FA< E
TIME
KATE
WIIEX DUE
TEKEST
21
fJas. T. Smith
Feb. 5 $350
3 mo.
o%
9
V
22
Geo. A. Brown
Mar. 17 f 180
60 da.
4.1%: V
9
23
A. B. Lane
Apr. 5 . $ 85
Demand
n
Paid June 20
?
24
C. P. Burr
Apr. 27 i $ 45
!K) da.
H% t
V
25
A. C. Curtitr
June 8 i $ 95
Demand
5%f Paid Aug. 30
?
26
J. R. Brooks
June 20 i f 160
Demand
6 % ! Paid Dec. 10
?
24G SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
INVESTING IN MORTGAGES
Men who have a large amount of money to invest may lend
it to people who want to build houses, but who have not enough
capital for the purpose. The investor lends money enough to
enable the borrower to build the house ; but instead of taking
a promissory note, takes a mortgage. This is a legal document
having the general nature of a promissory note, but giving the
lender a lien, or claim, on the property as security, until the
loan, with interest, is paid.
Instead of expiring in 60 days or 3 months, as a note
might do, the mortgage generally runs for a period of years,
or indefinitely, as long as the borrower pays his interest regu-
larly, usually twice a year. In such cases the borrower must
keep his house insured against fire and may not let it get out of
repair. People or banks who lend money in this way usually
require the prospective builder to own the land and to build
the cellar. They will then lend part of or all the money re-
quired to build the house. In this way the investor has secur-
ity for more property than the value of the money lent, while
the borrower enjoys full possession of the house.
If the borrower does not pay his interest when it is due and
there is little prospect that he will be able to pay in the future,
the investor may foreclose ; that is, he may have the place
sold, and after deducting the value of his mortgage and the
interest, may return the surplus, if any, to the borrower.
If the investor, after taking a mortgage, needs money, he
may sell the mortgage to some other person who in turn collects
the interest as it falls due.
1. A. B. Stone owns an acre of land and has saved 11500.
He wishes to erect a house which will cost $ 8500. He borrows
$ 2000 from Mr. T. R. Smith, a wealthy neighbor, and gives
MORTGAGES 247
him a mortgage, agreeing to pay interest semiannually at 5 %
per annum. How much will the interest be each six months ?
2. If at the end of one year Mr. Stone not only pays the
interest but also $ 150 of the principal, on how much will in-
terest have to be paid the following year ? How much will
the interest be each six months ?
3. At the end of the second year Mr. Stone pays $ 280 on the
principal. How much remains to be paid ?
4. What are Mr. Stone's semiannual payments this year ?
5. Mr. Smith also lends $ 1575 to 'J. R. Turner, whom he
charges 5|%. He allows him to pay the interest once a year.
How much is the first payment ?
6. If Mr. Smith had deposited the sum of $1575 in a savings
bank, at 3| %, in time to draw compound interest both halves of
the year, how much would it have earned ? How much more
did it earn by being invested in the mortgage ?
7. Mr. Smith also owns a 6 % mortgage for $ 875 on the house
of C. J. Burr. He sells this mortgage to Albert Jones. How
much yearly interest does Mr. Smith lose ? Who will collect
this interest when it becomes due ?
8. Make out a check on the State Street National Bank of
Boston by which Mr. Burr pays the year's interest.
9. Make out the receipt which Mr. Jones gives Mr. Burr
when the latter pays the interest.
Boston, Mass., Jan. 1, 1916.
Received from 01. jl. /6Wt^_
'_ Dollars
one year's interest on mortgage. _
248 SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
BONDS
The average savings bank in the country will not take more
than $8000 from any one depositor, although a man may de-
posit in the banks of several surrounding towns and cities.
For this and other reasons, a successful business man, who has
several thousand dollars at a time to deposit, may find that the
savings banks do not meet his needs. If he does not wish to
purchase a mortgage, the best investment is probably certain
kinds of bonds.
If you examine a ten-dollar bill, you will find that it is a
promise or guaranty of a bank or of the United States govern-
ment to pay the bearer $ 10. We have the utmost confidence
in both the government and the bank; so we consider the ten-
dollar bill as good as ten gold dollars.
A bond is a written or printed promise to pay a sum of money
at a certain time, with interest at regular intervals at a fixed
rate. Bonds are issued by governments, railroads, cities, towns,
corporations, etc. When governments need money to build
canals, or cities require funds for sewer systems, or small towns
for schoolhouses, they often have to borrow the money. They
therefore issue a number of bonds and offer them for sale.
Bonds are usually issued for $1000, although $500 bonds and
bonds of smaller denominations may be secured.
The sum written on the face of the bond is called the par
value or face value.
A business man having $3000 to invest may buy three $1000
city bonds. The city has his money to use, while he has the
bond and can collect interest at 3| %, 4 %, or even a higher rate,
as specified in the bond itself.
A bond runs for a term of years, ten, twenty, or more, and the city is
bound to pay the interest each year and. the par value of the bond at the
end of the specified term of years. Moreover, if the business man needs
money, he can easily sell his bonds.
BONDS
249
tUwlLlfeltttB
FIRST MORTGAGE GOLD BOND
nil bant
wrf iitltrtst as provided it so&'Ji*Jr
This fata shall ot become obligelt"y
ificate ol the said Trustee kf'fon endorsed. .
In calmest CObetrof
HUNT'S COMML'X. AK. 17
250 SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
Oral Exercise
How much interest is due annually on the following bonds?
1. $1000 5's (bearing 5 % interest). 5. $1000 3}'s.
2. $1000 4\s (bearing 4 % interest). 6. $1000 3's.
3. $ 500 4's. 7. #1000 -U's.
4. $1000 6's. 8. * 500 G's.
Written Exercise
If the following $1000 bonds were purchased in 1915 and
held by their purchasers until maturity (that is, until they were
paid by the company that issued them), what would be the
total interest for that period of years ?
1. $1000 5's, maturing in 1030.
1915 to 19:50 = 15 yr.
5 % of $ 1000 = 1 50, interest for 1 yr. 15 x ,"$ 50 = f 750, interest for 15 yr.
NAME or BOND HATK MATCHES IN
2. Commonwealth Power Co. 4 1930
3. L. & B. St. Ry. Co. 4j 1920
4. Massachusetts 3 1938
5. City of Worcester 4 1924
6. City of Newton 4 . 1923
7. City of Albany 4| 1935
8. City of Omaha, Neb. 4 1941
9. City of Nashville, Tenn. 5 1925
10. City of Stamford, Conn. 4^ 1929
11. Toledo, Ohio 4J 1931
12. San Francisco, Cal. 5 1951
13. Sandusky, Ohio 5 1926
BONDS 251
SELLING PRICE AND INCOME
Bonds that pay a good rate of interest, especially municipal
bonds, are highly regarded as an investment. As the demand
for them increases, their selling price rises. A man who wishes
to buy bonds that pay 4| % interest issued by his own city may
be willing to pay a little more than $1000. If they are quoted
at 105, this means that the selling price is 105% of $1000 (the
par value), or $1050. On the other hand, bonds that pay only
3 ff c interest are not in such great demand and may sell for 85,
which means 85% of $1000 (the par value), or $850.
How much was paid for the following municipal bonds?
1. 3 Massachusetts 3's sold at 85.
2. 5 Bridgeport 4|'s sold at 104.
3. 3 Stamford 4|'s sold at 103.
4. 6 Dayton 5's sold at 108.
5. 8 Sandusky 5's sold at 104.
6. Compute the yearly income which each of the following
men derives from the $ 1000 bonds which he holds.
(a) Mr. Blake owns 10 Buffalo 4's, 8 Cleveland 4^'s, and
5 Massachusetts 3|'s.
() Mr. Gordon owns 15 City of Cambridge 3^'s, 12 Provi-
dence 4's, and 7 Albany 4|'s. ,
(c) Mr. Owens owns 13 City of Omaha 4^'s, 6 Fitchburg
R.I!. 5's, 3 Swift & Co. 5's, and 8 Boston 3's.
(d) Mr. Clarke owns 16 New Haven 4^'s, 3 Baltimore 4's,
and 20 N.Y. Central & Hudson River R.R. 4|'s.
7. A certain railroad sold $ 25,000,000 worth of bonds and
used the money to buy new cars, engines, and rails to extend
their lines, and to build new stations. These bonds were for
$1000 each and bore 4 % interest. How much interest did the
railroad have to pay each year on these bonds ?
252 SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
8. Find the interest due annually on a $1000 bond at 3 %,
3 %, 4 %, 41 %, 5%, <6% ; tlie interest due semiannually.
9. Find the interest due annually on a $ 100 bond at each
of the above rates ; on a $500 bond.
NOTE. Banks, insurance companies, trust companies, and savings banks,
which pay from '2/ to 4% on deposits, must reinvest them in securities
(notes, bonds, and mortgages) at a higher interest, in order to earn the inter-
est and pay the expenses of the business.
SOMK OF THE SECURITIES OWNED BY AN INSURANCE COMPANY
I' A u VAI.UK
First mortgage bonds Chesapeake & Ohio R. R.
5%
$ 84,600.00
First mortgage bonds Chicago and W. Indiana R. R.
6%
114,800.00
Montgomery County Public Road bonds
4J%
26,500.00
Houston & Texas Central R. R.
6%
82,000.00
First mortgage bonds Kansas Electric Co.
5%
367,000.00
10. How much did the Chesapeake & Ohio R.R. pay the
insurance company on the bonds it held ?
11. How much money did the insurance company invest in
Chicago and Western Indiana R.R. bonds, if it bought them at
par value ? Why did the insurance company invest so muth
in this particular bond ?
12. When Montgomery County started a campaign for better
roads it had to borrow $100,000, which it did by selling $100
bonds. How many did the insurance company buy ? What
interest did Montgomery County pay the company each year ?
What interest did the county pay on its whole issue of Public
Road bonds ? How was this interest probably raised ?
13. Find the semiannual interest on the Houston & Texas
R.R. bonds.
14. What were the annual earnings from the Kansas Electric
Co. bonds ?
REAL ESTATE INVESTMENTS
253
REAL ESTATE INVESTMENTS
Mr. Brown decided to withdraw money from several savings
banks, where he received only 3| % compound interest, which
amounted to $ 35.30 per year on $1000, and to build several
good two-family houses on some land which he owned.
l. The total investment in house No. 1 was as follows :
Cost, $3570; repairs, -142.16; taxes on $3500 at $16.50 per
thousand ; insurance for $ 3000 at ^ % a year ; 175,000 gal.
water at $.20 per 1000 gal. The upper tenement was rented
for $20 a month and the lower for $25 a month. Find the
total amount of the investment and the total yearly income:
MONEY INVESTED INCOME
Original cost ....
Repairs
3570
42
16
Rent for the year
Upper floor at $20
Taxes ......
9
9
per month .
9
?
Insurance
i
Lower floor at $25
Water bill .....
>
<;
per month . . .
9
y
Total invested .
>
y
Total income for year .
y
y
2. What per cent of the investment was the income ?
3. The investment in house No. 2 was as follows : Cost,
$4870; repairs, $117.40 ; taxes on $4000 at $15.40 per $.1000 ;
insurance on $4500 at \ % u year ; 200,000 gal. water at $ .20
per 1000 gal. It rented for $24 upstairs and $30 downstairs.
Arrange the year's account as in problem 1 and compute the
rate of income.
4. Mr. Brown built a third house on some land which he
bought for $ 875. The house cost him $ 3580 ; it was assessed
for $ 3200 and taxed at the rate of $ 14.80 per $1000. It was
insured for $ 3000 at ^ % premium and the tenant paid the
water tax. There was only one tenant, who paid $ 30 per
month. What was the yearly income ? the rate of income ?
254
SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
SELLING REAL ESTATE
5t.
1. Compute the area of each lot in square feet. (Although
the river curves some\vhat, that side of each lot is so nearly
straight that A, B, (7, and D may be considered as trapezoids.)
2. The owner bought the land for $ 3000 and held it for two
years before selling it or making improvements. It was assessed
for $ 3200 and the tax rate was $15 per $ 1000 the first year and
$ 16.20 per $ 1000 the second year. How much tax did he pay
each year ? What was the total tax for 2 years ?
3. The $ 3000 with which he purchased the land was with-
drawn from a savings bank, which paid 3 % interest com-
pounded semiannually. How much compound interest did the
owner lose during the two years ?
4. Add to the first cost of the land the two years' compound
interest lost and the two years' taxes paid. Divide the total
by 5 to get the average cost of each lot at the end of the two
years.
5. Early in the third year he sold lot A for $ 750 and lot B
for $800. He erected a house on (7, costing $2200, and sold
the house and the lot for $3000. Compute the profit from
these three transactions. (Consider the answer to problem 4
as the real cost of each lot at the time of the sale.)
STOCKS 255
STOCKS
The great temptation in investing one's surplus is the desire
to get rich quickly by buying stocks.. The words " stocks and
bonds " are used together so frequently that boys and girls often
think they mean the same thing. This is not true, however.
A bond, as explained in the previous lesson, is a promissory
note issued by a corporation, city, or town ; and its rate of
interest is fixed and must be paid.
Stocks are shares in the property of a company and draw
interest in the form of dividends if the company is doing a
profitable business. If there are no profits, there are no divi-
dends ; while if the profits are large, the dividends are cor-
respondingly large. Hence, you will see that bonds have a
regular guaranteed income, while the income from stocks is
uncertain.
Mining Stock. A few men, believing that a certain tract
of mountain land contains iron, may organize a company under
the laws of the state. They may have money enough to buy the
land but not enough to purchase machinery, to construct a spur-
railroad track, and to operate the mine. To secure this money
they have blank certificates of stock printed similar to that on
the next page. Brokers and agents take these certificates and
sell them to people who can be persuaded to buy.
A person who buys 5 shares whose par value is $100 each, becomes a
shareholder in the mining company and part owner of its property. The
company uses his money to operate the mine, and the shareholder hopes
that enough iron will be found to pay him a larger return for his money
than he would get from other investments.
If the mine is successful and the income during the year is $50,000 above
the expenses, this income will be divided among the stockholders. If the
capital stock held by different stockholders is $ 1,000,000, the dividend will
probably be 5%.
$50,000 = 5QOO of $ 1,000,000; 50000 of 100% = 5 %, rate of dividend.
1,000,000
256
SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
INCORPORATED UHOEB THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA
Shares
" ^"^ ii 1 - ** " % ' ' '''*""-"""'
3fnl0ttnC|&j ttohtrtof , tAe. laid G.un&bmJ fiat cau
ntnC|j trto , e. la .yun&m iat cauSuitiitia'cc
<iumd fu& duly 4idficu4tdcffiau and fc fc ^.uAda-ilfitfuJ'iadff/u- C'cuwwKan
J
The company may reserve $ 10,000 of the f 50,000 for new machinery,
etc., and divide only f 40,000. What will the rate of dividend be in this
case? If, however, the mine fails to produce any profits, not only is there
no dividend but the stock itself becomes worthless. In this case it cannot be
sold and the investor's money is lost, whereas if he had put it in a savings
bank, it could have been drawn out at any time.
Caution. Never invest in stock which is extensively advertised
or which an agent is trying hard to sell /
If it were a good investment, it would sell without much
advertising. " Not over one in 300 mining prospects ever pays
dividends."
There are stocks which are very valuable and pay large
dividends ; but it needs an expert business man to select them.
They should never be bought by an amateur.
STOCKS 257
The Uncertainty of Stock as an Investment. If a certain
stock is paying 6 % or 8 % animal dividend, it has much more
earning power than money deposited in a savings bank. Such
stocks, although having a par value of $100 a share, are worth
more, and often sell for $ 110, $115, or more. If, on the other
hand, a stock pays an annual dividend of only 2 %, it is less
valuable and will perhaps sell for $90, $80, or even less per share.
1. A man bought a $100 share in the American Car and
Foundry Company. As the company had not yet begun to
pay dividends, he was able to buy a share for $ 64. The first
year that he held it the company paid 3| % dividend. Soon
after this, he sold his share for $93.75. What was the differ-
ence between the cost and the selling price? If he had pur-
chased 50 shares at 64 and sold them at 93|, what would have
been the gain ? the annual dividend ?
2. His neighbor bought a $100 share of American Ice Com-
pany stock at 83 (that is, he paid $ 83 for one share). It failed
to pay dividends, and he sold his share in 2 yr. for $ 39.
How much did he lose ? Find the additional loss in simple
interest on $ 83 at 4 %
3. Mr. Brown bought 3 shares of American Locomotive
stock at 82 and sold them at 100| (that is, for $100.25 per
share). How much did he make ?
4. American Woolen stock started at 76^. Mr. Bates bought
10 shares. How much did they cost him ?
5. He kept them until they were selling at 82 and then sold
them. What was the difference between the amount they cost
him and the amount he received for them ?
6. Mr. Cook bought one share of Continental Tobacco stock
at 95 and sold it at 119. How much did he make ?
258 SAVING AND INVESTING MONEY
7. A western farmer who had accumulated $ 20,000 invested
$ 15,000 as follows. Compute his yearly income in the form
of dividends and interest.
$ 3000 in Seattle bonds at par, paying 6 % yearly interest, f
4000 in Los Angeles bonds at par, paying 5 % yearly interest, $
1000 in Irrigation bonds at par, paying 5-| % yearly interest, f
2000 in 1st mortgage on store 6% yearly interest, ff
2500 in 1st mortgage on store 8% yearly interest. *
2000 in 1st mortgage on farm 5 % yearly interest. 8
Total yearly interest, $
8. Another western farmer, instead of trusting to bonds and
mortgages, invested largely in stock as follows. Fill in the
items.
12 shares of Eagle Mining stock at 95, costing f
15 shares of Twin Peaks Mine stock at 102, costing $
20 shares of Western Mfg. Co. stock at 84, costing f
18 shares of Oil Co. stocks at 103, costing $
Total money invested $
9. Dividends are always reckoned on the par value, usually
100 a share.
The Eagle stock paid no dividends
The Twin Peaks stock paid 5%, amounting to $
The Western Mfg. stock paid 2 %, amounting to f
The Oil Co. stock paid 6 %, amounting to %
Annual income from his stocks, $
10. The farmer sold his stock as follows :
Eagle stock, 12 shares at 80, receiving $
Twin Peaks, 15 shares at 99, receiving f -
Western Mfg., 20 shares at 85, receiving <$ -
Western Oil Co., 18 shares at 105, receiving f
Total receipts, f -
11. How much did the stock shrink in value ?
PERCENTAGE 259
PERCENTAGE IN MISCELLANEOUS ACTIVITIES
BASEBALL
In computing the batting average or per cent, we must know
the number of times the player comes to the bat (A.B.) and
the number of hits (H.).
1. Player Smith, A.B. 24, H. 8. Find the batting average.
/ ? of 100% = 33|%. This is expressed in baseball tables as .333, which
is the decimal form the two first figures giving the per cent.
2. What was the batting average of" the following players ?
A.B.
H.
A.B.
H.
()
Becker
514
167
(e)
Connolly
399
122
(6)
Wheat
533
170
(/)
Cravath
499
149
(c)
Dalton
442
141
(*)
Miller
573
166
W
Magee
544
171
(A)
Fletcher
514
62
3. On July 15 the Philadelphia team had won 45 games and
lost 32. What was the per cent won ?
45 -|- 32 = 77, the number of games played.
} of 100 % = ffi>- % = 58.4 %, which is expressed in baseball tables as
.584.
4. Find the per cent (to the nearest tenth) of games won by
the following teams up to the date specified :
TKAM DATK WON LOST
Detroit July 15 45 37
Washington 43 36
New York 30 47
Boston Aug. 1 55 41
Chicago 47 49
Boston Oct. 1 89 59
New York 68 81
St. Louis 69 80
200 PERCENTAGE
SCHOOL ATTENDANCE
5. In a school having 40 members, 5 were absent. What
was the per cent of attendance ?
i
40 5 = 35, number of pupils present.
|2 of 100% = 871% present.
6. Compute the percent of attendance for each grade given
below.
GRADE MEMBERS ABSENT GRADE MEMBERS ABSENT
(a)
I
40
4
(e)
V
32
4
(b)
II
38
2
(/)
VI
33
3
(e)
III
36
5
G?)
VII
37
5
00
IV
42
6
(A)
VIII
31
1
WAGES
7. A 5 % increase was declared in the wages of a certain
class of operatives. How much should each of the following
receive per day under the new scale ?
OLD WAGE OLI> WA<;E
(a) Mr. A $2.50 (e) Miss E $1.95
(b) Mr. B 3.00 (/) Miss F 2.25
(<?) Mr. C 2.70 (.7) Miss G 2.14
(rf) Miss D 3.45 (A) Miss H 2.00
8. Each of the following accountants had his year's salary
increased as follows. What wa.s the new salary ?
OLD SALARY INCREASE OLD SALARY INCREASE
() Miss L 9 880 10 % (rf) Miss R $ 750 5 %
(6) Mr. N 1040 12J % (e) Miss S 960 10 %
(c)Mr.O 1260 18f% (/) Miss T 1200 . 12$%
9. After having his salary increased 10% (^) Mr. W re-
ceived $ 880. What was the old salary ?
80 10
f 880 is iof old salary; old salary = f 880-=-^ = $frWtf X - = |8<>0.
PERCENTAGE 261
10. After an increase of 12| %, Miss X received $990.
How much did she receive formerly ?
11. After an increase of 30%, Mr. Z received $2600.
How much was lie paid previously ?
12. What is the per cent of increase when a salary of $1000
is raised to $ 1200 ? .
(a) 118.00
$21.00
(/) $14.00
(b) 21.00
24.00
O) 24.00
(c) 15.00
18.00
(A) 25.50
00 18.00
20.00
(/) 26.00
(e) 12.00
15.00
(./) 26.50
f 1-200 - $ 1000 = $200 ; - of 100% = o ( ,o/ o-
P
13. The following employees of a large corporation had their
weekly pay increased as shown below. What was the per cent
of increase in each case ?
OLD KATE NEW RATE OLD RATE NKW RATE
^16.00
27.00
27.00
27.50
30.00
14. The following people were able to save the per cent of
their salary indicated. How much did each save?
SALARY SAVED SALARY SAVED
(a) $1600 2i% 00 $1800 12%
(6) 1450 4i/ (/) 4100 8*%
(r) 975 6J% (0) 1750 2 %
00 215 71% (//) 1180 5%
MISCELLANEOUS
15. The following figures illustrate some very successful
hatches with incubators. Compute the per cent of eggs which
hatched, disregarding any fractional part of 1 % .
NUMBER OF EGOS
NUMBER
NUMBER OF EGOS
NUMBER
INCUBATED
HATCHED
INCUBATED
HATCHED
(a) 175
156
(0
248
210
(J) 40
35
(/)
300
244
(<) 125
102
07)
175
146
00 -'so
230
(A)
.148
100
202 PERCENTAGE
16. There are 32 fluid ounces in. 1 qt. If a quart of a cer-
tain patent medicine contains 4 oz. of alcohol, what per cent of
alcohol should be printed on the label ?
17. What per cent of alcohol ought to be printed on the label
of quart bottles containing the following amounts of alcohol?
() (*) (<0 00 00 (/) (9) (*) (0
7 oz. 11 oz. 3 oz. oi oz. 11 ox. 12 oz.
18. What per cent of alcohol is there in pint bottles of patent
medicines containing the following amounts of alcohol ?
00 (*) (<0 ('0 00 (/) (9) (*) (0
1 oz. 1| oz. 3 oz. \\ oz. 5 oz. 4| oz. 6 oz. 5 oz. 2 oz.
19. What per cent more expensive is :
(a) English breakfast tea @ 75 ? than Oolong @ 64 ?
(A) Java coffee @ 32 / than Moclia @ 30 ?
(c) Mocha coffee @ 300 than Pan American @ 18^?
(^/) Home eggs @ 60 ^ than case eggs @ 38 ^ ?
20. What per cent was saved in buying coffee in 25-pound
cases when prices were as follows ?
PRICE OF 1 Lii. PRICE IN 25- LH. LOTS
Java coffee 32 ^ 30 ^
Maracaibo coffee 20 ^ 16 ^
Mocha coffee 30 ? 27 ^
Pan American coffee 18 ^ 16 ^
Rio coffee 16 /- 14 ^
21. What was the per cent of increase in the retail price of
sirloin steak in a certain city from 1905 to each year mentioned
below ?
1905 1907 1908 1910 1915
28^ 30 f 32^ 34 jf 38.*
INDEX
Accounts, 46, 54, 84, 194-196.
bank, 222, 223, 230-235.
Ad valorem duty, 187.
Addition, 1, 5-7, 14-25, 35, 36, 42-50,
180-184, 201, 202, 218, 219, 222,
223.
of fractions, 26-29, 32, 92, 93, 95, 96.
Areas, 56, 57, 113, 118-121, 131-133,
141-155, 168, 169.
Assessing property, 179-181.
Assessors, 179.
Banks, cooperative, 236-240.
national, 218-223.
savings, 227-235.
Baseball per cents, 259.
Bill of lading, 74, 75.
Bills, 23-25, 49, 41, 75, 84, 121, 130,
162, 173, 175, 177, 194-196, 221.
discounted, 161, 162.
Board feet, 123-130.
Boarding-up surfaces, 137, 141.
Bonds, 248-252.
Boxes, 90-96.
Building and loan associations, 236-240.
Building laws, 168, 169.
Building problems, 131-150.
Business use of 100, 1000, 2000, 69.
Cancellation, 125, 143, 145.
Cardboard, 65-68.
Carpentry problems, 87-96, 125, 13.1-
149.
Carting coal, 108, 109.
Carting wood, 98, 99.
Cellars, 131.
Cement walks, 120, 121.
Change, making, 1-7, 34, 38, 213, 214.
Checks, 219-223.
Circumference, 153.
Cleats, 30-32.
Coal business, 104-111.
Commission, 21, 210, 211.
Compound interest, 228-235.
Consignor, 75.
Construction, problems in, 27-32.
Cooperative banks, 236-240.
Cord, 97-99.
Cost of living, 197.
Cubic feet, 97-99, 131, 151, 170, 171.
Decimals, 69, 128, 172-175, 190-193.
(See also Coal and Lumber.)
Deposits, 219, 222, 223, 229-240.
Desk construction, 27-29.
Discounts, 161-165.
Distribution, 212.
Dividends, 255.
Division. 45-50, 61. 80
by-a~~~fracti6n, 62-64, 66-68,
85, 87-89, 90, 91, 94.
Dozens, 45-50.
Dry goods, problems in, 33-37.
Duties, 186, 187.
Earning a living, 199-207.
Economy in buying, 37.
Efficiency, 36, 198.
Electricity, problems in, 176, 177.
Equations, 123-125.
Factory, 200-212.
Feet and inches, 27-32, 56-68, 87-96.
Fire insurance, 190-193.
Floor space in schoolrooms, 155.
Floors, 133-137.
Fractions, 9-17, 26-29, 32-34, 38, 39,
58, 59, 63-68, 85-100, 114-116, 139,
199, 200-202.
Framing floors, 133-135.
Framing roofs, 138-140.
Freight problems, 74-84, 108-110.
Furniture, 167.
Gallon, 170, 171.
Gas, problems about, 174, 175.
Girders, 133, 134.
Glass, problems about, 56, 57.
Grain, problems about, 80-84.
Granolithic walk, 120.
Groceries, problems about, 3-5, 8-25.
Gross weight, 100-103, 104-111.
Hardware business, 112-117, 161-165.
Heating by radiators, 151-153.
House building, 131-150.
Household accounts, 194-197.
Hundredweight, 70-81.
263
264
INDEX
Inches, 27-32, 56-68, 87~<>6.
Income tax, 1SS, 189.
Industrial problems, "><i C.s.
Insurance, 190-193.
Interest, 224-252, 258.
Investments, 218-258.
Joists, 134.
Labor, 135, 199-208.
Lending money, 243-246.
Lighting, problems about, 174-177.
List price, 161.
Lumber, 122-130.
Making change, 1-7, 34, 38, 213, 214.
Marking prices, 159, 160, 165.
Meat, problems about, 12, 13,38-44,71-
73.
Meters, electricity, 176, 177.
gas, 174, 175.
water, 172, 173.
Molding, 88.
Money orders, 213.
Mortgages, 246, 247.
Mosquito netting, 115-117.
Multiplication, 23-25, 38-41, 45, 57, 61,
72, 73, 84, 176, 177.
of decimals, 74-80, 104-111.
Nails, making, 62-64.
National banks, 218-223.
Net price, 161, 163.
Net weight, 100-103, 104-111.
Notes, promissory, 243-245.
Ounces. (See Pounds and ounces.)
Painting, 149.
Paper, 65-68.
Parallelograms, area of, 1 18.
Parcel post, 216, 217.
Pay checks, 200-202.
Paymaster, 201-207.
Percentage, 21, 71, 73, 80, 156-169,
177-179, 184-188, 197, 198, 259-262.
Personal property, 179.
Picture frames, 59, 60.
Piece work, 206.
Pins, making, 61.
Pitch of roofs, 139, 140.
Post office, 213-217, 264, 265.
Postal savings system, 224, 225.
Poultry, 45-55.
Poultry wire, 114.
Pounds and ounces, 8-15, 38-42, 72,
100, 113, 217. (See Scales, Meats.)
Premium, insurance, 190.
Printers' problems, 65-68.
Profits, 156-159, 165-1(17.
Promissory notes, 243-245.
Quadrilaterals, area of, 1 18.
Radiating surfaces, 152, 153.
Rafters, 140.
Real estate investments, 253, 254.
Real estate taxes, 179-185.
Receipts, 23, 75, 121, 173, 175, 177.
Rectangles, area of, 118, 153.
Rectilinear figures, 118-120. (Sec
Areas.)
Roofs, 138-150.
Running foot, 31, 113.
Sale slips, 14-17, 35, 83, 129, 130.
Saving and investing money, 218-258.
Savings banks, 227-235.
Sawing, 86-89, 94.
Scales, 8, 9, 39, 70, 104.
School attendance, 260.
Screws, making, 61.
Shingling, 143-149.
Shoes, problems about, 203, 206-212.
Sills, 133.
Specific duty, 187.
Square, in flooring, etc., 135, 145.
Square foot, 113-117.
Stocks, 255-258.
Studs, 136.
Subtraction, 5-7, 18-22, 37, 42, 45-47,
100, 101, 184, 222,223.
Tables, of prices, 9-11, 13, 57, 65, 107,
110, 214, 217.
Tare, 100-111.
Taxes, duties, 186, 187.
income, 188, 189.
property, 178-185.
Tickets, railroad, 6, 7.
Time clock, 199.
Time records, 200-202.
Ton, 102, 103, 104-111.
Total cards, 18-20, 42, 43.
Trapezoids, area of, 119, 144, 168, 169.
Triangles, area of, 118, 144-150.
Wages, 203-207, 260.
Water charges, 170-173.
Weighing, 8, 9, 11, 13, 39, 70, 100, 103,
112.
Wholesale coal, 110, 111.
Wholesale groceries, 156-158.
Wholesale hardware, 161-163, 165.
Wholesale meat, 71, 73.
Wire, 62-64, 114.
Wood (fuel), 97-99.
Woodworking, 27-32, 58-60, 86-96.
Yards, 33, 34, 37.
ANSWERS TO
HUNT'S COMMUNITY ARITHMETIC
Page 8. 1. 2 Ib. 14 oz. 2. 6 Ib. 4 oz. 3. 9 Ib.
5. 12lb. lOoz. 6. 19 Ib. 4 oz. 7. $.48; $2.08.
Page 10.
4. 10 Ib. 12 oz.
PRICE
I Oz.
2Oz.
SOz.
4Oz.
5Oz.
6Oz.
70z.
8Oz.
9 Oz.
10 Oz.
11 Oz.
12 Oz.
13 Oz.
14 Oz.
1. -S .22
$.01
$.03
$.04
$.06
$.07
$.08
$.10
$.11
$.12
$.14
$.15
$.17
$.18
$.19
3. .26
.02
.03
.05
.07
.08
.10
.11
.13
.15
.16
.18
.20
.21
.23
.30
.02
.04
.06
.08
.09
.11
.13
.15
.17
.19
.21
.23
.24
.26
.36
.02
.05
.07
.09
.11
.14
.16
.18
.20
.23
.25
.27
.29
.32
.38
.02
.05
.07
.10
.12
.14
.17
.19
.21
.24
.26
.29
.81
.33
.40
.03
.05
.08
.10
.13
.15
.18
.20
.23
.25
.28
.30
.33
.35
3. $1.26. 4. $1.65.
5. $1.48.
6. $6.16.
Page 14. - 2. $1.45.
Page 15. 1. $1.94. 2. $1.49.
6. $1.09. 7. $1.89.
Page 17. 2. $16.64. 3. $19.35. 4. $15.33. 5. $2.63.
7. $3.61. 8. $5.87. 9. $5.87. 10. $20.34. 11. $16.66.
Page 18. - 1. Received on Acct., $30.50; Received Cash, $32.02; Paid
out, $ 5.67.
Page 19. 2. Received on Acct., $40.35; Received Cash, $48.92; Paid
out, $6.54. 3. $82.73. 4. $84.90.
Page 20. 5. Front: Received on Acct., $22.15; Received Cash, $ 16.27 ;
Paid out, $3.63. Back: Received on Acct., $50.20; Received Cash, $30.29;
Paid out, $ 10.43.
Page 21. 1. Sales, $ 71.18 ; commission. $2.14.
Page 22. 2. Sales, $81.71 ; commission, $2.45. 3. Sales, $94.12 ; com-
mission, $2.82.
Page 23. 1. $154.15.
Page 24. 2. $49.65. 3. $38.30. 4. $45.55. 5. $23.20. 6. $25.
Page 25. 7. $24.60. 8. $9.68. 9. $5.32. 10. $1.89. 11. $9.28.
12. $4.85. 13. $75.76.
HUNT'S COMMUN. AH. 18 265
266 ANSWERS
Page 26. 2. 8^' in. 3. 15^ in. 4. 14 in. 5. 16 in. 6. 18 in.
7. llj-iin. 8. ll,' s in. 9. 11 Jin. 10. 15, 5 ff in. 11. 13^ in. 12. 11}-,: in.
13. 18Jin. 15. 8' in. 16. 7^ in. 17. 8} in. 18. ^ in. 19. 7 j ,', iii.
Page 28. 2. 24 in. 3. 3-J in. 4. 13J- in.; <>}s in - 5 { 's in - ; (i i'V, '"
5. :>| in. ; 7^| in. ; 5J in. ; 9 T 3 5 in. ; 4^ in. ; 1J in. 7. 2{ in.
Page 31. 1. 4 lengths. 2. 6 hoards. 3. 2 boards, 6 ft. not used.
4. 2 ft. or 24 in. 5. 20 running feet ; 2 boards (4 ft. not used). 6. 4 strips
used, necessitating sawing up 5 strips. 7. 2 in. or ^ the strip. 8. llf ft.
9. \\ ft. 10. 14 ft. 11. loft.
Page 32. 1. 25 in. 2. (a) 24 in. ; (6) 27 in. 3. 20| in. 4. (a) 20| in. ;
(6) 18$ in. 5. (JJ- in. 6. (a) 5f in. ; (ft) 10[ in. ; (c) 9^ in. ; (d) 8f in.
7. (a) 22 in. ; (b) | in. ; (c) 3| in.
Page 35. 16. $1.63. 17. $24.72 ; $13.46.
Page 36. 1. Ames, $121.80; Brown, $104.20; Cook, $100.54; Dunn,
807.06; Stone, $'14o.66; Poole, $123.23; Howe, $137.74; White, $130.60.
2. Brown and Dobel : Mon., $59.69; Tue., $66.33; Wed., $64.64; Thu.,
$74.03; Fri., $79.51 ; Sat., $79.40. Hanson and Stone : Mon., $89.47 ; Tue.,
$94.33; Wed., $80.02; Thu., $85.48; Fri., $87.82; Sat., $100.01.
Page 37. 1. $.50; $7.50. 2. $.35; $4.38. 3. $1.50; $22.88.
4. $2.25; $11.25. 5. $.75; $4.13. 6. $.90; $4.28. 7. $.75; $2.81.
8. si.;*); $7.13. 9. 9 1.10 ;$ 12.10. 10. $.75; $20.25. 11. $1.00;
$11.50. 12. $.25; $4.50. 13. $ 1.35 ; $ 10,13. 14. $.50; $4.13. 15. $.80;
$10.40. 16. $1.10; $5.50. 17. $.85; $14.45. 18. $.50; $2.50. 19. $.85;
$5.53. 20. $1.10; $8.80. 21. $.65; $7.80. 22. $1.30; $5.20.
23. $.40; $1.80. 24. $ 1.00 ;$ 19.50. 25. $.75; $6.00.
Page 39. 1. $6.22. 2. $15.87. 3. $10.19. 4. $6.31. 5. 85.^.
6. *2.f>4. 7. $1.65. 8. $2.09. 9. $4.91. 10. $.70.
Page 40. 3. $.49. 4. $.61. 5. $.81. 6. $2.21. 7. $.88. 8. $.32.
9. S.53. 10. $.15. 11. $2.25. 12. $.18. 13. $.58. 14. $.44.
15. 81.08. 16. $.86. 17. 8.83. 18. $1.44. 19. $1.58. 20. *.'.i:-J.
21. 81.95. 22. 8.34. 23. 8.03. 24. $.60.
Page 41. - 1. Total, $6.96. 2. Total, $8.88.
Page 42. 1. $9.75. 2. $22.01. 3. $2.28.
Page 43. 4. $9.75; $26.95. 5. 846.72. 6. $4.02. 7. 869.65.
8. $74.50.
Page 44. 9. (c?) $56.86.
Page 45. 1. Nov., $12.22; Dec., $10.86; Jan., $10.43; Feb., $10.08;
Mar., $8.00; Apr., $5.89; May, $5.14; June, $6.14; July, $7.12; Aug.,
$7.26; Sept., $6.63. 2. 3321 eggs. 3. 166^ eggs. 4. $96.16.
5. $59.36. 6. $2.97.
HUNT'S COMMU.V. AR.
ANSWERS 207
Page 46. -2. (a) 184 doz. ; (/>) 00 doz. ; (c) $85.58; (d) $40.78.
3. Mar., 307 doz., income $129.63, gain $103.4:3; Apr., 271 doz., income
$ 105.00, gain $ 69.90; May, 202 doz., income $ 90.44, gain 59.54; June,
227 doz., income $01.75, gain $30.85; July, 177 doz., income 42.51, gain
$2.31 ; Aug., 281 doz., income $09.00, gain $38.10; Sept., 154 doz., income
$43.80, gain $ 11.30 ; Oct., 131 doz., income $40.12, gain $7.72 ; Nov., 112 doz.,
income $38.45, gain $0.05; Dec., 145 doz., income $ 61.25, gain $30.05.
4. 29,016 eggs. 5. 2418 doz. 6. $848.47 ; No. 7. $405.57.
Page 49. Nov. Pen 1 : 47 eggs, 3J doz., $ 1.76 ; Fen 2 : 51 eggs, 4 doz.,
$1.91 : Pen 3: 55 eggs, 4 T "
$3.40; Pen 2: 97 e
Jan. Pen 1 : 178 egg
Pen 3 : 181 eggs, 15 r \ doz., $7.24.
Page 50. - Total value for Nov., $ 5.74 ; Dec., $ 10.88 ; Jan., $21.00 ; Feb.,
$18.50; Mar., $17.07; Apr., $10.80; May, $ 13.35 ; June, $11.79; July,
$13.23; Aug., $13.87; Sept., $13.10; Oct., $13.67. Total number of eggs
for Plymouth Rocks, 2038 ; Rhode Island Reds, 1927 ; White Wyandottes,
1948 ; for 3 pens, 5913 eggs ; total yearly income, $ 109.00.
Page 51. 1. 223J Ib. 2. $31.20. 3. Total income, $200.86; total
expense, $ 112.40 ; net income, $ 88.46.
Page 52. 1. 1439 eggs. 2. $60.38. 3. $20.00. 4. $70.38.
5. $ 3 for wire ;$ 8 for hoppers. 6. $30.95. 7. $45.43.
Page 55. 1. 6197 eggs ; 516 T \ doz. 2. 110$f eggs. 3. Jan., $22.20;
Feb., $21.04; Mar., $28; Apr., $23. 12; May, $23.06; June, $19.55; July,
$ 16.25 ; Aug., $ 14.75 ; Sept., $ 12.56 ; Oct., $8.66 ; Nov., $48.84 ; Dec., $ 11.75.
4. $250.44. 6. $151.71. 7. $313.96. 8. $162.25. 9. $3.06.
Page 56. 1. Pane A, 54 sq. in. ; Pane B, 96 sq. in. ; Pane C, 140 sq. in. ;
Pane D, 187 sq. in. ; Pane E, 288 sq. in. ; Pane F, 450 sq. in. ; Pane G, 544 sq. in.
Page 57. 3. 18 in. x 34 in. ; 83| sq. in. waste; $.40. 4. 16 in. x 30 in. ;
45f sq. in. waste. 5. (a) 11 in. x 17 in. ; 25 T 9 ff sq. in. ; $.13; (ft) 8 in. x 10 in. ;
lOf sq. in. ; $.05; (c) 10 in. x 14 in. ; 16}- sq. in. ; $.09; (d) 12 in. x 24 in. ;
12 sq. in. ; $.19; (c) 13| in. x 20 in. ; 20 sq. in. ; $.24; (/) 11 in. x 17 in. ;
23 sq. in. ; $.13.
Page 59. 1. ,00 in. 2. 5 ft. ; $.05. 4. 3 ft. 10 in. 5. ft. 2 in.
6. 4 ft. 7 in. 7. 3 ft. 5$ in. 8. 4 ft. in. 9. 3 ft. 11 in. 10. 4 ft. 11 in.
11. 5 ft. 1 in. 12. 3 ft. 11$ in. 13. 5 ft. 8 in.
Page 60. 14. 5J" x 10$". 15. 1\" x 10$". 16. 8V x 12$". 17. Length,
14|in. ; width, 8| in. 18. 11 in. x 15 in. 19. 11 in. x 15$ in. ; 11 in. x 17 in.
20. (a) ft. 1 in. ; (b) 3 ft. 11 in. ; (c) 10 in. x 16$ in. ; (d) 10$ in. x 17 in. ;
(p) 11 in. x 17 in. ; (/) 8$ sq. in.
Page 61. 1. 5400 screws; 43,200 screws. 2. 475,200 screws. 3. 3300 gro.
4. 4200 gro. 5. Mr. Jones 51,300 per hour ; 410,400 per day ; 2850 gro. ; Mr.
Sampson 79,200 per hour; 033,600 per day ; 4400 gro. ; Mr. Moore 59,400
per. hour ; 475,200 per day ; 3300 gro.
Page 62. No. 1, If in. ; No. 2, If in. ; No. 3, 2J in. ; No. 4, 1| in. ; No. 5,
2i in. ; No. 6, 1 in. ; No. 7, 2| in. ; No. 8, 3} in.
HUNT'S COMMCN. AH.
20S
ANSWKRS
Page 63. 2. 16. 3. 16-&. 4. 29|. 5. 75ft. 6. 3|. 7. If. 8. 6.
2. N<>. 1, l, 7 ^ in. ; No. 4, 1A in. 3. No. 2, 1 J in. ; No. 3, 2| in. ; No. 5,
-!,',. in. t> _'' in. 4. No. 7, 2}. in. ; No. 8, 3/ 5 in. 5. 11.3 nails. 6. !-,=',. in. ;
10.1 nails.
Page 64. 7. 1| in. ; 6.4 nails. 8. 120 Ib. 9. 41- Ib. 10. 737.3 nails.
11. 217.6 nails. 12. 2 T 7 ? in. ; 4.9 nails. 13. 203+ Ib. 14. 25,872 nails.
15. 6.09 Ib. 16. 196.91 Ib. 17. 3.75 Ib. ; 121.26 Ib. 18. 4 Ib. 8 oz.
5. $.50. 6. $.31.
$1.12. 12. -S2.22.
Page 65. 1. $.60. 2. $.26. 3. $.93. 4. .72.
7. 92.81. 8. 12. 9. $2.03. 10. $.67. 11.
13. $13.50. 14. $4.22. 15. $6.
Page 66. 1. 8 sections. 2. 8 cards ; 64 cards.
Page 7. 4. 80 cards. 5. 63 cards. 6. 48 cards. 7. 35 cards. 8. 7
sheets cut, part of last sheet wasted. 9. 16 sheets.
Page 68. 10. Flat letter, 160 sq. in. ; Flat packet, 228 sq. in. ; Demy, 336
sq. in. ; Folio, 374 sq. in. ; Double folio, 748 sq. in. ; Packet folio, 456 sq. in. ;
Double cap, 476 sq. in. ; Double royal, 1596 sq. in. ; Medium, 414 sq. in.
11. 16 noteheads. 12. 7 sheets (as 6 sheets would give only 96 noteheads).
13. Flat packet, packet folio, double royal. 14. 250 sheets. 15. Double
cap. 16. Folio, double folio. 17. Folio, 250 sheets ; Double folio, 125
sheets. 18. Demy, 250 sheets ; Medium, 125 sheets.
Page 70. 1. (a) 215 Ib. or 2.15 cwt.
or 4. 9 cwt., etc. 2. $5. 3. $7.02.
7. $9.38; total, $38.16.
Page 71. 1. No. 1, $74; No. 2, $94.88
3. $25. 4. $109.14. 5. $14.26. 6
$.082; $.084; $.085.
Page 73. 1. 72.80. 2. Total, $78.03.
5. 832.29. 6. Rib, 13+%; Sirloin, 46+%
Flank, 40%. 7. 110^ Ib. ; $41.99.
(6) 370 Ib. or 3.7 cwt.
4. 83.87. 5. $6.48.
(c) 490 Ib.
6. $6.41.
No. 3, $100.20. 2. $99.
$125.86. 7. $.075; 8.08;
3. Total, $ 110.32. 4. $5.23.
Round, 140%; Chuck, 23+%;
7. $.37.
13. $3.64.
5. $2.05.
11. $25.16.
5. $50.80.
11. $21.
5. $14.28.
11. 82.98.
Page 81. 2. (a) 8334 bu. ; (ft) 750 bu. ; (c) 585f bu. ; (d) 1750 bu.;
(e) 987$ bu. ; (/) 1250 bu. ; (g) 633| bu. ; (h) 500 bu. 3. (5)8.08.
(c) $.11. (d) $.032. (e) .076. '(/)$. 051. (g) $ .096. (*) $.098.
4. 800 bu. 5. $81.60; $.10. 6. $.93. 7. $ .07 ; $56. 8. $39.20.
9. $75.60.
HUNT'S COMMUN. AR.
Page 76.
8. $.33.
14. $.60.
3. 8.63.
9. 81.51.
15. $.84.
4. $.51.
10. $2.56.
16. $1.09.
5. 8.89.
11. $.51.
6. $.61.
12. $3.24.
Page 77.
6. $6.77.
12. $21.33.
1. $3.15. 2. $.42. 3. $1.50.
7. $3.77. 8. $5.35. 9. $21.22.
13. $81.25. 14. $17.47.
4. $1.93.
10. $61.50.
Page 78.
6. $81.60.
12. $16.
1. $86.40.
7. $108.40
13. $32.
2. $86.40.
8. $170.
14. $23,400.
3. $91.80.
9. $56.
4. $86.80.
10. 124.
Page 79.
6. $11.93.
12. $4.62.
1. $5.20.
7. $5.46.
2. $13.06.
8. $25.50.
3. $1.28.
9. $11.65.
4. $3.41.
10. $6.02.
ANSWERS 269
Page82. 10. $.11; $1.12. 11. $.09. 12. $.64. 13. $.67: $21.
14. 113 Ib. 15. $1.47. 16. 18 bags. 17. 31 bags. 18.
19.
Page 83. 20. $6.34. 21. $8.27. 22. $9.92. 23. $10.43.
24. $11.05.
Page 84 $45.87.
Page 85. 4. 20f 5. 22|. 6. 22|. 7. 221. 8. 17 A. 9. 81.
10. 65. 11. 8 T V 12. 5^. 13. 6f. 14. '8. 15. 3f. 16. 7|.
17. 6. 18. 6. 19. 6|. 20. 6 T 9 r . 21. 4^- 22. 4W. 23. 16W.
24. 6JJ. 25. 6.
Page87. 2. No waste. 3. 4 lengths, 24 in. waste. 4. The 14-foot
board has only 8 in. waste.
Page 88. 2. 3 strips and waste. 3. 5 strips and waste ; 6 strips and waste.
4. 4 strips ; 5 strips and waste. 5. The 8-inch board. 6. The 9-inch board ;
because only 1 in. is wasted. 7. 4 strips ; 18 boards. 8. 10 boards.
Page 89. 1. Iff in. 2. 1 in. ; 2jj- in. ; 2 T 5 ? in. ; 3| in. ; 2^ in.
4. (a) 5 strips and waste. (6) 3 strips and waste. 5. 1.7 miles. 6. 150 ft.
7. More revolutions. 8. 25 in. ; 4320 revolutions.
Page 91. 2. 10 ends and waste. 3. 7 sides and waste. 4. 7 sides
with much waste. 5. 11 sides and waste. 6. 9 ends with much waste.
7. 5 sides and waste. 8. 20 boards. 9. 98| in. 10. T \ in. 11. in.
13. 26 boards ; 64 boards.
Page 92. 1. 20 T \ in. 2. The one which was tongued. 3. 17 1 in.,
before; 17| in., after. 4. 23JJJ- in., before; 23 T \ in., after. 5. 17 r 7 5 in.,
before ; 17 r 3 g in., after. 6. 14f in., before ; 14 in., after.
Page 93. 7. 21| in., before; 20| in., after. 8. 20 T 3 g in., before;
in., after. 9. !(> in., before ; 16 in., after. 10. 13^ in., before; 12f in.,
after. 11. \ in. ; fin. ; 21 in. 12. If in. 13. 2$ in. 14. 1| in. 15. fin.
16. 13 in. 17. 4 in. 18. 1| in. 19. H in - 20. in.
Page 94. 1. }| in. 2. fin. 3. H in. 4. T % in. 5. ff in. 6. Jf in.
Page 96. 2. 23| in. 3. 35f in. 4. 31| in. 5. 33^ in. 7. 24}-f in.
8. 30 in. 9. 30J in. 10. 26f in.
Page 98. 1. 3/ 5 cd. 2. 1\ cd. 3. 4* cd. 4. 6& cd. 5. $21.88.
6. $60. 7. $54.14. 8. $73.83. 9. $56.25. 10. $47.81.
Page 99. 1. No. 1, 16 cu. ft. ; No. 2, 32 cu. ft. ; No. 3, 19 cu. ft.; No. 4,
38 cu. ft. ; No. 6, 55 cu. ft. ; No. 7, 30 cu. ft. ; No. 8, 61 cu. ft. ; No. 9, 39 cu. ft. ;
No. 10, 78 cu. ft. 2. Cart No. 1. 3. No. 2 and No. 7. 4. No. 10.
7. 1 ft. ; 2 ft. ; 3 ft. 8. 2 T 7 ^ cd.
HUNT'S COMMON. AR.
270 ANSWERS
Page 100. 1. 1895 Ib. 2. 1984 Ib. 3. 1945 lb. 4. 2040 Ib.
5. 1995 lb. 6. 2185 lb. 7. 1906 lb. 8. 1934 lb. 9. 205"> lb.
10. 1835 lb.
Page 101. 1. 1880 lb. 2. 1265 lb. ; 1650 lb. ; 1781 lb. ; 1460 lb. ; 1535 lb. ;
7691 lb. 3. 1495 lb. ; 1270 lb. ; 1410 lb. ; 1220 lb. ; 6395 lb.
Page 102. 4. 4185 lb. ; $20.93. 5. 2760 lb. ; 126 lb. 6. 1204 lb. ;
211 bu.
2. 2.59 T. 3. 4.32 T. 4. 10.93 T. 5. .185 T. 6. .71 T. 7. .94 T.
8. 1.606T. 9. 6.525 T. 10. 2.455 T.
$7.99; (c) $6.59; (d) $6.71
(h) $4.96; (0 $9.34; (j) $8.65.
Page 104. 1. 4150 lb. ; 17 lb. ; 22 lb. 2. 3220 lb. ; 7 lb. ; 15 lb.
Page 105. 3. Take off 16 lb. 4. Take off 56 lb. 5. 1412 lb.
6. 1769 lb. 7. 1600 lb. ; $5.63. 8. (a) 9000 lb. ; (c) $33.30. 9. 1870 lb. ;
1790 lb. ; 1940 lb. ; 1900 lb. ; 1500 lb. 10. 8000 lb. or 4 T.
Page 106. 2. (a) $2.76; (b) $4.92; (c) $2.07; (d) $4.12; (e) $6.28;
(/) $2.90; (gf) $5.22; (h) $3.85; (t) $5.43; (j) $2.29. 3. $6.82.
4. $6.30. 5. ? 16.64. 6. $.04; $.08; $.12; $.17; $.21; $.26; $.29;
$.33; $.37; .41; $.83; $1.24; $1.65; $2.06; $2.48; $2.89; $3.30;
$3.71; $4.13; $4.54; $4.95; $5.36; $5.78; $6.19; $6.60; $7.01; $7.43;
$7.84; $8.25.
Page 108. 2. 876.35. 3. 870.65. 4. 873.95. 5. $68.40.
6. $83.25. 7. $84.76. 8. $34.34. 9. $24.90. 10. $20.13.
Page 109. 11. $28.01. 12. $82.92. 13. Total, 30,090 lb.
Page 111. 2. 81.61. 3. $1.34. 4. 8.34. 5. $1.07. 6. $.70.
7. $3.51. 8. $2.06. 9. 8.55. 10. $.61. 11. $2.89. 12. $3.16.
13. $3.48. 14. $3.96. 15. $.66. 16. $.98. 17. $1.08. 18. $1.36.
19. $1.67. 20 $1.65. 21. 81.86. 22. $2.57. 23. 82.26.
24. $4.64. 25. $4.22. 26. $3.37. 27. 83.93.
Page 114. 2. $1.11. 3. $2.25. 4. $1.08. 5. $3.45. 6. $2.63.
7. $1.28. 8. $2.10. 9. $1.80. 10. 83.04. 11. 84.39. 12. $1.82.
13. $.54. 14. $1.13. 15. $1.05. 16. 81.11. 17. $1.69. 18. 81.95.
Page 115. 3. $.32. 4. 8.66. 5. 8.17. 6. 8.08. 7. 8.21.
8. $1.60. 9. 82.25. 10. 81.44. 11. 84.20. 12. $1.50. IS. $.52.
14. $1.20. 15. 8.9(3. 16. 81. , 17. $2.40. 18. $1.68. 19. $3.20.
20. $1.80. 21. |3. 22. 84.80.
HUNT'S COMMUN. AR.
ANSWERS
271
Page 116. 3.
LENGTHS
16"
WIDE
is"
WIDE
SO"
WlDK
2-2"
WIDK
24"
WIDE
26"
WIDE
28"
WIDE
30"
WIDE
32"
WIDE
34"
WIDE
1ft.
$.03
$.03
$.03
3.04
3.04
3.04
$.05
3 .05
8 .05
3.06
2ft.
.05
.06
.07 ! .1(7
.08
.09
.09
.10
.11
.11
3ft.
.08
.09
.10
.11
.12
.13
.14
.15
.16
.17
4ft.
.11
.12
.13
.15
.10
.17
.19
.20
.21
.23
5ft.
.13
.15
.17
18
.20
.22
.23
.25
.27
.28
6ft.
.1(3
.18
.20
.22
.24
.26
.28
.30
.32
.34
7ft.
.19
.21
.23
.26
.28
.30 '
.33
.35
.37
.40
8ft.
.21
.24
.27
.29
.32
.35
.37
40
.43
.45
9ft.
.24
.27
.30 .33
.36
.39
.42
.45
.48
.51
10ft.
.27
.30
.33 .37
.40
.43
.47
.50
.53
.67
4 in.
.01
.01
.01 .01
.01
.01
.02
.02
.02
.02
6 in.
.01
.02
.02 .02
.02
.02
.02
.03
.03
.03
8 in.
.02
.02
.02
.02
.03
.03
.03
.03
.04
.04
10 in.
.02
.08
.03
.03
.03
.04
.04
.04
.04
.05
Page 117. 2. 3.16. 3.3.08. 4. $.05. 5.3.19. 6. $ .17. 7. $.30.
8. 3.51. 9. $.15. 10. $.24. 11. 3.36. 12. $.15. 13. $.32.
14. $.16. 15. $.22. 16. $.26. 17. $.72. 18. $.52. 19. $.72. 20. $.92.
Page 118.
6. 84 sq. ft.
-2. 280 sq.ft. 3. 108* sq. ft. 4. 201| sq. ft. 5. 365^ sq. ft.
7. 381| sq. ft.
Page 119. 2. 352^ sq. in. 3 405 sq. in. 4. 139| sq. in. 5. 31^ sq. in.
6. 5379 sq. in. 7. 4f sq. ft. 8. 1^ SQ- y d - 9- 2 H S( l- ft -
Page 121. 1. 276| sq . ft. ; 30H sq. yd.
5. $1.46.
2. $55.30.
Page 125. 3. 60 bd. ft. 4. 133$ bd. ft. 5. 105 bd. ft.
7. 168 bd. ft. 8. 100 bd. ft. 9. 648 bd. ft. 10. 576 bd. ft.
12. 140 bd. ft. 13. 52J bd. ft. 14. 60 bd. ft.
Page 127. 1. 45 bd. ft. 2. 140 bd. ft. 3. 120 bd. ft.
5. 98 bd. ft. 6. 96 bd. ft. 7. 346| bd. ft.
4. 356.76.
6. 640 bd. ft.
11. 896 bd. ft.
4. 192 bd. ft.
10ft.
20 bd. ft.
26f bd. ft.
30 bd. ft.
40 bd. ft.
12ft.
24 bd. ft.
32 bd. ft.
36 bd. ft.
48 bd. ft.
14ft.
28 bd. ft.
37^ bd. ft.
42 bd. ft.
56 bd. ft.
16ft.
32 bd. ft,
42| bd. ft.
48 bd. ft.
64 bd. ft.
18ft.
36 bd. ft.
48 bd. ft.
54 bd. ft.
72 bd. ft.
20ft.
40 bd. ft.
53^bd. ft.
60 bd. ft.
. 80 bd. ft.
22ft.
44 bd. ft.
58|bd. ft.
66 bd. ft.
88 bd. ft.
24ft.
48 bd. ft.
64 bd. ft.
72 bd. ft.
96 bd. ft.
HUNT'S COJUIUN. AK.
272 ANSWERS
Page 128. 1. $75. 2. $25.60. 3. $18. 4. $44.52. 5. $5.60.
6. $3.46. 7. $26.97. 8. $59.70. 9. $14.25. 10. $2.47. 11. $8.36.
12. $37.80. 13. $34.20. 14. $19.17. 15. $6.66. 16. $59.20.
17. $1.66. 18. $4.43.
Page 129. 1. $9.84. 2.' $28.04.
Page 130. 3. $8.32. 4. $17.00. 5. $10.15. 6. $30.25. 7. $83.09.
Page 131. 1. 32'x36'. 2. 4608 cu. ft. 3. 170| cu. yd. 4. 231 loads.
5. 154 loads. 6. 448 sq. ft. ; $-76.16.
Page 133. 1. 96 bd. ft. 2. 72 bd. ft. 3. 32 bd. ft. 4. $6.40.
5. 400 bd. ft. 6. $12. 7. $14.
Page 134. 8. 28 ft. ; 24 ft. ; 24 ft. (approximately) ; 12 ft. (back, approxi-
mately) ; 16 ft. (front, approximately). 9. 624 bd. ft.' 10. 10 joists ; 213^ bd.
ft. 11. 309i bd. ft. 12. $16.20.
Page 135. 3. 12.8 squares. 4. 14.28 squares. 5. 13.68 squares.
6. 15.17 squares. 7. $40.32. 8. $49.98. 9. $47.20.
Page 136. 1. 106| bd. ft. 2. 10 ft. ; 53 bd. ft. 3. 10 studs ; 10 ft.
long ; 66| bd. ft. 4. 20 ft. ; 8 strips ; 106| bd. ft.
Page 137. 5. $8.38. 6. 200 bd. ft. 7. 800 bd. ft. ; $ 28. 8. $6.80.
Page 140. 1. 14 ft. 5 in. 2. 10 ft. ; 14 ft. 2 in. 3. 11 ft. 2 in. 4. 9 ft.
6 in. ; 12 ft. 9 in. ; 10 ft. 10 in. 5. 19 ft. 9 in. ; 15 ft. 8 in.
Page 141. 1. 240 sq. ft.; 240 bd. ft,; 87.20. 2. (a) $5.12; (b) $7.17;
(c) $6.30. 3. (a) $34.72; (ft) $27.90: (c) $46.08. 4. (a) About 1 day 7
hr. ; (b) 1^ days; (c) 2| days; (a) $16.80; (b) $13.50; (c,) $22.50.
Page 143. 3. $42. 4. $64. 5. $43.20. 6. $24. 7. $49. 8. $93.50.
9. $63.
Page 144. 1. (a) 360 sq. ft. ; (b) 240 sq. ft. ; (c) 288 sq. ft.
2. (a) 234 sq. ft. ; (6) 160 sq. ft. ; (c) 192 sq. ft. 3. 1.0 M ft. 4. $56.
5. $50. 6. s 24; $36; total, $00. 7. $172. 8. 1170 sq. ft.
Page 145. 2. 11.16 squares i-equiring 12 rolls. 3. 2 rolls : $45.50.
4. 13 rolls ;$ 33.80. 5. $9. 6. Shingling house and porch, $63 ; $17.50 more.
Page 147. 1. (/) 15.8(5 squares or 16 squares; (gr) $50.40. 2. Total, 20
squares; (/) $84. 3. (g~) 830 sq. ft. ; (h~) 8.3 M.
Page 149. 1. Total, 1940 sq. ft. ; ( f) $486.50. 2. Total area of front
and side, 976 sq. ft. ; (cZ) 1952 sq. ft.; (e) 2304 sq. ft. ; (/) 10 gal. ; $16.50.
Page 150. 3. (*) $332.46. 4. 1453 sq. ft. 5. 14.53 squares ;
14.53 M (probably 14| M); $50.75.
Page 151. 1. 1344 cu. ft. 2. 33| sq. ft. or 34 sq. ft. 3. 53ff sq. ft.
or 54 sq. ft. of surface. 4. 29 sq. ft. or 30 sq. ft. 5. Parlor, 2430 en. ft, ;
297 sq. ft. ; sitting room, 1890 cu. ft. ; 126 sq. ft. ; dining room, 2088 cu. ft. ;
130sq. ft. ; bedroom, 1575 cu. ft. ; 238 J sq. ft. ; first chamber, 1657 J r cu. ft. ;
238 sq. ft. ; second chamber, 1326 cu. ft. ; 102 sq. ft.
HUNT'S COMMCN. AR.
ANSWERS 273
Page 153. 1. 6.2832 in. 3. 201.0624 sq. in. 4. 2010.624 sq. in. ;
13.902+ sq. ft. 5. 2038.944 sq. in. ; 18.320+ sq. ft. 6. 30.543+ sq. ft.
7. 7+ sq. ft. ; nearly 31 sq. ft. of radiation would have been wasted. 8. 8+ sq. ft.
Page 155. 1. 17J sq. ft. 2. 16Jf sq. ft. 3. 15^ sq. ft. 4. 239$ cu. ft.
5. 216| cu. ft. 6. 260 cu. ft. 7. 81^ sq. yd. 8. $140.40. 9. $48.00.
10. $ 76.60.- 11. 60 1 sq. yd. or 61 sq. yd.
Page 156. 1. $ .14. 2. $.23. 3. $.28. 4. $.06. 5. $.09.
6. $.18. 7. $.36. 8. $.17. 9. $.15. 10. $.27. 11. $.05.
12. $.05. 13. $.25. 14. $.06. 15. $.14. 16. $.18. 17. $.06.
18. $.08. 19. $.43. 20. $.21. 21. $.12. 22. $.09. 23. $ .20.
Page 157. 1. 25%; $1.05. 2. $ .02 ; 11 % ; $ .48. 3. $.10; 200%;
$4.80. 4. $.07; 87|%. 5. 15+%. 6. 8+%.
Page 158. 7. $-20; 25%; $.60. 8. $3.78; 100%. 9. $75.50.
10. $540. 11. $135. 12. $59.50. 13. $3094. 14. $450. 15. $135.
16. $50; $2600.
Page 159. 2. S.llJ. 3. $.10|. 4. $.44. 5. $.60. 6. $.63.
7. $1.50^. 8. $1.88*: 9. $.26i. 10 . $.12^. 11. $.27. 12. $17.
13. $21.50. 14. $22.50. 15. $20.50. 16. $15.30. 17. $30.
18. $31.75. 19. $36.30. 20. $38.20. 21. $21. 22. $22.90.
23. $28. 24. $26. 25. $19.50. 26. $31. 27. $34.60. 28. $36.50.
29. $40.
Page 160. 1. $12. 2. $H.34. 3. $11.60. 4. $20.15. 5. $11.70.
6. $18.86. 7. $43.78. 8. $6.50. 9. $10.81. 10. $7.80. 11. $15.24.
12. $11.40. 13. $14.99. 14. $21.36. 15. $22.75. 16. $13.95.
17. $40. 18. $8.10. 19. $14.35. 20. $100.30. 21. $40.50. 22. $24.
Page 161. 1. $.90. 2. $.50. 3. $.72. 4. $.72. 5. $1.35.
6. $1.80. 7. $3. 8. $2. 9. $82.80.
Page 162. 2. (a) $114.38; (6) $110.97; (c) $17.38; (d) $14.04.
Page 163. 1. $18.24. 2. $10.66. 3. $29.61. 4. $6.08.
5. $2.21. 6. $11.15. 7. $19.69. 8. $51.30. 9. $70.95. 10. $4.54.
11. $164.94. 12. $268.80. 13. $705.38. 14. $2538. 15. $64.51.
16. $1.97.
Pagel64. 1. (a) $11.025; (6) $3.80; (c)$6.12; (d)$.8775;
(e) $5.0625; (/) $10; (g) $2.115; (A) $9. 2. (a) $11.425; (fe) $4.05;
(c) $6.37; (d) $1.0275; (e) $5.2125; (/) $10.30; (g) $2.265; (A) $9.25.
3. (a) $.95; (ft) $.34; (c) $.53; (d) $.09; (e) $.43; (/) $.86;
(g) $.19; (h) $.77. 4. $1.43. 5. $18.76. 6. $18.30.
Page 165. 7. ^. 8. $.52. 9. $.65. 10. $20.66. 11. $.25.
12. $3.90. 13. $1.14. 14. $1.15. 15. $2.76.
Pagel67._TAB LE l. 2. '^M. 3. W. 4. *?. 5. ***.
$16.25 $16.25 $8.25 $8.80
6 $8.10 ? $35 g $4.50 9 $3.45 1Q $12.95 n $31.00
$9.00' ' $40 ' ' $6.3()' ' $4.14' ' $15.54' ' $ 40.30'
12 * 12 ' 20
$14.03'
HUNT'S COMMUN. AR.
274 ANSWERS
TABLE 2. 2. $12.19. 3. $10.83. 4. $0.60. 5. 8 7.0-2. 6. 86. 7. 835.
8. 85.67. 9. $2.76. 10. $10.36. 11. $30.23. 12. .$10.52.
Page 168. 2. 75+%; No. 3. 6800 sq. ft. ; No. 4. 5145 sq. ft.
5. Yes. 6. 50%; 2760 sq. ft. 7. 27+%.
Page 169. 8. Yes. 9. 8+%. 10. 15+%.
Page 170. 1. 147 gal. ; 8820 gal. 2. 70,660 gal. 3. 588,000 Ib. ; 294 T.
Page 171. 4. 9408 cu. ft. 6. 469 gal. ; 27,540 gal. 7. 61.2+ cu. ft.
8. 3825 Ib. 9. 1 14.75 T. 10. 32.55 Ib. 11. 125ft. 12. 54.25 Ib.
13. 73.78 Ib. 14. 130 ft. 15. 39.06 Ib.
Page 172. 1. 16,540 cu. ft. 2. 124,050 gal. 4. June 1 to Sept. 1, 15,410
cu. ft.; 115,575 gal.; $28.89. Sept. 1 to Dec. 1, 16,430 cu. ft.; 123,225
gal. ; $30.81.
Page 173. 5. (a) $.87; (&) $.92; (c) $.77; (d) $.99; $.77; $.92.
6. $1.86.
Page 175. 2. $1.43. 3. Feb. 1, $1.27; Mar. 1, $1.04; Apr. 1, $.92;
May 1, $1.38; June 1, $1.50; July 1, $.46; Aug. 1, $.46; Sept. 1, $1.96;
Oct. 1, $1.84 ; Nov. 1, $ 1.61 ; Dec. 1, $ 1.61.
Page 176. 3. 82.30.
Page 177. 1. $1.22. 2. $2.02. 3. Mr. Fales, $1.99; Mr. Belmore,
$1.72; Mr. Forbes, $1.75; Mr. Harper, 81.53.
Page 178. 1. $31.25. 2. $28. 3. $61.30. 4. $90.72. 5. 8109.68.
Page 179. 2. 1J% ; l^ou $1 ; $ 1.20 on $100 ; 8 12 on $1000. 3. 1 T V%;
l^on-Sl; $1.10 on 8 100; $11 on $1000. 4. 2%; 2? on $1; 82 on $100;
$ 20 on $ 1000.
Page 180. 4. Boone, $13.13; Thomas, $42.75; Lane, $33.90; Hayes,
$11.93; Keen, $23.25.
Page 181. 8. Boone, $ 60.88 ; Thomas, $135; Lane, $58.15; Hayes,
$142:93; Keen, $129.25.
Page 183. 1. 8304.50. 2. $440. 3. $1.42; $92.30. 4. $1.475;
$663.75. 5. 8.01; $83.20. 6. 1J%; $66.36. 7. $103.70. 8. $48.72.
9. 1|%; $1.75 per $100; $.0175 per$l; $3(5.75. 10. Shoe factory, $910;
box factory, $210 ; lumber yard, $148.75 ; coal yard, $136.50.
Page 184. 1. $58,695. 2. $69,495. 3. 8(53,000. 4. $.015. 5. $1.50.
6. $15.
Page 185. 1. $77,928. 2. $92,388. 3. 882,800. 4. $.018.
Page 187. 1. $200. 2. $1.80. 3. $.06; $60. 4. $.40. 5. $.12*.
6. $75. 7. $72.68; $475.78. 8. 861,507,631.20. 9. $6000.
Page 188. 2. (a) 1 % on 8 20,000 + 1 % on 8 3000 ; (ft) 1 % on 8 24,000 + 1 %
on $7000; (c) 1% on $16,000; (d) l%on$6000; () 1% on $60,000 + 1 % on
830,000 + 2% on $13,000; (/) 1% on $85,000 + 1% on $30,000 + 2% on
825.000 + 3% on $13,000; (001% on $90.000 + 1% on 830.000 + 2%
on $25,000 + 3% on 818,000; (h) 1% on 81500; (i) 1% on 8(57,000+1% on
HUNT'S COMMUN. AR.
. ANSWERS 275
$30,000 + 2% on $20,000; (j). 1% on $97,000+1% on $30,000 + 2% on
$25,000 + 3% on $ 25,000; (jfc) 1% on $147,000+1% on $30,000+2%
on $ 25,000 + 3 % on $ 25,000 + 4 % on $ 50,000 ; (Z) 1 % on $ 10,000.
Page 189. 4. (a) $20; (6) $70: (c) $190; (d) $1070; (e) $1040;
(/) $7520. 5. $460. 6. $260. 7. $ 50,330 ;$ 769.90. 8. $6500; $35.
9. $240. 10. $931. 11. $732.
Page 191. 1. $30. 2. $84. 3. $61.20. 4. $162: $22.50.
5. $15; $1.25. 6. $78. 7. $32.40. 8. $12.35.
Page 193. 1. $135; $27. 2. $252; $50.40. 3. $50.40. 4. $228.
5. $52.33. 6. $87.50. 7. $82.25. 8. $145.75. 9. $78.75. 10. $135.
Page 194. 1. $137.34. 2. $62.66. 3. $157.28; $42.72.
Page 195. 4. $134.99; $65.01.
Page 196. 5. $164.04 ; $35.96. 6. $ 161.27 ; $38.73. 7. $588.19.
Page 197. 1. $2.25; 54+%. 2. $2.80; 59+%. 3. 13+%. 4. 17+%;
Yes. 5. Butter: (1) $.05; 17+%; (2) $.05; 16|%; (3) 3+%; (4) 3~%;
No. Sugar: (1) $.00; 10+%; (2) $.01; 20%; (3) 5+%; (4) 14+%; Yes.
6. Cutter, 50%; carpenter, 101+%; machinist, 71+%; typesetter, 75+%.
7. Cutter, 16|%; carpenter, 27+%; machinist, 21+%; typesetter, 5+%.
Page 198. -1. (a) 166f%; (6) 104+%; (c) 15+%; (d) 6+%; (e) 23+%;
(0 3 ; H%; (9) 66 I%; (*) 25 %- 2. (a) $900; (6) $517.50; (c) $202.50;
(d) $360. 3. (a) $78; (6) $240; (c) $160; (d) $180.
Page 201. 1. $12.46. 2. $16.38. 3. $16.30. 4. $19.20.
Page 202. 5. $17.06. 6. $18.23. 7. $14.48. 8. $25.35.
Page 203. 1. $.404. 2. $.34|. 3. $.46|. 4. $ ,30f. 5. $ .29|.
6. $.28i. 7. $2.84. 8. $2.75. 9. $2.11. 10. $2.22. 11. $14.10.
12. $9. 14. $.56J; $27.
Page 204. 2. $10.80. 3. $14.96. 4. $11.52. 5. $18.10.
6. $9.80. 7. 813.30. 8. $15.33. 9. $11.97.
Page 205.
6. $13.68.
12. $15.12.
1. $12.90. 2. $11.13. 3. $6.93. 4. $13.50
7. $14.60. 8. $17.63. 9. $21. 10. $16.28.
13. $14.33. 14. $19.36.
. 5,
11.
, $18.55.
$16.65.
Page 207.
1
$2.25. 2. $2.40. 3. $3.45.
4. $3.57
5. $2.64.
6. $3.78.
7. $2.
70. 8. $2.
15.
9. $3
.75.
10. $2.49.
11. $2.58.
12. $9.51.
13.
$ 12.84.
14.
$18.
15.
$ 15.58.
16
. $14.58.
17. $18.54.
18.
$14.66.
19.
$13.30.
20.
$20.25.
21.
$13.50.
22. $16.26.
Page 209.
1.
(a) $310.50;
(ft) $117;
(c)
$ 156.60 ;
(d)
$584.10;
(e) $537.37.
Page 210
-2.
(a) $41.04;
(6)
873.20
; ('0
$70.56;
(d)
8184.80;
(e) 8171.86;
(/) $4.62.
Page 211
3.
$ 3025.48.
4.
$75.64.
5.
$47.02.
6.
$36.49.
7. $20.35.
HUNT'S CUMMCN. AH.
270 ANSWERS
Page 2121. 84.50; $4.50; SI. 60; $7.50; $12; 89. 2. 83.60; 86;
81.80; 810.20; 816.60; 812. 3. 14+%; 18+%. 4. 22+%; 33$%.
Page 218. 1. (a) 8320.43; (6) $1116.03. 2. $172.13. 3. $290.64.
Page 219. 4. $209.70. 5. 8246.75. 6. $387.63.
Page 221. 1. 8160. 2. 814.74.
Page 223. 2. 8606.43.
Page 226. 2. 811.50. 3. 815.20. 4. 88.25. 5. 87.92. 6. 8H..25.
7. 810.80. 8. 89.17. 9. $25.30. 10. $18.41. 11. $12.76. 12. $4.50.
13. $11.20. 14. $5.81. 15. $1.42. 16. $28.60. 17. $5.80.
18. $8.75. 19. $23.73. 20. 88.40. 21. $5.30. 22. $5.40.
23. $35.52. 24. $1.90. 25. 84.64. 26. $2.32. 27. $5.95.
Page 228. 2. $208.08. 3. $260.10. 4. 8312.12. 5. 8364.14.
6. $416.16. 7. 8468.18. 8. 8520.20. 9. $728.28. 10. 81248.48.
11. $624.24. 12. $853.12. 13. $1560.60. 15. $151.50. 16. $454.58.
17. $286.82. 18. $1082.42.
Page 229. 1. $487.08. 2. $292.22. 3. $371.42. 4. $413.46.
5. $199.44. 6. $411.30. 8. $784-25. 9. $209.14.
Page 231. 1. $200. 2. Apr. 1 ; $75 ; $ .75. 3. $200; $75. 4. $35.
5. $4.75. 6. $324; $6.48. 7. 820 and $10 ; $30 ; 8.30.
Page 233. 1. $175; $200; $220; $235; $245. 2. 8175; 845.
3. $25. 4. $3.95. 5. $263.95; 8283.95; $298.95; 8308.95; 8333.95;
$363.95. 6. $263. 7. $45. 8. $25 and $30. 9. $5.71 ; $379.66.
Page 234. 2. $ 300, the smallest or Mar. 28 balance. 3. $200. 4. 8<i.
5. $2. 6. $8; $558.
Page 235. 1. 8558; 8758; $858; $1008; $608; $508. 2. $508.
3. 810.16. 4. 8518.16; $593.16; 8633.16; $658.16; $708.16. 5. $518.16;
$10.36. 6. $140; $ 1.40. 7. $ 11.76 ;$ 719.92.
Page 237. 1. 21 months. 2. $.4375 or $.44.
Page 238. 3. The results are the same. 5. $ 10.
Page 239. 1. $60. 2. $60. 3. $120. 4. $9. 5. (a) $720;
(b) $720; (c) $1440.
Page 240. 5. (e) 8720; $280. 1. $25,063.33. 2. $5012.67.
3. 82606.38. 4. $3172.33.
Page 242. 2. $1.87. 3. $3.80. 4. $2.52. 5. $.83. 6. $15.40.
7. 82.03. 8. $8.54. 9. $.16. 10. $4.59. 11. $9.45. 12. 84.73.
13. 86.56. 14. $11.29. 15. 81.40. 16. $3.68. 17. $2.63. 18. 8 1.45.
19. $.78. 20. $6.23. 21. $.29. 22. $4.43. 23. 88.93. 24. $.81.
25. 8.72. 26. $14.37. 27. $2.81. 28. $4.13. 29. $4.55. 30. $1.9;',.
31. $1.54. 32. $10.07. 33.. $7. 80. 34. $8.78. 35. 88.61.
Page 243. 2. 8 203.
Page 244. 5. $6.25.
HUNT'S COMMUN. AK.
ANSWERS t 277
Page 245. 2. 189 days. 3. 345 days. 4. 250 days. 5. 319 days.
S. No. 21, due May 5, $5.25; No. 22. due May 16, $1.35; No. 23. $.71 ;
No. 2t, due July 26, $ .62 ; No. 25, $1.09 ; No. 26, $3.01.
Page 247. 1. $50. 2. $ 1850 ; $46.25. 3. s 1570. 4. $:!!.25.
5. $86.63. 6. $55.60; $31.03. 7. $52.50 ; Albert Jones.
Page 250. 2. $600. 3. $225. 4. $805. 5. $3(50. 6. $320.
7. $900. 8. $1170. 9. $500. 10. $630. 11. $720. 12. $1800.
13. $550.
Page 251. 1. $2550. 2. $5200. 3. $3090. 4. $0480. 5. $8320.
6. (a) $985; (b) $1320; (c) $1315; (d) $1740. 7. $1,000,000.
Page 252. 8. Annually : $30 ; $35; $40 ;.$45; $50; $60; semiannually :
$15; $17.50; $20; $22.50; $25; $30. 9. On$100:$3; $3.50; $4;
$ 4.50 ; $ 5 ; $ 6 ; on $ 500 : $ 15 ; $ 1 7.50 ; $ 20 ; $ 22.50 ; $ 25 ; $ 30. 10. $ 4230.
11. $114,800; because they paid 6 %. 12. 265 bonds; $1192.50; $4500; by
taxation. 13. $2460. 14. $18,350.
Page 253. 1. $3708.66; $540. 2. 14+%. 3. 12+%. 4. $360; 8~%.
Page 254. 1. A, 8400 sq. ft.; B, 10,125 sq. ft.; O, 9187$ sq. ft.; Z>, 12,350
sq. ft.; E, 9000 sq. ft. 2. $48, the first year; $51.84, the second year;
'$ 99.84, total. 3. $184.09. 4. $656.79. 5. $379.63.
Page 257. 1. $29.75; $ 1487.50 ;$ 175. 2. $44; $6.64. 3. $54.75.
4. $765. 5. $55. 6. $24.
Page 258. 7. $855. 8. $6204. 9. $223. 10. $6035. 11. $169.
Page 259. 2. () 32.4 % or .324 ; (ft) 31.8 % or .318 ; (c) 31.9 % or .319 ;
(d) 31.4% or .314; ( 30.5% or .305; (/) 29.8% or .298; (g) 28.9% or
.298; (ft) 12% or .120. 4. Detroit, 54.9%; Washington, 54.4%; New York,
39%; Boston, 57.2%,; Chicago, 49%; Boston, 60.1%; New York, 45.6%;
St. Louis, 46.3%.
Page 260. 6. (a) 90%; (ft) 94}$% or 94.7+%; (c) 86% or 86.1+%;
(d) 85} % or 85.7+%; (e) 87*% or 87.5%; (/) 90}?% or 90.9+%; (g} 86$*%
or 86.4+%; (A) 96f % or 96.7+%. 7. (a) $2.63; (ft) $3.15; (c) $2.84 ;
(<T)$3.62; (e) $2.05; (f)$2.36; (0)$2.25; (A) $2.10. 8. (a) $968;
(ft) $1170; (c) $1470; (d) $787.50; (e) $ 1056 ; (/) $1350.
Page 261. 10. $880. 11. $2000. 13. () 16|%; (ft) 14$%; (c) 20%;
(d) 11$%; (e) 25%; (/) 14$%; (g) 12*%; (h) 5$4%; (i) 5}%; 0') 13$*%.
14. (a) $40; (ft) $65.25; (c) $61.75; (d) $161.25; (e) $216; (/) $348.50;
(g) $35; (h) "$59. 15. (a) 89+%; (ft) 87+%; (c)81+%; (d)92%;
(<0 84+%; (/) 81+%; (g) 83+%; (h) 67+%.
Page 262. -16. 12*%. 17. (a) 16$%; (ft) 18$%; (c) 7jf%; (d) 21$% j
0) 4 H%; (/) 9 t%; (0) 17 A%; W 34 I%; ft) 3 ?2%. is. (a) 6|%;
(ft) 9|%; (c) 18|%; (d) 7$$%; (e) 31$%; (/) 28$%; (flr)87$%; W 34$%;
) 16$%. 19. (a) 17 A%: (ft) 6|% ; (c) 66$%; (d) 67$ j%. 20. Java, 6|%;
Maracaibo, 20%; Mocha, 10%; Pan American, 11*%; Rio, 12}%. 21. 1907,
71%; 1908, 14$%; 1910,21*%; 1915,354%.
HUNT'S COMMITN. AR.
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
Los Angeles
This book is DUE on the last date stamped below.
Form L9-40m-7,'56(C790s4)444
UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY
A 000933213 1
QA
103
H91
RMAL SCHOOL